新增网络中转服务器+designer源码项目

designer/lib/extension/default_extensionfactory.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include <QtDesigner/default_extensionfactory.h>
+#include "qextensionmanager.h"
+#include <qpointer.h>
+#include <QtCore/qdebug.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+/*!
+    \class QExtensionFactory
+
+    \brief The QExtensionFactory class allows you to create a factory
+    that is able to make instances of custom extensions in Qt
+    Designer.
+
+    \inmodule QtDesigner
+
+    In \QD the extensions are not created until they are required. For
+    that reason, when implementing a custom extension, you must also
+    create a QExtensionFactory, i.e. a class that is able to make an
+    instance of your extension, and register it using \QD's \l
+    {QExtensionManager}{extension manager}.
+
+    The QExtensionManager class provides extension management
+    facilities for Qt Designer. When an extension is required, Qt
+    Designer's \l {QExtensionManager}{extension manager} will run
+    through all its registered factories calling
+    QExtensionFactory::createExtension() for each until the first one
+    that is able to create a requested extension for the selected
+    object, is found. This factory will then make an instance of the
+    extension.
+
+    There are four available types of extensions in Qt Designer:
+    QDesignerContainerExtension , QDesignerMemberSheetExtension,
+    QDesignerPropertySheetExtension and QDesignerTaskMenuExtension. Qt
+    Designer's behavior is the same whether the requested extension is
+    associated with a multi page container, a member sheet, a property
+    sheet or a task menu.
+
+    You can either create a new QExtensionFactory and reimplement the
+    QExtensionFactory::createExtension() function. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/tools_designer_src_lib_extension_default_extensionfactory.cpp 0
+
+    Or you can use an existing factory, expanding the
+    QExtensionFactory::createExtension() function to make the factory
+    able to create your extension as well. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/tools_designer_src_lib_extension_default_extensionfactory.cpp 1
+
+    For a complete example using the QExtensionFactory class, see the
+    \l {designer/taskmenuextension}{Task Menu Extension example}. The
+    example shows how to create a custom widget plugin for Qt
+    Designer, and how to to use the QDesignerTaskMenuExtension class
+    to add custom items to Qt Designer's task menu.
+
+    \sa QExtensionManager, QAbstractExtensionFactory
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs an extension factory with the given \a parent.
+*/
+QExtensionFactory::QExtensionFactory(QExtensionManager *parent)
+    : QObject(parent)
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the extension specified by \a iid for the given \a object.
+
+    \sa createExtension()
+*/
+
+QObject *QExtensionFactory::extension(QObject *object, const QString &iid) const
+{
+    if (!object)
+        return 0;
+    const IdObjectKey key = qMakePair(iid, object);
+
+    ExtensionMap::iterator it = m_extensions.find(key);
+    if (it == m_extensions.end()) {
+        if (QObject *ext = createExtension(object, iid, const_cast<QExtensionFactory*>(this))) {
+            connect(ext, SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)), this, SLOT(objectDestroyed(QObject*)));
+            it = m_extensions.insert(key, ext);
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (!m_extended.contains(object)) {
+        connect(object, SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)), this, SLOT(objectDestroyed(QObject*)));
+        m_extended.insert(object, true);
+    }
+
+    if (it == m_extensions.end())
+        return 0;
+
+    return it.value();
+}
+
+void QExtensionFactory::objectDestroyed(QObject *object)
+{
+    QMutableMapIterator< IdObjectKey, QObject*> it(m_extensions);
+    while (it.hasNext()) {
+        it.next();
+
+        QObject *o = it.key().second;
+        if (o == object || object == it.value()) {
+            it.remove();
+        }
+    }
+
+    m_extended.remove(object);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Creates an extension specified by \a iid for the given \a object.
+    The extension object is created as a child of the specified \a
+    parent.
+
+    \sa extension()
+*/
+QObject *QExtensionFactory::createExtension(QObject *object, const QString &iid, QObject *parent) const
+{
+    Q_UNUSED(object);
+    Q_UNUSED(iid);
+    Q_UNUSED(parent);
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the extension manager for the extension factory.
+*/
+QExtensionManager *QExtensionFactory::extensionManager() const
+{
+    return static_cast<QExtensionManager *>(parent());
+}
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE

designer/lib/extension/default_extensionfactory.h

@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef DEFAULT_EXTENSIONFACTORY_H
+#define DEFAULT_EXTENSIONFACTORY_H
+
+#include <QtDesigner/extension_global.h>
+#include <QtDesigner/extension.h>
+
+#include <QtCore/QMap>
+#include <QtCore/QHash>
+#include <QtCore/QPair>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QExtensionManager;
+
+class QDESIGNER_EXTENSION_EXPORT QExtensionFactory : public QObject, public QAbstractExtensionFactory
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+    Q_INTERFACES(QAbstractExtensionFactory)
+public:
+    QExtensionFactory(QExtensionManager *parent = 0);
+
+    virtual QObject *extension(QObject *object, const QString &iid) const;
+    QExtensionManager *extensionManager() const;
+
+private Q_SLOTS:
+    void objectDestroyed(QObject *object);
+
+protected:
+    virtual QObject *createExtension(QObject *object, const QString &iid, QObject *parent) const;
+
+private:
+    typedef QPair<QString,QObject*> IdObjectKey;
+    typedef QMap< IdObjectKey, QObject*> ExtensionMap;
+    mutable ExtensionMap m_extensions;
+    typedef QHash<QObject*, bool> ExtendedSet;
+    mutable ExtendedSet m_extended;
+};
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // DEFAULT_EXTENSIONFACTORY_H

designer/lib/extension/extension.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include <QtDesigner/extension.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+/*!
+    \class QAbstractExtensionFactory
+
+    \brief The QAbstractExtensionFactory class provides an interface
+    for extension factories in Qt Designer.
+
+    \inmodule QtDesigner
+
+    QAbstractExtensionFactory is not intended to be instantiated
+    directly; use the QExtensionFactory instead.
+
+    In \QD, extension factories are used to look up and create named
+    extensions as they are required. For that reason, when
+    implementing a custom extension, you must also create a
+    QExtensionFactory, i.e a class that is able to make an instance of
+    your extension, and register it using \QD's \l
+    {QExtensionManager}{extension manager}.
+
+    When an extension is required, \QD's \l
+    {QExtensionManager}{extension manager} will run through all its
+    registered factories calling QExtensionFactory::createExtension()
+    for each until the first one that is able to create the requested
+    extension for the selected object, is found. This factory will
+    then make an instance of the extension.
+
+    \sa QExtensionFactory, QExtensionManager
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QAbstractExtensionFactory::~QAbstractExtensionFactory()
+
+    Destroys the extension factory.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QObject *QAbstractExtensionFactory::extension(QObject *object, const QString &iid) const
+
+    Returns the extension specified by \a iid for the given \a object.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \class QAbstractExtensionManager
+
+    \brief The QAbstractExtensionManager class provides an interface
+    for extension managers in Qt Designer.
+
+    \inmodule QtDesigner
+
+    QAbstractExtensionManager is not intended to be instantiated
+    directly; use the QExtensionManager instead.
+
+    In \QD, extension are not created until they are required. For
+    that reason, when implementing a custom extension, you must also
+    create a QExtensionFactory, i.e a class that is able to make an
+    instance of your extension, and register it using \QD's \l
+    {QExtensionManager}{extension manager}.
+
+    When an extension is required, \QD's \l
+    {QExtensionManager}{extension manager} will run through all its
+    registered factories calling QExtensionFactory::createExtension()
+    for each until the first one that is able to create the requested
+    extension for the selected object, is found. This factory will
+    then make an instance of the extension.
+
+    \sa QExtensionManager, QExtensionFactory
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QAbstractExtensionManager::~QAbstractExtensionManager()
+
+    Destroys the extension manager.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QAbstractExtensionManager::registerExtensions(QAbstractExtensionFactory *factory, const QString &iid)
+
+    Register the given extension \a factory with the extension
+    specified by \a iid.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QAbstractExtensionManager::unregisterExtensions(QAbstractExtensionFactory *factory, const QString &iid)
+
+    Unregister the given \a factory with the extension specified by \a
+    iid.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QObject *QAbstractExtensionManager::extension(QObject *object, const QString &iid) const
+
+    Returns the extension, specified by \a iid, for the given \a
+    object.
+*/
+
+/*!
+   \fn T qt_extension(QAbstractExtensionManager* manager, QObject *object)
+
+   \relates QExtensionManager
+
+   Returns the extension of the given \a object cast to type T if the
+   object is of type T (or of a subclass); otherwise returns 0. The
+   extension is retrieved using the given extension \a manager.
+
+   \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/tools_designer_src_lib_extension_extension.cpp 0
+
+   When implementing a custom widget plugin, a pointer to \QD's
+   current QDesignerFormEditorInterface object (\c formEditor) is
+   provided by the QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface::initialize()
+   function's parameter.
+
+   If the widget in the example above doesn't have a defined
+   QDesignerPropertySheetExtension, \c propertySheet will be a null
+   pointer.
+
+*/
+
+/*!
+   \macro Q_DECLARE_EXTENSION_INTERFACE(ExtensionName, Identifier)
+
+   \relates QExtensionManager
+
+   Associates the given \a Identifier (a string literal) to the
+   extension class called \a ExtensionName. The \a Identifier must be
+   unique. For example:
+
+   \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/tools_designer_src_lib_extension_extension.cpp 1
+
+   Using the company and product names is a good way to ensure
+   uniqueness of the identifier.
+
+   When implementing a custom extension class, you must use
+   Q_DECLARE_EXTENSION_INTERFACE() to enable usage of the
+   qt_extension() function. The macro is normally located right after the
+   class definition for \a ExtensionName, in the associated header
+   file.
+
+   \sa Q_DECLARE_INTERFACE()
+*/
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE

designer/lib/extension/extension.h

@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef EXTENSION_H
+#define EXTENSION_H
+
+#include <QtCore/QString>
+#include <QtCore/QObject>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+#define Q_TYPEID(IFace) QLatin1String(IFace##_iid)
+
+class QAbstractExtensionFactory
+{
+public:
+    virtual ~QAbstractExtensionFactory() {}
+
+    virtual QObject *extension(QObject *object, const QString &iid) const = 0;
+};
+Q_DECLARE_INTERFACE(QAbstractExtensionFactory, "com.trolltech.Qt.QAbstractExtensionFactory")
+
+class QAbstractExtensionManager
+{
+public:
+    virtual ~QAbstractExtensionManager() {}
+
+    virtual void registerExtensions(QAbstractExtensionFactory *factory, const QString &iid) = 0;
+    virtual void unregisterExtensions(QAbstractExtensionFactory *factory, const QString &iid) = 0;
+
+    virtual QObject *extension(QObject *object, const QString &iid) const = 0;
+};
+Q_DECLARE_INTERFACE(QAbstractExtensionManager, "com.trolltech.Qt.QAbstractExtensionManager")
+
+#if defined(Q_CC_MSVC) && (_MSC_VER < 1300)
+
+template <class T>
+inline T qt_extension_helper(QAbstractExtensionManager *, QObject *, T)
+{ return 0; }
+
+template <class T>
+inline T qt_extension(QAbstractExtensionManager* manager, QObject *object)
+{ return qt_extension_helper(manager, object, T(0)); }
+
+#define Q_DECLARE_EXTENSION_INTERFACE(IFace, IId) \
+const char * const IFace##_iid = IId; \
+Q_DECLARE_INTERFACE(IFace, IId) \
+template <> inline IFace *qt_extension_helper<IFace *>(QAbstractExtensionManager *manager, QObject *object, IFace *) \
+{ QObject *extension = manager->extension(object, Q_TYPEID(IFace)); return (IFace *)(extension ? extension->qt_metacast(IFace##_iid) : 0); }
+
+#else
+
+template <class T>
+inline T qt_extension(QAbstractExtensionManager* manager, QObject *object)
+{ return 0; }
+
+#define Q_DECLARE_EXTENSION_INTERFACE(IFace, IId) \
+const char * const IFace##_iid = IId; \
+Q_DECLARE_INTERFACE(IFace, IId) \
+template <> inline IFace *qt_extension<IFace *>(QAbstractExtensionManager *manager, QObject *object) \
+{ QObject *extension = manager->extension(object, Q_TYPEID(IFace)); return extension ? static_cast<IFace *>(extension->qt_metacast(IFace##_iid)) : static_cast<IFace *>(0); }
+
+#endif
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // EXTENSION_H

designer/lib/extension/extension.pri

@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+# Input
+
+INCLUDEPATH += $$PWD
+
+HEADERS += $$PWD/default_extensionfactory.h \
+           $$PWD/extension.h \
+           $$PWD/qextensionmanager.h
+
+SOURCES += $$PWD/default_extensionfactory.cpp \
+    $$PWD/extension.cpp \
+    $$PWD/qextensionmanager.cpp
+

designer/lib/extension/extension_global.h

@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef EXTENSION_GLOBAL_H
+#define EXTENSION_GLOBAL_H
+
+#include <QtCore/qglobal.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+#define QDESIGNER_EXTENSION_EXTERN Q_DECL_EXPORT
+#define QDESIGNER_EXTENSION_IMPORT Q_DECL_IMPORT
+
+#ifdef QT_DESIGNER_STATIC
+#  define QDESIGNER_EXTENSION_EXPORT
+#elif defined(QDESIGNER_EXTENSION_LIBRARY)
+#  define QDESIGNER_EXTENSION_EXPORT QDESIGNER_EXTENSION_EXTERN
+#else
+#  define QDESIGNER_EXTENSION_EXPORT QDESIGNER_EXTENSION_IMPORT
+#endif
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // EXTENSION_GLOBAL_H

designer/lib/extension/qextensionmanager.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "qextensionmanager.h"
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+/*!
+    \class QExtensionManager
+
+    \brief The QExtensionManager class provides extension management
+    facilities for Qt Designer.
+
+    \inmodule QtDesigner
+
+    In \QD the extensions are not created until they are required. For
+    that reason, when implementing an extension, you must also create
+    a QExtensionFactory, i.e a class that is able to make an instance
+    of your extension, and register it using \QD's extension manager.
+
+    The registration of an extension factory is typically made in the
+    QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface::initialize() function:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/tools_designer_src_lib_extension_qextensionmanager.cpp 0
+
+    The QExtensionManager is not intended to be instantiated
+    directly. You can retrieve an interface to \QD's extension manager
+    using the QDesignerFormEditorInterface::extensionManager()
+    function. A pointer to \QD's current QDesignerFormEditorInterface
+    object (\c formEditor in the example above) is provided by the
+    QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface::initialize() function's
+    parameter. When implementing a custom widget plugin, you must
+    subclass the QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface to expose your plugin
+    to \QD.
+
+    Then, when an extension is required, \QD's extension manager will
+    run through all its registered factories calling
+    QExtensionFactory::createExtension() for each until the first one
+    that is able to create the requested extension for the selected
+    object, is found. This factory will then make an instance of the
+    extension.
+
+    There are four available types of extensions in \QD:
+    QDesignerContainerExtension , QDesignerMemberSheetExtension,
+    QDesignerPropertySheetExtension and
+    QDesignerTaskMenuExtension. \QD's behavior is the same whether the
+    requested extension is associated with a container, a member
+    sheet, a property sheet or a task menu.
+
+    For a complete example using the QExtensionManager class, see the
+    \l {designer/taskmenuextension}{Task Menu Extension example}. The
+    example shows how to create a custom widget plugin for Qt
+    Designer, and how to to use the QDesignerTaskMenuExtension class
+    to add custom items to \QD's task menu.
+
+    \sa QExtensionFactory, QAbstractExtensionManager
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs an extension manager with the given \a parent.
+*/
+QExtensionManager::QExtensionManager(QObject *parent)
+    : QObject(parent)
+{
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  Destroys the extension manager
+*/
+QExtensionManager::~QExtensionManager()
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Register the extension specified by the given \a factory and
+    extension identifier \a iid.
+*/
+void QExtensionManager::registerExtensions(QAbstractExtensionFactory *factory, const QString &iid)
+{
+    if (iid.isEmpty()) {
+        m_globalExtension.prepend(factory);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    FactoryMap::iterator it = m_extensions.find(iid);
+    if (it == m_extensions.end())
+        it = m_extensions.insert(iid, FactoryList());
+
+    it.value().prepend(factory);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Unregister the extension specified by the given \a factory and
+    extension identifier \a iid.
+*/
+void QExtensionManager::unregisterExtensions(QAbstractExtensionFactory *factory, const QString &iid)
+{
+    if (iid.isEmpty()) {
+        m_globalExtension.removeAll(factory);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    const FactoryMap::iterator it = m_extensions.find(iid);
+    if (it == m_extensions.end())
+        return;
+
+    FactoryList &factories = it.value();
+    factories.removeAll(factory);
+
+    if (factories.isEmpty())
+        m_extensions.erase(it);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the extension specified by \a iid, for the given \a
+    object.
+*/
+QObject *QExtensionManager::extension(QObject *object, const QString &iid) const
+{
+    const FactoryMap::const_iterator it = m_extensions.constFind(iid);
+    if (it != m_extensions.constEnd()) {
+        const FactoryList::const_iterator fcend = it.value().constEnd();
+        for (FactoryList::const_iterator fit = it.value().constBegin(); fit != fcend; ++fit)
+            if (QObject *ext = (*fit)->extension(object, iid))
+                return ext;
+    }
+    const FactoryList::const_iterator gfcend =  m_globalExtension.constEnd();
+    for (FactoryList::const_iterator git = m_globalExtension.constBegin(); git != gfcend; ++git)
+        if (QObject *ext = (*git)->extension(object, iid))
+            return ext;
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE

designer/lib/extension/qextensionmanager.h

@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QEXTENSIONMANAGER_H
+#define QEXTENSIONMANAGER_H
+
+#include <QtDesigner/extension_global.h>
+#include <QtDesigner/extension.h>
+#include <QtCore/QHash>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QObject; // Fool syncqt
+
+class QDESIGNER_EXTENSION_EXPORT QExtensionManager: public QObject, public QAbstractExtensionManager
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+    Q_INTERFACES(QAbstractExtensionManager)
+public:
+    QExtensionManager(QObject *parent = 0);
+    ~QExtensionManager();
+
+    virtual void registerExtensions(QAbstractExtensionFactory *factory, const QString &iid = QString());
+    virtual void unregisterExtensions(QAbstractExtensionFactory *factory, const QString &iid = QString());
+
+    virtual QObject *extension(QObject *object, const QString &iid) const;
+
+private:
+    typedef QList<QAbstractExtensionFactory*> FactoryList;
+    typedef QHash<QString, FactoryList> FactoryMap;
+    FactoryMap m_extensions;
+    FactoryList m_globalExtension;
+};
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // QEXTENSIONMANAGER_H

designer/lib/lib.pro

@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+TEMPLATE=lib
+TARGET=QtDesigner
+QT += xml
+contains(QT_CONFIG, reduce_exports):CONFIG += hide_symbols
+CONFIG += qt
+win32|mac: CONFIG += debug_and_release
+DESTDIR = ../../../../lib
+!wince*:DLLDESTDIR = ../../../../bin
+
+isEmpty(QT_MAJOR_VERSION) {
+   VERSION=4.3.0
+} else {
+   VERSION=$${QT_MAJOR_VERSION}.$${QT_MINOR_VERSION}.$${QT_PATCH_VERSION}
+}
+
+unix:QMAKE_PKGCONFIG_REQUIRES += QtXml
+
+include(../../../../src/qt_targets.pri)
+QMAKE_TARGET_PRODUCT = Designer
+QMAKE_TARGET_DESCRIPTION = Graphical user interface designer.
+
+!contains(CONFIG, static) {
+    CONFIG += dll
+
+    DEFINES += \
+        QDESIGNER_SDK_LIBRARY \
+        QDESIGNER_EXTENSION_LIBRARY \
+        QDESIGNER_UILIB_LIBRARY \
+        QDESIGNER_SHARED_LIBRARY
+} else {
+    DEFINES += QT_DESIGNER_STATIC
+}
+
+#load up the headers info
+CONFIG += qt_install_headers
+HEADERS_PRI = $$QT_BUILD_TREE/include/QtDesigner/headers.pri
+include($$HEADERS_PRI, "", true)|clear(HEADERS_PRI)
+
+#mac frameworks
+mac:CONFIG += explicitlib
+mac:!static:contains(QT_CONFIG, qt_framework) {
+   QMAKE_FRAMEWORK_BUNDLE_NAME = $$TARGET
+   CONFIG += lib_bundle qt_no_framework_direct_includes qt_framework
+   CONFIG(debug, debug|release) {
+      !build_pass:CONFIG += build_all
+   } else { #release
+      !debug_and_release|build_pass {
+	  CONFIG -= qt_install_headers #no need to install these as well
+	  FRAMEWORK_HEADERS.version = Versions
+	  FRAMEWORK_HEADERS.files = $$SYNCQT.HEADER_FILES $$SYNCQT.HEADER_CLASSES
+      	  FRAMEWORK_HEADERS.path = Headers
+      }
+      QMAKE_BUNDLE_DATA += FRAMEWORK_HEADERS
+   }
+}
+
+include(extension/extension.pri)
+include(sdk/sdk.pri)
+include(uilib/uilib.pri)
+include(shared/shared.pri)
+PRECOMPILED_HEADER=lib_pch.h
+
+include(../sharedcomponents.pri)
+include(../components/component.pri)
+
+target.path=$$[QT_INSTALL_LIBS]
+INSTALLS        += target
+win32 {
+    dlltarget.path=$$[QT_INSTALL_BINS]
+    INSTALLS += dlltarget
+}
+
+
+qt_install_headers {
+    designer_headers.files = $$SYNCQT.HEADER_FILES $$SYNCQT.HEADER_CLASSES
+    designer_headers.path = $$[QT_INSTALL_HEADERS]/QtDesigner
+    INSTALLS        += designer_headers
+}

designer/lib/lib_pch.h

@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#include "shared_global_p.h"
+#include <QtCore/qdebug.h>
+#include <QtDesigner/abstractformeditor.h>
+#include <QtDesigner/sdk_global.h>
+#include <QtCore/QObject>
+#include <QtDesigner/qextensionmanager.h>
+#include <QtDesigner/abstractformwindow.h>
+#include <QtCore/QMap>
+#include <QtGui/QWidget>
+#include <QtDesigner/propertysheet.h>
+#include <QtDesigner/extension.h>
+#include <QtDesigner/abstractmetadatabase.h>
+#include <QtCore/QList>
+#include <QtDesigner/abstractwidgetfactory.h>
+#include <QtDesigner/abstractwidgetdatabase.h>
+#include <QtGui/QWidget>
+#include "qdesigner_widget_p.h"
+#include <QtGui/QPainter>
+#include <QtGui/QMainWindow>
+#include <QtCore/qglobal.h>
+#include <QtCore/QPointer>
+#include "layout_p.h"
+#endif

designer/lib/sdk/abstractactioneditor.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "abstractactioneditor.h"
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+/*!
+    \class QDesignerActionEditorInterface
+
+    \brief The QDesignerActionEditorInterface class allows you to
+    change the focus of Qt Designer's action editor.
+
+    \inmodule QtDesigner
+
+    The QDesignerActionEditorInterface class is not intended to be
+    instantiated directly. You can retrieve an interface to \QD's
+    action editor using the
+    QDesignerFormEditorInterface::actionEditor() function.
+
+    You can control which actions that are available in the action
+    editor's window using the manageAction() and unmanageAction()
+    functions. An action that is managed by \QD is available in the
+    action editor while an unmanaged action is ignored.
+
+    QDesignerActionEditorInterface also provides the core() function
+    that you can use to retrieve a pointer to \QD's current
+    QDesignerFormEditorInterface object, and the setFormWindow()
+    function that enables you to change the currently selected form
+    window.
+
+    \sa QDesignerFormEditorInterface, QDesignerFormWindowInterface
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs an action editor interface with the given \a parent and
+    the specified window \a flags.
+*/
+QDesignerActionEditorInterface::QDesignerActionEditorInterface(QWidget *parent, Qt::WindowFlags flags)
+    : QWidget(parent, flags)
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the action editor interface.
+*/
+QDesignerActionEditorInterface::~QDesignerActionEditorInterface()
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a pointer to \QD's current QDesignerFormEditorInterface
+    object.
+*/
+QDesignerFormEditorInterface *QDesignerActionEditorInterface::core() const
+{
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerActionEditorInterface::setFormWindow(QDesignerFormWindowInterface *formWindow)
+
+    Sets the currently selected form window to \a formWindow.
+
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerActionEditorInterface::manageAction(QAction *action)
+
+    Instructs \QD to manage the specified \a action. An action that is
+    managed by \QD is available in the action editor.
+
+    \sa unmanageAction()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerActionEditorInterface::unmanageAction(QAction *action)
+
+    Instructs \QD to ignore the specified \a action. An unmanaged
+    action is not available in the action editor.
+
+    \sa manageAction()
+*/
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE

designer/lib/sdk/abstractactioneditor.h

@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef ABSTRACTACTIONEDITOR_H
+#define ABSTRACTACTIONEDITOR_H
+
+#include <QtDesigner/sdk_global.h>
+
+#include <QtGui/QWidget>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QDesignerFormEditorInterface;
+class QDesignerFormWindowInterface;
+
+class QDESIGNER_SDK_EXPORT QDesignerActionEditorInterface: public QWidget
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    QDesignerActionEditorInterface(QWidget *parent, Qt::WindowFlags flags = 0);
+    virtual ~QDesignerActionEditorInterface();
+
+    virtual QDesignerFormEditorInterface *core() const;
+
+    virtual void manageAction(QAction *action) = 0;
+    virtual void unmanageAction(QAction *action) = 0;
+
+public Q_SLOTS:
+    virtual void setFormWindow(QDesignerFormWindowInterface *formWindow) = 0;
+};
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // ABSTRACTACTIONEDITOR_H

designer/lib/sdk/abstractbrushmanager.h

@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef ABSTRACTBRUSHMANAGER_H
+#define ABSTRACTBRUSHMANAGER_H
+
+#include <QtDesigner/sdk_global.h>
+
+#include <QtCore/qobject.h>
+#include <QtCore/qmap.h>
+#include <QtGui/qbrush.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QObject;
+
+class QDESIGNER_SDK_EXPORT QDesignerBrushManagerInterface : public QObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    QDesignerBrushManagerInterface(QObject *parentObject = 0) : QObject(parentObject) {}
+
+    virtual QBrush brush(const QString &name) const = 0;
+    virtual QMap<QString, QBrush> brushes() const = 0;
+    virtual QString currentBrush() const = 0;
+
+    virtual QString addBrush(const QString &name, const QBrush &brush) = 0;
+    virtual void removeBrush(const QString &name) = 0;
+    virtual void setCurrentBrush(const QString &name) = 0;
+
+    virtual QPixmap brushPixmap(const QBrush &brush) const = 0;
+Q_SIGNALS:
+    void brushAdded(const QString &name, const QBrush &brush);
+    void brushRemoved(const QString &name);
+    void currentBrushChanged(const QString &name, const QBrush &brush);
+
+};
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif

designer/lib/sdk/abstractdialoggui.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "abstractdialoggui_p.h"
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+/*!
+    \class QDesignerDialogGuiInterface
+    \since 4.4
+    \internal
+
+    \brief The QDesignerDialogGuiInterface allows integrations of \QD to replace the
+           message boxes displayed by \QD by custom dialogs.
+
+    \inmodule QtDesigner
+
+    QDesignerDialogGuiInterface provides virtual functions that can be overwritten
+    to display message boxes and file dialogs.
+    \sa QMessageBox, QFileDialog
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QDesignerDialogGuiInterface::Message
+
+    This enum specifies the context from within the message box is called.
+
+   \value FormLoadFailureMessage      Loading of a form failed
+   \value UiVersionMismatchMessage    Attempt to load a file created with an old version of Designer
+   \value ResourceLoadFailureMessage  Resources specified in a file could not be found
+   \value TopLevelSpacerMessage       Spacer items detected on a container without layout
+   \value PropertyEditorMessage       Messages of the propert yeditor
+   \value SignalSlotEditorMessage     Messages of the signal / slot editor
+   \value FormEditorMessage           Messages of the form editor
+   \value PreviewFailureMessage       A preview could not be created
+   \value PromotionErrorMessage       Messages related to promotion of a widget
+   \value ResourceEditorMessage       Messages of the resource editor
+   \value ScriptDialogMessage         Messages of the script dialog
+   \value SignalSlotDialogMessage     Messages of the signal slot dialog
+   \value OtherMessage                Unspecified context
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a QDesignerDialogGuiInterface object.
+*/
+
+QDesignerDialogGuiInterface::QDesignerDialogGuiInterface()
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the QDesignerDialogGuiInterface object.
+*/
+QDesignerDialogGuiInterface::~QDesignerDialogGuiInterface()
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn QMessageBox::StandardButton QDesignerDialogGuiInterface::message(QWidget *parent, Message context, QMessageBox::Icon icon, const QString &title, const QString &text, QMessageBox::StandardButtons buttons, QMessageBox::StandardButton defaultButton)
+
+     Opens a message box as child of \a parent within the context \a context, using \a icon, \a title, \a text, \a buttons and \a defaultButton
+     and returns the button chosen by the user.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QDesignerDialogGuiInterface::getExistingDirectory(QWidget *parent, const QString &caption, const QString &dir, QFileDialog::Options options)
+
+     Opens a file dialog as child of \a parent using the parameters \a caption, \a dir and \a options that prompts the
+     user for an existing directory. Returns a directory selected by the user.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QDesignerDialogGuiInterface::getOpenFileName(QWidget *parent, const QString &caption, const QString &dir, const QString &filter, QString *selectedFilter, QFileDialog::Options)
+
+    Opens a file dialog as child of \a parent using the parameters \a caption, \a dir, \a filter, \a selectedFilter and \a options
+    that prompts the user for an existing file. Returns a file selected by the user.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QStringList QDesignerDialogGuiInterface::getOpenFileNames(QWidget *parent, const QString &caption, const QString &dir, const QString &filter, QString *selectedFilter, QFileDialog::Options)
+
+    Opens a file dialog as child of \a parent using the parameters \a caption, \a dir, \a filter, \a selectedFilter and \a options
+    that prompts the user for a set of existing files. Returns one or more existing files selected by the user.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Opens a file dialog with image browsing capabilities as child of \a parent using the parameters \a caption, \a dir, \a filter, \a selectedFilter and \a options
+    that prompts the user for an existing file. Returns a file selected by the user.
+
+    The default implementation simply calls getOpenFileName(). On platforms that do not support an image preview in the QFileDialog,
+    the function can be reimplemented to provide an image browser.
+
+    \since 4.5
+*/
+
+QString QDesignerDialogGuiInterface::getOpenImageFileName(QWidget *parent, const QString &caption, const QString &dir, const QString &filter, QString *selectedFilter, QFileDialog::Options options)
+{
+    return getOpenFileName(parent, caption, dir, filter, selectedFilter, options);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Opens a file dialog with image browsing capabilities as child of \a parent using the parameters \a caption, \a dir, \a filter, \a selectedFilter and \a options
+    that prompts the user for a set of existing files. Returns one or more existing files selected by the user.
+
+    The default implementation simply calls getOpenFileNames(). On platforms that do not support an image preview in the QFileDialog,
+    the function can be reimplemented to provide an image browser.
+
+    \since 4.5
+*/
+
+QStringList QDesignerDialogGuiInterface::getOpenImageFileNames(QWidget *parent, const QString &caption, const QString &dir, const QString &filter, QString *selectedFilter, QFileDialog::Options options)
+{
+    return getOpenImageFileNames(parent, caption, dir, filter, selectedFilter, options);
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QDesignerDialogGuiInterface::getSaveFileName(QWidget *parent, const QString &caption, const QString &dir, const QString &filter, QString *selectedFilter, QFileDialog::Options)
+
+    Opens a file dialog as child of \a parent using the parameters \a caption, \a dir, \a filter, \a selectedFilter and \a options
+    that prompts the user for a file. Returns a file selected by the user. The file does not have to exist.
+*/
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE

designer/lib/sdk/abstractdialoggui_p.h

@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists for the convenience
+// of Qt Designer.  This header
+// file may change from version to version without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+
+#ifndef ABSTRACTDIALOGGUI_H
+#define ABSTRACTDIALOGGUI_H
+
+#include <QtDesigner/sdk_global.h>
+#include <QtGui/QMessageBox>
+#include <QtGui/QFileDialog>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QWidget;
+
+class QDESIGNER_SDK_EXPORT QDesignerDialogGuiInterface
+{
+    Q_DISABLE_COPY(QDesignerDialogGuiInterface)
+public:
+    QDesignerDialogGuiInterface();
+    virtual ~QDesignerDialogGuiInterface();
+
+    enum Message { FormLoadFailureMessage, UiVersionMismatchMessage, ResourceLoadFailureMessage,
+                   TopLevelSpacerMessage, PropertyEditorMessage, SignalSlotEditorMessage, FormEditorMessage,
+                   PreviewFailureMessage, PromotionErrorMessage, ResourceEditorMessage,
+                   ScriptDialogMessage, SignalSlotDialogMessage, OtherMessage, FileChangedMessage };
+
+    virtual QMessageBox::StandardButton
+        message(QWidget *parent, Message context, QMessageBox::Icon icon,
+                const QString &title, const QString &text, QMessageBox::StandardButtons buttons = QMessageBox::Ok,
+                QMessageBox::StandardButton defaultButton = QMessageBox::NoButton) = 0;
+
+    virtual QMessageBox::StandardButton
+        message(QWidget *parent, Message context, QMessageBox::Icon icon,
+                const QString &title, const QString &text, const QString &informativeText,
+                QMessageBox::StandardButtons buttons = QMessageBox::Ok,
+                QMessageBox::StandardButton defaultButton = QMessageBox::NoButton) = 0;
+
+    virtual QMessageBox::StandardButton
+        message(QWidget *parent, Message context, QMessageBox::Icon icon,
+                const QString &title, const QString &text, const QString &informativeText, const QString &detailedText,
+                QMessageBox::StandardButtons buttons = QMessageBox::Ok,
+                QMessageBox::StandardButton defaultButton = QMessageBox::NoButton) = 0;
+
+    virtual QString getExistingDirectory(QWidget *parent = 0, const QString &caption = QString(), const QString &dir = QString(), QFileDialog::Options options = QFileDialog::ShowDirsOnly)= 0;
+    virtual QString getOpenFileName(QWidget *parent = 0, const QString &caption = QString(), const QString &dir = QString(), const QString &filter = QString(), QString *selectedFilter = 0, QFileDialog::Options options = 0)= 0;
+    virtual QString getOpenImageFileName(QWidget *parent = 0, const QString &caption = QString(), const QString &dir = QString(), const QString &filter = QString(), QString *selectedFilter = 0, QFileDialog::Options options = 0);
+    virtual QStringList getOpenFileNames(QWidget *parent = 0, const QString &caption = QString(), const QString &dir = QString(), const QString &filter = QString(), QString *selectedFilter = 0, QFileDialog::Options options = 0)= 0;
+    virtual QStringList getOpenImageFileNames(QWidget *parent = 0, const QString &caption = QString(), const QString &dir = QString(), const QString &filter = QString(), QString *selectedFilter = 0, QFileDialog::Options options = 0);
+    virtual QString getSaveFileName(QWidget *parent = 0, const QString &caption = QString(), const QString &dir = QString(), const QString &filter = QString(), QString *selectedFilter = 0, QFileDialog::Options options = 0)= 0;
+};
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // ABSTRACTDIALOGGUI_H

designer/lib/sdk/abstractdnditem.h

@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef ABSTRACTDNDITEM_H
+#define ABSTRACTDNDITEM_H
+
+#include <QtDesigner/sdk_global.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class DomUI;
+class QWidget;
+class QPoint;
+
+class QDESIGNER_SDK_EXPORT QDesignerDnDItemInterface
+{
+public:
+    enum DropType { MoveDrop, CopyDrop };
+
+    QDesignerDnDItemInterface() {}
+    virtual ~QDesignerDnDItemInterface() {}
+
+    virtual DomUI *domUi() const = 0;
+    virtual QWidget *widget() const = 0;
+    virtual QWidget *decoration() const = 0;
+    virtual QPoint hotSpot() const = 0;
+    virtual DropType type() const = 0;
+    virtual QWidget *source() const = 0;
+};
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // ABSTRACTDNDITEM_H

designer/lib/sdk/abstractdnditem.qdoc

@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:FDL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in a
+** written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Free Documentation License
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Free
+** Documentation License version 1.3 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file included in the packaging of this
+** file.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class QDesignerDnDItemInterface
+    \brief The QDesignerDnDItemInterface class provides an interface that is used to manage items
+    during a drag and drop operation.
+    \inmodule QtDesigner
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QDesignerDnDItemInterface::DropType
+
+    This enum describes the result of a drag and drop operation.
+
+    \value MoveDrop The item was moved.
+    \value CopyDrop The item was copied.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDesignerDnDItemInterface::QDesignerDnDItemInterface()
+
+    Constructs a new interface to a drag and drop item.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDesignerDnDItemInterface::~QDesignerDnDItemInterface()
+
+    Destroys the interface to the item.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn DomUI *QDesignerDnDItemInterface::domUi() const
+
+    Returns a user interface object for the item.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QWidget *QDesignerDnDItemInterface::widget() const
+
+    Returns the widget being copied or moved in the drag and drop operation.
+
+    \sa source()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QWidget *QDesignerDnDItemInterface::decoration() const
+
+    Returns the widget used to represent the item.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPoint QDesignerDnDItemInterface::hotSpot() const
+
+    Returns the cursor's hotspot.
+
+    \sa QDrag::hotSpot()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn DropType QDesignerDnDItemInterface::type() const
+
+    Returns the type of drag and drop operation in progress.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QWidget *QDesignerDnDItemInterface::source() const
+
+    Returns the widget that is the source of the drag and drop operation; i.e. the original
+    container of the widget being dragged.
+
+    \sa widget()
+*/

designer/lib/sdk/abstractformeditor.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,630 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "abstractformeditor.h"
+#include "abstractdialoggui_p.h"
+#include "abstractintrospection_p.h"
+#include "abstractsettings_p.h"
+#include "abstractoptionspage_p.h"
+
+#include <QtDesigner/QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface>
+#include <QtDesigner/QDesignerPropertyEditorInterface>
+#include <QtDesigner/QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface>
+#include <QtDesigner/QExtensionManager>
+#include <QtDesigner/QDesignerMetaDataBaseInterface>
+#include <QtDesigner/QDesignerWidgetDataBaseInterface>
+#include <QtDesigner/QDesignerWidgetFactoryInterface>
+#include <QtDesigner/QDesignerObjectInspectorInterface>
+#include <QtDesigner/QDesignerBrushManagerInterface>
+#include <QtDesigner/QDesignerIntegrationInterface>
+#include <QtDesigner/QDesignerIconCacheInterface>
+#include <QtDesigner/QDesignerActionEditorInterface>
+#include <pluginmanager_p.h>
+#include <qtresourcemodel_p.h>
+#include <qtgradientmanager.h>
+#include <widgetfactory_p.h>
+#include <shared_settings_p.h>
+#include <formwindowbase_p.h>
+#include <grid_p.h>
+#include <QtDesigner/QDesignerPromotionInterface>
+
+// Must be done outside of the Qt namespace
+static void initResources()
+{
+    Q_INIT_RESOURCE(shared);
+    Q_INIT_RESOURCE(ClamshellPhone);
+    Q_INIT_RESOURCE(PortableMedia);
+    Q_INIT_RESOURCE(S60_nHD_Touchscreen);
+    Q_INIT_RESOURCE(S60_QVGA_Candybar);
+    Q_INIT_RESOURCE(SmartPhone2);
+    Q_INIT_RESOURCE(SmartPhone);
+    Q_INIT_RESOURCE(SmartPhoneWithButtons);
+    Q_INIT_RESOURCE(TouchscreenPhone);
+}
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QDesignerFormEditorInterfacePrivate {
+public:
+    QDesignerFormEditorInterfacePrivate();
+    ~QDesignerFormEditorInterfacePrivate();
+
+
+    QPointer<QWidget> m_topLevel;
+    QPointer<QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface> m_widgetBox;
+    QPointer<QDesignerPropertyEditorInterface> m_propertyEditor;
+    QPointer<QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface> m_formWindowManager;
+    QPointer<QExtensionManager> m_extensionManager;
+    QPointer<QDesignerMetaDataBaseInterface> m_metaDataBase;
+    QPointer<QDesignerWidgetDataBaseInterface> m_widgetDataBase;
+    QPointer<QDesignerWidgetFactoryInterface> m_widgetFactory;
+    QPointer<QDesignerObjectInspectorInterface> m_objectInspector;
+    QPointer<QDesignerBrushManagerInterface> m_brushManager;
+    QPointer<QDesignerIntegrationInterface> m_integration;
+    QPointer<QDesignerIconCacheInterface> m_iconCache;
+    QPointer<QDesignerActionEditorInterface> m_actionEditor;
+    QDesignerSettingsInterface *m_settingsManager;
+    QDesignerPluginManager *m_pluginManager;
+    QDesignerPromotionInterface *m_promotion;
+    QDesignerIntrospectionInterface *m_introspection;
+    QDesignerDialogGuiInterface *m_dialogGui;
+    QPointer<QtResourceModel> m_resourceModel;
+    QPointer<QtGradientManager> m_gradientManager; // instantiated and deleted by designer_integration
+    QList<QDesignerOptionsPageInterface*> m_optionsPages;
+};
+
+QDesignerFormEditorInterfacePrivate::QDesignerFormEditorInterfacePrivate() :
+    m_settingsManager(0),
+    m_pluginManager(0),
+    m_promotion(0),
+    m_introspection(0),
+    m_dialogGui(0),
+    m_resourceModel(0),
+    m_gradientManager(0)
+{
+}
+
+QDesignerFormEditorInterfacePrivate::~QDesignerFormEditorInterfacePrivate()
+{
+    delete m_settingsManager;
+    delete m_formWindowManager;
+    delete m_promotion;
+    delete m_introspection;
+    delete m_dialogGui;
+    delete m_resourceModel;
+    qDeleteAll(m_optionsPages);
+}
+
+/*!
+    \class QDesignerFormEditorInterface
+
+    \brief The QDesignerFormEditorInterface class allows you to access
+    Qt Designer's various components.
+
+    \inmodule QtDesigner
+
+    \QD's current QDesignerFormEditorInterface object holds
+    information about all \QD's components: The action editor, the
+    object inspector, the property editor, the widget box, and the
+    extension and form window managers. QDesignerFormEditorInterface
+    contains a collection of functions that provides interfaces to all
+    these components. They are typically used to query (and
+    manipulate) the respective component. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/tools_designer_src_lib_sdk_abstractformeditor.cpp 0
+
+    QDesignerFormEditorInterface is not intended to be instantiated
+    directly. A pointer to \QD's current QDesignerFormEditorInterface
+    object (\c formEditor in the example above) is provided by the
+    QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface::initialize() function's
+    parameter. When implementing a custom widget plugin, you must
+    subclass the QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface to expose your plugin
+    to \QD.
+
+    QDesignerFormEditorInterface also provides functions that can set
+    the action editor, property editor, object inspector and widget
+    box. These are only useful if you want to provide your own custom
+    components.
+
+    If designer is embedded in another program, one could to provide its
+    own settings manager. The manager is used by the components of \QD
+    to store/retrieve persistent configuration settings. The default
+    manager uses QSettings as the backend.
+
+    Finally, QDesignerFormEditorInterface provides the topLevel()
+    function that returns \QD's top-level widget.
+
+    \sa QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a QDesignerFormEditorInterface object with the given \a
+    parent.
+*/
+
+QDesignerFormEditorInterface::QDesignerFormEditorInterface(QObject *parent)
+    : QObject(parent),
+      d(new QDesignerFormEditorInterfacePrivate())
+{
+    initResources();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the QDesignerFormEditorInterface object.
+*/
+QDesignerFormEditorInterface::~QDesignerFormEditorInterface()
+{
+    delete d;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns an interface to \QD's widget box.
+
+    \sa setWidgetBox()
+*/
+QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface *QDesignerFormEditorInterface::widgetBox() const
+{
+    return d->m_widgetBox;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets \QD's widget box to be the specified \a widgetBox.
+
+    \sa widgetBox()
+*/
+void QDesignerFormEditorInterface::setWidgetBox(QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface *widgetBox)
+{
+    d->m_widgetBox = widgetBox;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns an interface to \QD's property editor.
+
+    \sa setPropertyEditor()
+*/
+QDesignerPropertyEditorInterface *QDesignerFormEditorInterface::propertyEditor() const
+{
+    return d->m_propertyEditor;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets \QD's property editor to be the specified \a propertyEditor.
+
+    \sa propertyEditor()
+*/
+void QDesignerFormEditorInterface::setPropertyEditor(QDesignerPropertyEditorInterface *propertyEditor)
+{
+    d->m_propertyEditor = propertyEditor;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns an interface to \QD's action editor.
+
+    \sa setActionEditor()
+*/
+QDesignerActionEditorInterface *QDesignerFormEditorInterface::actionEditor() const
+{
+    return d->m_actionEditor;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets \QD's action editor to be the specified \a actionEditor.
+
+    \sa actionEditor()
+*/
+void QDesignerFormEditorInterface::setActionEditor(QDesignerActionEditorInterface *actionEditor)
+{
+    d->m_actionEditor = actionEditor;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns \QD's top-level widget.
+*/
+QWidget *QDesignerFormEditorInterface::topLevel() const
+{
+    return d->m_topLevel;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+*/
+void QDesignerFormEditorInterface::setTopLevel(QWidget *topLevel)
+{
+    d->m_topLevel = topLevel;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns an interface to \QD's form window manager.
+*/
+QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface *QDesignerFormEditorInterface::formWindowManager() const
+{
+    return d->m_formWindowManager;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+*/
+void QDesignerFormEditorInterface::setFormManager(QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface *formWindowManager)
+{
+    d->m_formWindowManager = formWindowManager;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns an interface to \QD's extension manager.
+*/
+QExtensionManager *QDesignerFormEditorInterface::extensionManager() const
+{
+    return d->m_extensionManager;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+*/
+void QDesignerFormEditorInterface::setExtensionManager(QExtensionManager *extensionManager)
+{
+    d->m_extensionManager = extensionManager;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+
+    Returns an interface to the meta database used by the form editor.
+*/
+QDesignerMetaDataBaseInterface *QDesignerFormEditorInterface::metaDataBase() const
+{
+    return d->m_metaDataBase;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+*/
+void QDesignerFormEditorInterface::setMetaDataBase(QDesignerMetaDataBaseInterface *metaDataBase)
+{
+    d->m_metaDataBase = metaDataBase;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+
+    Returns an interface to the widget database used by the form editor.
+*/
+QDesignerWidgetDataBaseInterface *QDesignerFormEditorInterface::widgetDataBase() const
+{
+    return d->m_widgetDataBase;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+*/
+void QDesignerFormEditorInterface::setWidgetDataBase(QDesignerWidgetDataBaseInterface *widgetDataBase)
+{
+    d->m_widgetDataBase = widgetDataBase;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+
+    Returns an interface to the designer promotion handler.
+*/
+
+QDesignerPromotionInterface *QDesignerFormEditorInterface::promotion() const
+{
+    return d->m_promotion;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+
+    Sets the designer promotion handler.
+*/
+
+void QDesignerFormEditorInterface::setPromotion(QDesignerPromotionInterface *promotion)
+{
+    if (d->m_promotion)
+        delete d->m_promotion;
+    d->m_promotion = promotion;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+
+    Returns an interface to the widget factory used by the form editor
+    to create widgets for the form.
+*/
+QDesignerWidgetFactoryInterface *QDesignerFormEditorInterface::widgetFactory() const
+{
+    return d->m_widgetFactory;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+*/
+void QDesignerFormEditorInterface::setWidgetFactory(QDesignerWidgetFactoryInterface *widgetFactory)
+{
+    d->m_widgetFactory = widgetFactory;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns an interface to \QD's object inspector.
+*/
+QDesignerObjectInspectorInterface *QDesignerFormEditorInterface::objectInspector() const
+{
+    return d->m_objectInspector;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets \QD's object inspector to be the specified \a
+    objectInspector.
+
+    \sa objectInspector()
+*/
+void QDesignerFormEditorInterface::setObjectInspector(QDesignerObjectInspectorInterface *objectInspector)
+{
+    d->m_objectInspector = objectInspector;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+
+    Returns an interface to the brush manager used by the palette editor.
+*/
+QDesignerBrushManagerInterface *QDesignerFormEditorInterface::brushManager() const
+{
+    return d->m_brushManager;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+*/
+void QDesignerFormEditorInterface::setBrushManager(QDesignerBrushManagerInterface *brushManager)
+{
+    d->m_brushManager = brushManager;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+
+    Returns an interface to the integration.
+*/
+QDesignerIntegrationInterface *QDesignerFormEditorInterface::integration() const
+{
+    return d->m_integration;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+*/
+void QDesignerFormEditorInterface::setIntegration(QDesignerIntegrationInterface *integration)
+{
+    d->m_integration = integration;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+
+    Returns an interface to the icon cache used by the form editor to
+    manage icons.
+*/
+QDesignerIconCacheInterface *QDesignerFormEditorInterface::iconCache() const
+{
+    return d->m_iconCache;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+*/
+void QDesignerFormEditorInterface::setIconCache(QDesignerIconCacheInterface *cache)
+{
+    d->m_iconCache = cache;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+    \since 4.5
+    Returns the list of options pages that allow the user to configure \QD components.
+*/
+QList<QDesignerOptionsPageInterface*> QDesignerFormEditorInterface::optionsPages() const
+{
+    return d->m_optionsPages;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+    \since 4.5
+    Sets the list of options pages that allow the user to configure \QD components.
+*/
+void QDesignerFormEditorInterface::setOptionsPages(const QList<QDesignerOptionsPageInterface*> &optionsPages)
+{
+    d->m_optionsPages = optionsPages;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+
+    Returns the plugin manager used by the form editor.
+*/
+QDesignerPluginManager *QDesignerFormEditorInterface::pluginManager() const
+{
+    return d->m_pluginManager;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+
+    Sets the plugin manager used by the form editor to the specified
+    \a pluginManager.
+*/
+void QDesignerFormEditorInterface::setPluginManager(QDesignerPluginManager *pluginManager)
+{
+    d->m_pluginManager = pluginManager;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+    \since 4.4
+    Returns the resource model used by the form editor.
+*/
+QtResourceModel *QDesignerFormEditorInterface::resourceModel() const
+{
+    return d->m_resourceModel;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+
+    Sets the resource model used by the form editor to the specified
+    \a resourceModel.
+*/
+void QDesignerFormEditorInterface::setResourceModel(QtResourceModel *resourceModel)
+{
+    d->m_resourceModel = resourceModel;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+    \since 4.4
+    Returns the gradient manager used by the style sheet editor.
+*/
+QtGradientManager *QDesignerFormEditorInterface::gradientManager() const
+{
+    return d->m_gradientManager;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+
+    Sets the gradient manager used by the style sheet editor to the specified
+    \a gradientManager.
+*/
+void QDesignerFormEditorInterface::setGradientManager(QtGradientManager *gradientManager)
+{
+    d->m_gradientManager = gradientManager;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+    \since 4.5
+    Returns the settings manager used by the components to store persistent settings.
+*/
+QDesignerSettingsInterface *QDesignerFormEditorInterface::settingsManager() const
+{
+    return d->m_settingsManager;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+    \since 4.5
+    Sets the settings manager used to store/retrieve the persistent settings of the components.
+*/
+void QDesignerFormEditorInterface::setSettingsManager(QDesignerSettingsInterface *settingsManager)
+{
+    if (d->m_settingsManager)
+        delete d->m_settingsManager;
+    d->m_settingsManager = settingsManager;
+
+    // This is a (hopefully) safe place to perform settings-dependent
+    // initializations.
+    const qdesigner_internal::QDesignerSharedSettings settings(this);
+    qdesigner_internal::FormWindowBase::setDefaultDesignerGrid(settings.defaultGrid());
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+    \since 4.4
+    Returns the introspection used by the form editor.
+*/
+QDesignerIntrospectionInterface *QDesignerFormEditorInterface::introspection() const
+{
+    return d->m_introspection;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+    \since 4.4
+
+    Sets the introspection used by the form editor to the specified \a introspection.
+*/
+void QDesignerFormEditorInterface::setIntrospection(QDesignerIntrospectionInterface *introspection)
+{
+    if (d->m_introspection)
+        delete d->m_introspection;
+     d->m_introspection = introspection;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+
+    Returns the path to the resources used by the form editor.
+*/
+QString QDesignerFormEditorInterface::resourceLocation() const
+{
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+    return QLatin1String(":/trolltech/formeditor/images/mac");
+#else
+    return QLatin1String(":/trolltech/formeditor/images/win");
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+
+    Returns the dialog GUI used by the form editor.
+*/
+
+QDesignerDialogGuiInterface *QDesignerFormEditorInterface::dialogGui() const
+{
+    return d->m_dialogGui;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+
+    Sets the dialog GUI used by the form editor to the specified \a dialogGui.
+*/
+
+void QDesignerFormEditorInterface::setDialogGui(QDesignerDialogGuiInterface *dialogGui)
+{
+    delete  d->m_dialogGui;
+    d->m_dialogGui = dialogGui;
+}
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE

designer/lib/sdk/abstractformeditor.h

@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef ABSTRACTFORMEDITOR_H
+#define ABSTRACTFORMEDITOR_H
+
+#include <QtDesigner/sdk_global.h>
+
+#include <QtCore/QObject>
+#include <QtCore/QPointer>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface;
+class QDesignerPropertyEditorInterface;
+class QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface;
+class QDesignerWidgetDataBaseInterface;
+class QDesignerMetaDataBaseInterface;
+class QDesignerWidgetFactoryInterface;
+class QDesignerObjectInspectorInterface;
+class QDesignerPromotionInterface;
+class QDesignerBrushManagerInterface;
+class QDesignerIconCacheInterface;
+class QDesignerActionEditorInterface;
+class QDesignerIntegrationInterface;
+class QDesignerPluginManager;
+class QDesignerIntrospectionInterface;
+class QDesignerDialogGuiInterface;
+class QDesignerSettingsInterface;
+class QDesignerOptionsPageInterface;
+class QtResourceModel;
+class QtGradientManager;
+
+class QWidget;
+
+class QExtensionManager;
+
+class  QDesignerFormEditorInterfacePrivate;
+
+class QDESIGNER_SDK_EXPORT QDesignerFormEditorInterface : public QObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    QDesignerFormEditorInterface(QObject *parent = 0);
+    virtual ~QDesignerFormEditorInterface();
+
+    QExtensionManager *extensionManager() const;
+
+    QWidget *topLevel() const;
+    QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface *widgetBox() const;
+    QDesignerPropertyEditorInterface *propertyEditor() const;
+    QDesignerObjectInspectorInterface *objectInspector() const;
+    QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface *formWindowManager() const;
+    QDesignerWidgetDataBaseInterface *widgetDataBase() const;
+    QDesignerMetaDataBaseInterface *metaDataBase() const;
+    QDesignerPromotionInterface *promotion() const;
+    QDesignerWidgetFactoryInterface *widgetFactory() const;
+    QDesignerBrushManagerInterface *brushManager() const;
+    QDesignerIconCacheInterface *iconCache() const;
+    QDesignerActionEditorInterface *actionEditor() const;
+    QDesignerIntegrationInterface *integration() const;
+    QDesignerPluginManager *pluginManager() const;
+    QDesignerIntrospectionInterface *introspection() const;
+    QDesignerDialogGuiInterface *dialogGui() const;
+    QDesignerSettingsInterface *settingsManager() const;
+    QString resourceLocation() const;
+    QtResourceModel *resourceModel() const;
+    QtGradientManager *gradientManager() const;
+    QList<QDesignerOptionsPageInterface*> optionsPages() const;
+
+    void setTopLevel(QWidget *topLevel);
+    void setWidgetBox(QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface *widgetBox);
+    void setPropertyEditor(QDesignerPropertyEditorInterface *propertyEditor);
+    void setObjectInspector(QDesignerObjectInspectorInterface *objectInspector);
+    void setPluginManager(QDesignerPluginManager *pluginManager);
+    void setActionEditor(QDesignerActionEditorInterface *actionEditor);
+    void setIntegration(QDesignerIntegrationInterface *integration);
+    void setIntrospection(QDesignerIntrospectionInterface *introspection);
+    void setDialogGui(QDesignerDialogGuiInterface *dialogGui);
+    void setSettingsManager(QDesignerSettingsInterface *settingsManager);
+    void setResourceModel(QtResourceModel *model);
+    void setGradientManager(QtGradientManager *manager);
+    void setOptionsPages(const QList<QDesignerOptionsPageInterface*> &optionsPages);
+
+protected:
+    void setFormManager(QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface *formWindowManager);
+    void setMetaDataBase(QDesignerMetaDataBaseInterface *metaDataBase);
+    void setWidgetDataBase(QDesignerWidgetDataBaseInterface *widgetDataBase);
+    void setPromotion(QDesignerPromotionInterface *promotion);
+    void setWidgetFactory(QDesignerWidgetFactoryInterface *widgetFactory);
+    void setExtensionManager(QExtensionManager *extensionManager);
+    void setBrushManager(QDesignerBrushManagerInterface *brushManager);
+    void setIconCache(QDesignerIconCacheInterface *cache);
+
+private:
+    QPointer<QWidget> m_pad1;
+    QPointer<QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface> m_pad2;
+    QPointer<QDesignerPropertyEditorInterface> m_pad3;
+    QPointer<QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface> m_pad4;
+    QPointer<QExtensionManager> m_pad5;
+    QPointer<QDesignerMetaDataBaseInterface> m_pad6;
+    QPointer<QDesignerWidgetDataBaseInterface> m_pad7;
+    QPointer<QDesignerWidgetFactoryInterface> m_pad8;
+    QPointer<QDesignerObjectInspectorInterface> m_pad9;
+    QPointer<QDesignerBrushManagerInterface> m_pad10;
+    QPointer<QDesignerIconCacheInterface> m_pad11;
+    QPointer<QDesignerActionEditorInterface> m_pad12;
+    QDesignerFormEditorInterfacePrivate *d;
+
+private:
+    QDesignerFormEditorInterface(const QDesignerFormEditorInterface &other);
+    void operator = (const QDesignerFormEditorInterface &other);
+};
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // ABSTRACTFORMEDITOR_H

designer/lib/sdk/abstractformeditorplugin.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include <QtDesigner/abstractformeditorplugin.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+    \class QDesignerFormEditorPluginInterface
+    \brief The QDesignerFormEditorPluginInterface class provides an interface that is used to
+    manage plugins for Qt Designer's form editor component.
+    \inmodule QtDesigner
+
+    \sa QDesignerFormEditorInterface
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual QDesignerFormEditorPluginInterface::~QDesignerFormEditorPluginInterface()
+
+    Destroys the plugin interface.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual bool QDesignerFormEditorPluginInterface::isInitialized() const = 0
+
+    Returns true if the plugin interface is initialized; otherwise returns false.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual void QDesignerFormEditorPluginInterface::initialize(QDesignerFormEditorInterface *core) = 0
+
+    Initializes the plugin interface for the specified \a core interface.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual QAction *QDesignerFormEditorPluginInterface::action() const = 0
+
+    Returns the action associated with this interface.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual QDesignerFormEditorInterface *QDesignerFormEditorPluginInterface::core() const = 0
+
+    Returns the core form editor interface associated with this component.
+*/
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE

designer/lib/sdk/abstractformeditorplugin.h

@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef ABSTRACTFORMEDITORPLUGIN_H
+#define ABSTRACTFORMEDITORPLUGIN_H
+
+#include <QtDesigner/sdk_global.h>
+
+#include <QtCore/QObject>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QDesignerFormEditorInterface;
+class QAction;
+
+class QDESIGNER_SDK_EXPORT QDesignerFormEditorPluginInterface
+{
+public:
+    virtual ~QDesignerFormEditorPluginInterface() {}
+
+    virtual bool isInitialized() const = 0;
+    virtual void initialize(QDesignerFormEditorInterface *core) = 0;
+    virtual QAction *action() const = 0;
+
+    virtual QDesignerFormEditorInterface *core() const = 0;
+};
+Q_DECLARE_INTERFACE(QDesignerFormEditorPluginInterface, "com.trolltech.Qt.Designer.QDesignerFormEditorPluginInterface")
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // ABSTRACTFORMEDITORPLUGIN_H

designer/lib/sdk/abstractformwindow.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,814 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "abstractformwindow.h"
+
+#include <widgetfactory_p.h>
+
+#include <QtGui/QTabBar>
+#include <QtGui/QSizeGrip>
+#include <QtGui/QAbstractButton>
+#include <QtGui/QToolBox>
+#include <QtGui/QMenuBar>
+#include <QtGui/QMainWindow>
+#include <QtGui/QDockWidget>
+#include <QtGui/QToolBar>
+
+#include <QtCore/qdebug.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+/*!
+    \class QDesignerFormWindowInterface
+
+    \brief The QDesignerFormWindowInterface class allows you to query
+    and manipulate form windows appearing in Qt Designer's workspace.
+
+    \inmodule QtDesigner
+
+    QDesignerFormWindowInterface provides information about
+    the associated form window as well as allowing its properties to be
+    altered. The interface is not intended to be instantiated
+    directly, but to provide access to \QD's current form windows
+    controlled by \QD's \l {QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface}{form
+    window manager}.
+
+    If you are looking for the form window containing a specific
+    widget, you can use the static
+    QDesignerFormWindowInterface::findFormWindow() function:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/tools_designer_src_lib_sdk_abstractformwindow.cpp 0
+
+    But in addition, you can access any of the current form windows
+    through \QD's form window manager: Use the
+    QDesignerFormEditorInterface::formWindowManager() function to
+    retrieve an interface to the manager. Once you have this
+    interface, you have access to all of \QD's current form windows
+    through the QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface::formWindow()
+    function. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/tools_designer_src_lib_sdk_abstractformwindow.cpp 1
+
+    The pointer to \QD's current QDesignerFormEditorInterface object
+    (\c formEditor in the example above) is provided by the
+    QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface::initialize() function's
+    parameter. When implementing a custom widget plugin, you must
+    subclass the QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface class to expose your
+    plugin to \QD.
+
+    Once you have the form window, you can query its properties. For
+    example, a plain custom widget plugin is managed by \QD only at
+    its top level, i.e. none of its child widgets can be resized in
+    \QD's workspace. But QDesignerFormWindowInterface provides you
+    with functions that enables you to control whether a widget should
+    be managed by \QD, or not:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/tools_designer_src_lib_sdk_abstractformwindow.cpp 2
+
+    The complete list of functions concerning widget management is:
+    isManaged(), manageWidget() and unmanageWidget(). There is also
+    several associated signals: widgetManaged(), widgetRemoved(),
+    aboutToUnmanageWidget() and widgetUnmanaged().
+
+    In addition to controlling the management of widgets, you can
+    control the current selection in the form window using the
+    selectWidget(), clearSelection() and emitSelectionChanged()
+    functions, and the selectionChanged() signal.
+
+    You can also retrieve information about where the form is stored
+    using absoluteDir(), its include files using includeHints(), and
+    its layout and pixmap functions using layoutDefault(),
+    layoutFunction() and pixmapFunction(). You can find out whether
+    the form window has been modified (but not saved) or not, using
+    the isDirty() function. You can retrieve its author(), its
+    contents(), its fileName(), associated comment() and
+    exportMacro(), its mainContainer(), its features(), its grid() and
+    its resourceFiles().
+
+    The interface provides you with functions and slots allowing you
+    to alter most of this information as well. The exception is the
+    directory storing the form window. Finally, there is several
+    signals associated with changes to the information mentioned above
+    and to the form window in general.
+
+    \sa QDesignerFormWindowCursorInterface,
+    QDesignerFormEditorInterface, QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QDesignerFormWindowInterface::FeatureFlag
+
+    This enum describes the features that are available and can be
+    controlled by the form window interface. These values are used
+    when querying the form window to determine which features it
+    supports:
+
+    \value EditFeature      Form editing
+    \value GridFeature      Grid display and snap-to-grid facilities for editing
+    \value TabOrderFeature  Tab order management
+    \value DefaultFeature   Support for default features (form editing and grid)
+
+    \sa hasFeature(), features()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a form window interface with the given \a parent and
+    the specified window \a flags.
+*/
+QDesignerFormWindowInterface::QDesignerFormWindowInterface(QWidget *parent, Qt::WindowFlags flags)
+    : QWidget(parent, flags)
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the form window interface.
+*/
+QDesignerFormWindowInterface::~QDesignerFormWindowInterface()
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a pointer to \QD's current QDesignerFormEditorInterface
+    object.
+*/
+QDesignerFormEditorInterface *QDesignerFormWindowInterface::core() const
+{
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDesignerFormWindowInterface *QDesignerFormWindowInterface::findFormWindow(QWidget *widget)
+
+    Returns the form window interface for the given \a widget.
+*/
+
+static inline bool stopFindAtTopLevel(const QObject *w, bool stopAtMenu)
+{
+    // Do we need to go beyond top levels when looking for the form window?
+    // 1) A dialog has a window attribute at the moment it is created
+    //    before it is properly embedded into a form window. The property
+    //    sheet queries the layout attributes precisely at this moment.
+    // 2) In the case of floating docks and toolbars, we also need to go beyond the top level window.
+    // 3) In the case of menu editing, we don't want to block events from the
+    //    Designer menu, so, we say stop.
+    // Note that there must be no false positives for dialogs parented on
+    // the form (for example, the "change object name" dialog), else, its
+    // events will be blocked.
+
+    if (stopAtMenu && w->inherits("QDesignerMenu"))
+        return true;
+    return !qdesigner_internal::WidgetFactory::isFormEditorObject(w);
+}
+
+QDesignerFormWindowInterface *QDesignerFormWindowInterface::findFormWindow(QWidget *w)
+{
+    while (w != 0) {
+        if (QDesignerFormWindowInterface *fw = qobject_cast<QDesignerFormWindowInterface*>(w)) {
+            return fw;
+        } else {
+            if (w->isWindow() && stopFindAtTopLevel(w, true))
+                break;
+        }
+
+        w = w->parentWidget();
+    }
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDesignerFormWindowInterface *QDesignerFormWindowInterface::findFormWindow(QObject *object)
+
+    Returns the form window interface for the given \a object.
+
+    \since 4.4
+*/
+
+QDesignerFormWindowInterface *QDesignerFormWindowInterface::findFormWindow(QObject *object)
+{
+    while (object != 0) {
+        if (QDesignerFormWindowInterface *fw = qobject_cast<QDesignerFormWindowInterface*>(object)) {
+            return fw;
+        } else {
+            QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(object);
+            // QDesignerMenu is a window, so stopFindAtTopLevel(w) returns 0.
+            // However, we want to find the form window for QActions of a menu.
+            // If this check is inside stopFindAtTopLevel(w), it will break designer
+            // menu editing (e.g. when clicking on items inside an opened menu)
+            if (w && w->isWindow() && stopFindAtTopLevel(w, false))
+                break;
+
+        }
+
+        object = object->parent();
+    }
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual QString QDesignerFormWindowInterface::fileName() const
+
+    Returns the file name of the UI file that describes the form
+    currently being shown.
+
+    \sa setFileName()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual QDir QDesignerFormWindowInterface::absoluteDir() const
+
+    Returns the absolute location of the directory containing the form
+    shown in the form window.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual QString QDesignerFormWindowInterface::contents() const
+
+    Returns details of the contents of the form currently being
+    displayed in the window.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual void QDesignerFormWindowInterface::setContents(QIODevice *device)
+
+    Sets the form's contents using data obtained from the given \a device.
+
+    Data can be read from QFile objects or any other subclass of QIODevice.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual Feature QDesignerFormWindowInterface::features() const
+
+    Returns a combination of the features provided by the form window
+    associated with the interface. The value returned can be tested
+    against the \l Feature enum values to determine which features are
+    supported by the window.
+
+    \sa setFeatures(), hasFeature()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual bool QDesignerFormWindowInterface::hasFeature(Feature feature) const
+
+    Returns true if the form window offers the specified \a feature;
+    otherwise returns false.
+
+    \sa features()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual QString QDesignerFormWindowInterface::author() const
+
+    Returns details of the author or creator of the form currently
+    being displayed in the window.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual void QDesignerFormWindowInterface::setAuthor(const QString &author)
+
+    Sets the details for the author or creator of the form to the \a
+    author specified.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual QString QDesignerFormWindowInterface::comment() const
+
+    Returns comments about the form currently being displayed in the window.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual void QDesignerFormWindowInterface::setComment(const QString &comment)
+
+    Sets the information about the form to the \a comment
+    specified. This information should be a human-readable comment
+    about the form.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual void QDesignerFormWindowInterface::layoutDefault(int *margin, int *spacing)
+
+    Fills in the default margin and spacing for the form's default
+    layout in the \a margin and \a spacing variables specified.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual void QDesignerFormWindowInterface::setLayoutDefault(int margin, int spacing)
+
+    Sets the default \a margin and \a spacing for the form's layout.
+
+    \sa layoutDefault()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual void QDesignerFormWindowInterface::layoutFunction(QString *margin, QString *spacing)
+
+    Fills in the current margin and spacing for the form's layout in
+    the \a margin and \a spacing variables specified.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual void QDesignerFormWindowInterface::setLayoutFunction(const QString &margin, const QString &spacing)
+
+    Sets the \a margin and \a spacing for the form's layout.
+
+    The default layout properties will be replaced by the
+    corresponding layout functions when \c uic generates code for the
+    form, that is, if the functions are specified. This is useful when
+    different environments requires different layouts for the same
+    form.
+
+    \sa layoutFunction()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual QString QDesignerFormWindowInterface::pixmapFunction() const
+
+    Returns the name of the function used to load pixmaps into the
+    form window.
+
+    \sa setPixmapFunction()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual void QDesignerFormWindowInterface::setPixmapFunction(const QString &pixmapFunction)
+
+    Sets the function used to load pixmaps into the form window
+    to the given \a pixmapFunction.
+
+    \sa pixmapFunction()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual QString QDesignerFormWindowInterface::exportMacro() const
+
+    Returns the export macro associated with the form currently being
+    displayed in the window.  The export macro is used when the form
+    is compiled to create a widget plugin.
+
+    \sa {Creating Custom Widgets for Qt Designer}
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual void QDesignerFormWindowInterface::setExportMacro(const QString &exportMacro)
+
+    Sets the form window's export macro to \a exportMacro. The export
+    macro is used when building a widget plugin to export the form's
+    interface to other components.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual QStringList QDesignerFormWindowInterface::includeHints() const
+
+    Returns a list of the header files that will be included in the
+    form window's associated UI file.
+
+    Header files may be local, i.e. relative to the project's
+    directory, \c "mywidget.h", or global, i.e. part of Qt or the
+    compilers standard libraries: \c <QtGui/QWidget>.
+
+    \sa setIncludeHints()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual void QDesignerFormWindowInterface::setIncludeHints(const QStringList &includeHints)
+
+    Sets the header files that will be included in the form window's
+    associated UI file to the specified \a includeHints.
+
+    Header files may be local, i.e. relative to the project's
+    directory, \c "mywidget.h", or global, i.e. part of Qt or the
+    compilers standard libraries: \c <QtGui/QWidget>.
+
+    \sa includeHints()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual QDesignerFormWindowCursorInterface *QDesignerFormWindowInterface::cursor() const
+
+    Returns the cursor interface used by the form window.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual int QDesignerFormWindowInterface::toolCount() const
+
+    Returns the number of tools available.
+
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual int QDesignerFormWindowInterface::currentTool() const
+
+    Returns the index of the current tool in use.
+
+    \sa setCurrentTool()
+
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual void QDesignerFormWindowInterface::setCurrentTool(int index)
+
+    Sets the current tool to be the one with the given \a index.
+
+    \sa currentTool()
+
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual QDesignerFormWindowToolInterface *QDesignerFormWindowInterface::tool(int index) const
+
+    Returns an interface to the tool with the given \a index.
+
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual void QDesignerFormWindowInterface::registerTool(QDesignerFormWindowToolInterface *tool)
+
+    Registers the given \a tool with the form window.
+
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual QPoint QDesignerFormWindowInterface::grid() const = 0
+
+    Returns the grid spacing used by the form window.
+
+    \sa setGrid()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual QWidget *QDesignerFormWindowInterface::mainContainer() const
+
+    Returns the main container widget for the form window.
+
+    \sa setMainContainer()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual void QDesignerFormWindowInterface::setMainContainer(QWidget *mainContainer)
+
+    Sets the main container widget on the form to the specified \a
+    mainContainer.
+
+    \sa mainContainer(), mainContainerChanged()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual bool QDesignerFormWindowInterface::isManaged(QWidget *widget) const
+
+    Returns true if the specified \a widget is managed by the form
+    window; otherwise returns false.
+
+    \sa manageWidget()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual bool QDesignerFormWindowInterface::isDirty() const
+
+    Returns true if the form window is "dirty" (modified but not
+    saved); otherwise returns false.
+
+    \sa setDirty()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual QUndoStack *QDesignerFormWindowInterface::commandHistory() const
+
+    Returns an object that can be used to obtain the commands used so
+    far in the construction of the form.
+
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual void QDesignerFormWindowInterface::beginCommand(const QString &description)
+
+    Begins execution of a command with the given \a
+    description. Commands are executed between beginCommand() and
+    endCommand() function calls to ensure that they are recorded on
+    the undo stack.
+
+    \sa endCommand()
+
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual void QDesignerFormWindowInterface::endCommand()
+
+    Ends execution of the current command.
+
+    \sa beginCommand()
+
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual void QDesignerFormWindowInterface::simplifySelection(QList<QWidget*> *widgets) const
+
+    Simplifies the selection of widgets specified by \a widgets.
+
+    \sa selectionChanged()
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual void QDesignerFormWindowInterface::emitSelectionChanged()
+
+    Emits the selectionChanged() signal.
+
+    \sa selectWidget(), clearSelection()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual QStringList QDesignerFormWindowInterface::resourceFiles() const
+
+    Returns a list of paths to resource files that are currently being
+    used by the form window.
+
+    \sa addResourceFile(), removeResourceFile()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual void QDesignerFormWindowInterface::addResourceFile(const QString &path)
+
+    Adds the resource file at the given \a path to those used by the form.
+
+    \sa resourceFiles(), resourceFilesChanged()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual void QDesignerFormWindowInterface::removeResourceFile(const QString &path)
+
+    Removes the resource file at the specified \a path from the list
+    of those used by the form.
+
+    \sa resourceFiles(), resourceFilesChanged()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual void QDesignerFormWindowInterface::ensureUniqueObjectName(QObject *object)
+
+    Ensures that the specified \a object has a unique name amongst the
+    other objects on the form.
+
+    \internal
+*/
+
+// Slots
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual void QDesignerFormWindowInterface::manageWidget(QWidget *widget)
+
+    Instructs the form window to manage the specified \a widget.
+
+    \sa isManaged(), unmanageWidget(), widgetManaged()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual void QDesignerFormWindowInterface::unmanageWidget(QWidget *widget)
+
+    Instructs the form window not to manage the specified \a widget.
+
+    \sa aboutToUnmanageWidget(), widgetUnmanaged()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual void QDesignerFormWindowInterface::setFeatures(Feature features)
+
+    Enables the specified \a features for the form window.
+
+    \sa features(), featureChanged()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual void QDesignerFormWindowInterface::setDirty(bool dirty)
+
+    If \a dirty is true, the form window is marked as dirty, meaning
+    that it is modified but not saved. If \a dirty is false, the form
+    window is considered to be unmodified.
+
+    \sa isDirty()
+*/
+
+/*!
+\fn virtual void QDesignerFormWindowInterface::clearSelection(bool update)
+
+    Clears the current selection in the form window. If \a update is
+    true, the emitSelectionChanged() function is called, emitting the
+    selectionChanged() signal.
+
+    \sa selectWidget()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual void QDesignerFormWindowInterface::selectWidget(QWidget *widget, bool select)
+
+    If \a select is true, the given \a widget is selected; otherwise
+    the \a widget is deselected.
+
+    \sa clearSelection(), selectionChanged()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual void QDesignerFormWindowInterface::setGrid(const QPoint &grid)
+
+    Sets the grid size for the form window to the point specified by
+    \a grid. In this function, the coordinates in the QPoint are used
+    to specify the dimensions of a rectangle in the grid.
+
+    \sa grid()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual void QDesignerFormWindowInterface::setFileName(const QString &fileName)
+
+    Sets the file name for the form to the given \a fileName.
+
+    \sa fileName(), fileNameChanged()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual void QDesignerFormWindowInterface::setContents(const QString &contents)
+
+    Sets the contents of the form using data read from the specified
+    \a contents string.
+
+    \sa contents()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual void QDesignerFormWindowInterface::editWidgets()
+
+    Switches the form window into editing mode.
+
+    \sa \l {Qt Designer's Form Editing Mode}
+
+    \internal
+*/
+
+// Signals
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerFormWindowInterface::mainContainerChanged(QWidget *mainContainer)
+
+    This signal is emitted whenever the main container changes.
+    The new container is specified by \a mainContainer.
+
+    \sa setMainContainer()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerFormWindowInterface::toolChanged(int toolIndex)
+
+    This signal is emitted whenever the current tool changes.
+    The specified \a toolIndex is the index of the new tool in the list of
+    tools in the widget box.
+
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerFormWindowInterface::fileNameChanged(const QString &fileName)
+
+    This signal is emitted whenever the file name of the form changes.
+    The new file name is specified by \a fileName.
+
+    \sa setFileName()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerFormWindowInterface::featureChanged(Feature feature)
+
+    This signal is emitted whenever a feature changes in the form.
+    The new feature is specified by \a feature.
+
+    \sa setFeatures()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerFormWindowInterface::selectionChanged()
+
+    This signal is emitted whenever the selection in the form changes.
+
+    \sa selectWidget(), clearSelection()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerFormWindowInterface::geometryChanged()
+
+    This signal is emitted whenever the form's geometry changes.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerFormWindowInterface::resourceFilesChanged()
+
+    This signal is emitted whenever the list of resource files used by the
+    form changes.
+
+    \sa resourceFiles()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerFormWindowInterface::widgetManaged(QWidget *widget)
+
+    This signal is emitted whenever a widget on the form becomes managed.
+    The newly managed widget is specified by \a widget.
+
+    \sa manageWidget()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerFormWindowInterface::widgetUnmanaged(QWidget *widget)
+
+    This signal is emitted whenever a widget on the form becomes unmanaged.
+    The newly released widget is specified by \a widget.
+
+    \sa unmanageWidget(), aboutToUnmanageWidget()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerFormWindowInterface::aboutToUnmanageWidget(QWidget *widget)
+
+    This signal is emitted whenever a widget on the form is about to
+    become unmanaged.  When this signal is emitted, the specified \a
+    widget is still managed, and a widgetUnmanaged() signal will
+    follow, indicating when it is no longer managed.
+
+    \sa unmanageWidget(), isManaged()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerFormWindowInterface::activated(QWidget *widget)
+
+    This signal is emitted whenever a widget is activated on the form.
+    The activated widget is specified by \a widget.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerFormWindowInterface::changed()
+
+    This signal is emitted whenever a form is changed.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerFormWindowInterface::widgetRemoved(QWidget *widget)
+
+    This signal is emitted whenever a widget is removed from the form.
+    The widget that was removed is specified by \a widget.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerFormWindowInterface::objectRemoved(QObject *object)
+
+    This signal is emitted whenever an object (such as
+    an action or a QButtonGroup) is removed from the form.
+    The object that was removed is specified by \a object.
+
+   \since 4.5
+*/
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE

designer/lib/sdk/abstractformwindow.h

@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef ABSTRACTFORMWINDOW_H
+#define ABSTRACTFORMWINDOW_H
+
+#include <QtDesigner/sdk_global.h>
+
+#include <QtGui/QWidget>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QDesignerFormEditorInterface;
+class QDesignerFormWindowCursorInterface;
+class QDesignerFormWindowToolInterface;
+class DomUI;
+class QUndoStack;
+class QDir;
+
+class QDESIGNER_SDK_EXPORT QDesignerFormWindowInterface: public QWidget
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    enum FeatureFlag
+    {
+        EditFeature = 0x01,
+        GridFeature = 0x02,
+        TabOrderFeature = 0x04,
+        DefaultFeature = EditFeature | GridFeature
+    };
+    Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(Feature, FeatureFlag)
+
+public:
+    QDesignerFormWindowInterface(QWidget *parent = 0, Qt::WindowFlags flags = 0);
+    virtual ~QDesignerFormWindowInterface();
+
+    virtual QString fileName() const = 0;
+    virtual QDir absoluteDir() const = 0;
+
+    virtual QString contents() const = 0;
+    virtual void setContents(QIODevice *dev) = 0;
+
+    virtual Feature features() const = 0;
+    virtual bool hasFeature(Feature f) const = 0;
+
+    virtual QString author() const = 0;
+    virtual void setAuthor(const QString &author) = 0;
+
+    virtual QString comment() const = 0;
+    virtual void setComment(const QString &comment) = 0;
+
+    virtual void layoutDefault(int *margin, int *spacing) = 0;
+    virtual void setLayoutDefault(int margin, int spacing) = 0;
+
+    virtual void layoutFunction(QString *margin, QString *spacing) = 0;
+    virtual void setLayoutFunction(const QString &margin, const QString &spacing) = 0;
+
+    virtual QString pixmapFunction() const = 0;
+    virtual void setPixmapFunction(const QString &pixmapFunction) = 0;
+
+    virtual QString exportMacro() const = 0;
+    virtual void setExportMacro(const QString &exportMacro) = 0;
+
+    virtual QStringList includeHints() const = 0;
+    virtual void setIncludeHints(const QStringList &includeHints) = 0;
+
+    virtual QDesignerFormEditorInterface *core() const;
+    virtual QDesignerFormWindowCursorInterface *cursor() const = 0;
+
+    virtual int toolCount() const = 0;
+
+    virtual int currentTool() const = 0;
+    virtual void setCurrentTool(int index) = 0;
+
+    virtual QDesignerFormWindowToolInterface *tool(int index) const = 0;
+    virtual void registerTool(QDesignerFormWindowToolInterface *tool) = 0;
+
+    virtual QPoint grid() const = 0;
+
+    virtual QWidget *mainContainer() const = 0;
+    virtual void setMainContainer(QWidget *mainContainer) = 0;
+
+    virtual bool isManaged(QWidget *widget) const = 0;
+
+    virtual bool isDirty() const = 0;
+
+    static QDesignerFormWindowInterface *findFormWindow(QWidget *w);
+    static QDesignerFormWindowInterface *findFormWindow(QObject *obj);
+
+    virtual QUndoStack *commandHistory() const = 0;
+    virtual void beginCommand(const QString &description) = 0;
+    virtual void endCommand() = 0;
+
+    virtual void simplifySelection(QList<QWidget*> *widgets) const = 0;
+
+    // notifications
+    virtual void emitSelectionChanged() = 0;
+
+    virtual QStringList resourceFiles() const = 0;
+    virtual void addResourceFile(const QString &path) = 0;
+    virtual void removeResourceFile(const QString &path) = 0;
+
+    virtual void ensureUniqueObjectName(QObject *object) = 0;
+
+public Q_SLOTS:
+    virtual void manageWidget(QWidget *widget) = 0;
+    virtual void unmanageWidget(QWidget *widget) = 0;
+
+    virtual void setFeatures(Feature f) = 0;
+    virtual void setDirty(bool dirty) = 0;
+    virtual void clearSelection(bool changePropertyDisplay = true) = 0;
+    virtual void selectWidget(QWidget *w, bool select = true) = 0;
+    virtual void setGrid(const QPoint &grid) = 0;
+    virtual void setFileName(const QString &fileName) = 0;
+    virtual void setContents(const QString &contents) = 0;
+
+    virtual void editWidgets() = 0;
+
+Q_SIGNALS:
+    void mainContainerChanged(QWidget *mainContainer);
+    void toolChanged(int toolIndex);
+    void fileNameChanged(const QString &fileName);
+    void featureChanged(Feature f);
+    void selectionChanged();
+    void geometryChanged();
+
+    void resourceFilesChanged();
+
+    void widgetManaged(QWidget *widget);
+    void widgetUnmanaged(QWidget *widget);
+    void aboutToUnmanageWidget(QWidget *widget);
+    void activated(QWidget *widget);
+
+    void changed();
+    void widgetRemoved(QWidget *w);
+    void objectRemoved(QObject *o);
+};
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // ABSTRACTFORMWINDOW_H

designer/lib/sdk/abstractformwindowcursor.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,252 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "abstractformwindowcursor.h"
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+/*!
+    \class QDesignerFormWindowCursorInterface
+
+    \brief The QDesignerFormWindowCursorInterface class allows you to
+    query and modify a form window's widget selection, and in addition
+    modify the properties of all the form's widgets.
+
+    \inmodule QtDesigner
+
+    QDesignerFormWindowCursorInterface is a convenience class that
+    provides an interface to the associated form window's text cursor;
+    it provides a collection of functions that enables you to query a
+    given form window's selection and change the selection's focus
+    according to defined modes (MoveMode) and movements
+    (MoveOperation). You can also use the interface to query the
+    form's widgets and change their properties.
+
+    The interface is not intended to be instantiated directly, but to
+    provide access to the selections and widgets of \QD's current form
+    windows. QDesignerFormWindowInterface always provides an
+    associated cursor interface. The form window for a given widget
+    can be retrieved using the static
+    QDesignerFormWindowInterface::findFormWindow() functions. For
+    example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/tools_designer_src_lib_sdk_abstractformwindowcursor.cpp 0
+
+    You can retrieve any of \QD's current form windows through
+    \QD's \l {QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface}{form window
+    manager}.
+
+    Once you have a form window's cursor interface, you can check if
+    the form window has a selection at all using the hasSelection()
+    function. You can query the form window for its total
+    widgetCount() and selectedWidgetCount(). You can retrieve the
+    currently selected widget (or widgets) using the current() or
+    selectedWidget() functions.
+
+    You can retrieve any of the form window's widgets using the
+    widget() function, and check if a widget is selected using the
+    isWidgetSelected() function. You can use the setProperty()
+    function to set the selected widget's properties, and the
+    setWidgetProperty() or resetWidgetProperty() functions to modify
+    the properties of any given widget.
+
+    Finally, you can change the selection by changing the text
+    cursor's position() using the setPosition() and movePosition()
+    functions.
+
+    \sa QDesignerFormWindowInterface, QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QDesignerFormWindowCursorInterface::MoveOperation
+
+    This enum describes the types of text cursor operation that can occur in a form window.
+
+    \value NoMove The cursor does not move.
+    \value Start  Moves the cursor to the start of the focus chain.
+    \value End    Moves the cursor to the end of the focus chain.
+    \value Next   Moves the cursor to the next widget in the focus chain.
+    \value Prev   Moves the cursor to the previous widget in the focus chain.
+    \value Left   The cursor moves to the left.
+    \value Right  The cursor moves to the right.
+    \value Up     The cursor moves upwards.
+    \value Down   The cursor moves downwards.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QDesignerFormWindowCursorInterface::MoveMode
+
+    This enum describes the different modes that are used when the text cursor moves.
+
+    \value MoveAnchor The anchor moves with the cursor to its new location.
+    \value KeepAnchor The anchor remains at the cursor's old location.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Returns true if the specified \a widget is selected; otherwise
+    returns false.
+*/
+bool QDesignerFormWindowCursorInterface::isWidgetSelected(QWidget *widget) const
+{
+    for (int index=0; index<selectedWidgetCount(); ++index) {
+        if (selectedWidget(index) == widget)
+            return true;
+    }
+
+    return false;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual QDesignerFormWindowCursorInterface::~QDesignerFormWindowCursorInterface()
+
+    Destroys the cursor interface.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual QDesignerFormWindowInterface *QDesignerFormWindowCursorInterface::formWindow() const
+
+    Returns the form window interface associated with this cursor interface.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual bool QDesignerFormWindowCursorInterface::movePosition(MoveOperation operation, MoveMode mode)
+
+    Performs the given \a operation on the cursor using the specified
+    \a mode, and returns true if it completed successfully; otherwise
+    returns false.
+
+    \sa position(), setPosition()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual int QDesignerFormWindowCursorInterface::position() const
+
+    Returns the cursor position.
+
+    \sa setPosition(), movePosition()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual void QDesignerFormWindowCursorInterface::setPosition(int position, MoveMode mode = MoveAnchor)
+
+    Sets the position of the cursor to the given \a position using the
+    \a mode to specify how it is moved there.
+
+    \sa position(), movePosition()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual QWidget *QDesignerFormWindowCursorInterface::current() const
+
+    Returns the currently selected widget in the form window.
+
+    \sa selectedWidget()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual int QDesignerFormWindowCursorInterface::widgetCount() const
+
+    Returns the number of widgets in the form window.
+
+    \sa selectedWidgetCount()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual QWidget *QDesignerFormWindowCursorInterface::widget(int index) const
+
+    Returns the widget with the given \a index in the list of widgets
+    in the form window.
+
+    \sa selectedWidget()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual bool QDesignerFormWindowCursorInterface::hasSelection() const
+
+    Returns true if the form window contains a selection; otherwise
+    returns false.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual int QDesignerFormWindowCursorInterface::selectedWidgetCount() const
+
+    Returns the number of selected widgets in the form window.
+
+    \sa widgetCount()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual QWidget *QDesignerFormWindowCursorInterface::selectedWidget(int index) const
+
+    Returns the widget with the given \a index in the list of selected
+    widgets.
+
+    \sa current(), widget()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual void QDesignerFormWindowCursorInterface::setProperty(const QString &name, const QVariant &value)
+
+    Sets the property with the given \a name for the currently
+    selected widget to the specified \a value.
+
+    \sa setWidgetProperty(), resetWidgetProperty()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual void QDesignerFormWindowCursorInterface::setWidgetProperty(QWidget *widget, const QString &name, const QVariant &value)
+
+    Sets the property with the given \a name for the given \a widget
+    to the specified \a value.
+
+    \sa resetWidgetProperty(), setProperty()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual void QDesignerFormWindowCursorInterface::resetWidgetProperty(QWidget *widget, const QString &name)
+
+    Resets the property with the given \a name for the specified \a
+    widget to its default value.
+
+    \sa setProperty(), setWidgetProperty()
+*/
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE

designer/lib/sdk/abstractformwindowcursor.h

@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef ABSTRACTFORMWINDOWCURSOR_H
+#define ABSTRACTFORMWINDOWCURSOR_H
+
+#include <QtDesigner/sdk_global.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QDesignerFormWindowInterface;
+class QWidget;
+class QVariant;
+class QString;
+
+class QDESIGNER_SDK_EXPORT QDesignerFormWindowCursorInterface
+{
+public:
+    enum MoveOperation
+    {
+        NoMove,
+
+        Start,
+        End,
+        Next,
+        Prev,
+        Left,
+        Right,
+        Up,
+        Down
+    };
+
+    enum MoveMode
+    {
+        MoveAnchor,
+        KeepAnchor
+    };
+
+public:
+    virtual ~QDesignerFormWindowCursorInterface() {}
+
+    virtual QDesignerFormWindowInterface *formWindow() const = 0;
+
+    virtual bool movePosition(MoveOperation op, MoveMode mode = MoveAnchor) = 0;
+
+    virtual int position() const = 0;
+    virtual void setPosition(int pos, MoveMode mode = MoveAnchor) = 0;
+
+    virtual QWidget *current() const = 0;
+
+    virtual int widgetCount() const = 0;
+    virtual QWidget *widget(int index) const = 0;
+
+    virtual bool hasSelection() const = 0;
+    virtual int selectedWidgetCount() const = 0;
+    virtual QWidget *selectedWidget(int index) const = 0;
+
+    virtual void setProperty(const QString &name, const QVariant &value) = 0;
+    virtual void setWidgetProperty(QWidget *widget, const QString &name, const QVariant &value) = 0;
+    virtual void resetWidgetProperty(QWidget *widget, const QString &name) = 0;
+
+    bool isWidgetSelected(QWidget *widget) const;
+};
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // ABSTRACTFORMWINDOWCURSOR_H

designer/lib/sdk/abstractformwindowmanager.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,502 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "abstractformwindowmanager.h"
+
+#include <QtCore/QMap>
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+/*!
+    \class QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface
+
+    \brief The QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface class allows you to
+    manipulate the collection of form windows in Qt Designer, and
+    control Qt Designer's form editing actions.
+
+    \inmodule QtDesigner
+
+    QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface is not intended to be
+    instantiated directly. \QD uses the form window manager to
+    control the various form windows in its workspace. You can
+    retrieve an interface to \QD's form window manager using
+    the QDesignerFormEditorInterface::formWindowManager()
+    function. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/tools_designer_src_lib_sdk_abstractformwindowmanager.cpp 0
+
+    When implementing a custom widget plugin, a pointer to \QD's
+    current QDesignerFormEditorInterface object (\c formEditor in the
+    example above) is provided by the
+    QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface::initialize() function's parameter.
+    You must subclass the QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface to expose
+    your plugin to Qt Designer.
+
+    The form window manager interface provides the createFormWindow()
+    function that enables you to create a new form window which you
+    can add to the collection of form windows that the manager
+    maintains, using the addFormWindow() slot. It also provides the
+    formWindowCount() function returning the number of form windows
+    currently under the manager's control, the formWindow() function
+    returning the form window associated with a given index, and the
+    activeFormWindow() function returning the currently selected form
+    window. The removeFormWindow() slot allows you to reduce the
+    number of form windows the manager must maintain, and the
+    setActiveFormWindow() slot allows you to change the form window
+    focus in \QD's workspace.
+
+    In addition, QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface contains a
+    collection of functions that enables you to intervene and control
+    \QD's form editing actions. All these functions return the
+    original action, making it possible to propagate the function
+    further after intervention.
+
+    Finally, the interface provides three signals which are emitted
+    when a form window is added, when the currently selected form
+    window changes, or when a form window is removed, respectively. All
+    the signals carry the form window in question as their parameter.
+
+    \sa QDesignerFormEditorInterface, QDesignerFormWindowInterface
+*/
+
+// ------------- QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterfacePrivate
+
+struct QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterfacePrivate {
+    QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterfacePrivate();
+    QAction *m_simplifyLayoutAction;
+    QAction *m_formLayoutAction;
+};
+
+QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterfacePrivate::QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterfacePrivate() :
+    m_simplifyLayoutAction(0),
+    m_formLayoutAction(0)
+{
+}
+
+typedef QMap<const QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface *, QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterfacePrivate *> FormWindowManagerPrivateMap;
+
+Q_GLOBAL_STATIC(FormWindowManagerPrivateMap, g_FormWindowManagerPrivateMap)
+
+/*!
+    Constructs an interface with the given \a parent for the form window
+    manager.
+*/
+QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface::QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface(QObject *parent)
+    : QObject(parent)
+{
+    g_FormWindowManagerPrivateMap()->insert(this, new QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterfacePrivate);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the interface for the form window manager.
+*/
+QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface::~QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface()
+{
+    FormWindowManagerPrivateMap *fwmpm = g_FormWindowManagerPrivateMap();
+    const FormWindowManagerPrivateMap::iterator it = fwmpm->find(this);
+    Q_ASSERT(it !=  fwmpm->end());
+    delete it.value();
+    fwmpm->erase(it);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Allows you to intervene and control \QD's "cut" action. The function
+    returns the original action.
+
+    \sa QAction
+*/
+QAction *QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface::actionCut() const
+{
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Allows you to intervene and control \QD's "copy" action. The
+    function returns the original action.
+
+    \sa QAction
+*/
+QAction *QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface::actionCopy() const
+{
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Allows you to intervene and control \QD's "paste" action. The
+    function returns the original action.
+
+    \sa QAction
+*/
+QAction *QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface::actionPaste() const
+{
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Allows you to intervene and control \QD's "delete" action. The function
+    returns the original action.
+
+    \sa QAction
+*/
+QAction *QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface::actionDelete() const
+{
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Allows you to intervene and control \QD's "select all" action. The
+    function returns the original action.
+
+    \sa QAction
+*/
+QAction *QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface::actionSelectAll() const
+{
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Allows you to intervene and control the action of lowering a form
+    window in \QD's workspace. The function returns the original
+    action.
+
+    \sa QAction
+*/
+QAction *QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface::actionLower() const
+{
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Allows you to intervene and control the action of raising of a
+    form window in \QD's workspace. The function returns the original
+    action.
+
+    \sa QAction
+*/
+QAction *QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface::actionRaise() const
+{
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Allows you to intervene and control a request for horizontal
+    layout for a form window in \QD's workspace. The function returns
+    the original action.
+
+    \sa QAction
+*/
+QAction *QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface::actionHorizontalLayout() const
+{
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Allows you to intervene and control a request for vertical layout
+    for a form window in \QD's workspace. The function returns the
+    original action.
+
+    \sa QAction
+*/
+QAction *QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface::actionVerticalLayout() const
+{
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Allows you to intervene and control \QD's "split horizontal"
+    action. The function returns the original action.
+
+    \sa QAction
+*/
+QAction *QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface::actionSplitHorizontal() const
+{
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Allows you to intervene and control \QD's "split vertical"
+    action. The function returns the original action.
+
+    \sa QAction
+*/
+QAction *QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface::actionSplitVertical() const
+{
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Allows you to intervene and control a request for grid layout for
+    a form window in \QD's workspace. The function returns the
+    original action.
+
+    \sa QAction
+*/
+QAction *QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface::actionGridLayout() const
+{
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Allows you to intervene and control \QD's "form layout" action. The
+    function returns the original action.
+
+FormWindowManagerPrivateMap *fwmpm = g_FormWindowManagerPrivateMap();    \sa QAction
+    \since 4.4
+*/
+
+QAction *QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface::actionFormLayout() const
+{
+    const QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterfacePrivate *d = g_FormWindowManagerPrivateMap()->value(this);
+    Q_ASSERT(d);
+    return d->m_formLayoutAction;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the "form layout" action to \a action.
+
+    \internal
+    \since 4.4
+*/
+
+void QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface::setActionFormLayout(QAction *action)
+{
+    QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterfacePrivate *d = g_FormWindowManagerPrivateMap()->value(this);
+    Q_ASSERT(d);
+    d->m_formLayoutAction = action;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Allows you to intervene and control \QD's "break layout" action. The
+    function returns the original action.
+
+    \sa QAction
+*/
+QAction *QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface::actionBreakLayout() const
+{
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Allows you to intervene and control \QD's "adjust size" action. The
+    function returns the original action.
+
+    \sa QAction
+*/
+QAction *QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface::actionAdjustSize() const
+{
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Allows you to intervene and control \QD's "simplify layout" action. The
+    function returns the original action.
+
+    \sa QAction
+    \since 4.4
+*/
+
+QAction *QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface::actionSimplifyLayout() const
+{
+    const QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterfacePrivate *d = g_FormWindowManagerPrivateMap()->value(this);
+    Q_ASSERT(d);
+    return d->m_simplifyLayoutAction;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the "simplify layout" action to \a action.
+
+    \internal
+    \since 4.4
+*/
+
+void QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface::setActionSimplifyLayout(QAction *action)
+{
+    QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterfacePrivate *d = g_FormWindowManagerPrivateMap()->value(this);
+    Q_ASSERT(d);
+    d->m_simplifyLayoutAction = action;
+}
+
+/*!
+   Returns the currently active form window in \QD's workspace.
+
+   \sa setActiveFormWindow(), removeFormWindow()
+*/
+QDesignerFormWindowInterface *QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface::activeFormWindow() const
+{
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a pointer to \QD's current QDesignerFormEditorInterface
+    object.
+*/
+QDesignerFormEditorInterface *QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface::core() const
+{
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+   Adds the given \a formWindow to the collection of windows that
+   \QD's form window manager maintains.
+
+   \sa formWindowAdded()
+*/
+void QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface::addFormWindow(QDesignerFormWindowInterface *formWindow)
+{
+    Q_UNUSED(formWindow);
+}
+
+/*!
+   Removes the given \a formWindow from the collection of windows that
+   \QD's form window manager maintains.
+
+   \sa formWindow(), formWindowRemoved()
+*/
+void QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface::removeFormWindow(QDesignerFormWindowInterface *formWindow)
+{
+    Q_UNUSED(formWindow);
+}
+
+/*!
+   Sets the given \a formWindow to be the currently active form window in
+   \QD's workspace.
+
+   \sa activeFormWindow(), activeFormWindowChanged()
+*/
+void QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface::setActiveFormWindow(QDesignerFormWindowInterface *formWindow)
+{
+    Q_UNUSED(formWindow);
+}
+
+/*!
+   Returns the number of form windows maintained by \QD's form window
+   manager.
+*/
+int QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface::formWindowCount() const
+{
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+   Returns the form window at the given \a index.
+
+   \sa setActiveFormWindow(), removeFormWindow()
+*/
+QDesignerFormWindowInterface *QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface::formWindow(int index) const
+{
+    Q_UNUSED(index);
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+  \fn QDesignerFormWindowInterface *QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface::createFormWindow(QWidget *parent, Qt::WindowFlags flags)
+
+   Creates a form window with the given \a parent and the given window
+   \a flags.
+
+   \sa addFormWindow()
+*/
+QDesignerFormWindowInterface *QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface::createFormWindow(QWidget *parentWidget, Qt::WindowFlags flags)
+{
+    Q_UNUSED(parentWidget);
+    Q_UNUSED(flags);
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Allows you to intervene and control \QD's "undo" action. The
+    function returns the original action.
+
+    \sa QAction
+*/
+QAction *QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface::actionUndo() const
+{
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Allows you to intervene and control \QD's "redo" action. The
+    function returns the original action.
+
+    \sa QAction
+*/
+QAction *QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface::actionRedo() const
+{
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface::formWindowAdded(QDesignerFormWindowInterface *formWindow)
+
+    This signal is emitted when a new form window is added to the
+    collection of windows that \QD's form window manager maintains. A
+    pointer to the new \a formWindow is passed as an argument.
+
+    \sa addFormWindow(), setActiveFormWindow()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface::formWindowRemoved(QDesignerFormWindowInterface *formWindow)
+
+    This signal is emitted when a form window is removed from the
+    collection of windows that \QD's form window manager maintains. A
+    pointer to the removed \a formWindow is passed as an argument.
+
+    \sa removeFormWindow()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface::activeFormWindowChanged(QDesignerFormWindowInterface *formWindow)
+
+    This signal is emitted when the contents of the currently active
+    form window in \QD's workspace changed. A pointer to the currently
+    active \a formWindow is passed as an argument.
+
+    \sa activeFormWindow()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface::dragItems(const QList<QDesignerDnDItemInterface*> &item_list)
+
+    \internal
+*/
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE

designer/lib/sdk/abstractformwindowmanager.h

@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef ABSTRACTFORMWINDOWMANAGER_H
+#define ABSTRACTFORMWINDOWMANAGER_H
+
+#include <QtDesigner/sdk_global.h>
+#include <QtDesigner/abstractformwindow.h>
+
+#include <QtCore/QObject>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QAction;
+class QActionGroup;
+class QDesignerFormEditorInterface;
+class DomUI;
+class QWidget;
+class QDesignerDnDItemInterface;
+
+class QDESIGNER_SDK_EXPORT QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface: public QObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface(QObject *parent = 0);
+    virtual ~QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface();
+
+    virtual QAction *actionCut() const;
+    virtual QAction *actionCopy() const;
+    virtual QAction *actionPaste() const;
+    virtual QAction *actionDelete() const;
+    virtual QAction *actionSelectAll() const;
+    virtual QAction *actionLower() const;
+    virtual QAction *actionRaise() const;
+    virtual QAction *actionUndo() const;
+    virtual QAction *actionRedo() const;
+
+    virtual QAction *actionHorizontalLayout() const;
+    virtual QAction *actionVerticalLayout() const;
+    virtual QAction *actionSplitHorizontal() const;
+    virtual QAction *actionSplitVertical() const;
+    virtual QAction *actionGridLayout() const;
+    QAction *actionFormLayout() const;
+    virtual QAction *actionBreakLayout() const;
+    virtual QAction *actionAdjustSize() const;
+    QAction *actionSimplifyLayout() const;
+
+    virtual QDesignerFormWindowInterface *activeFormWindow() const;
+
+    virtual int formWindowCount() const;
+    virtual QDesignerFormWindowInterface *formWindow(int index) const;
+
+    virtual QDesignerFormWindowInterface *createFormWindow(QWidget *parentWidget = 0, Qt::WindowFlags flags = 0);
+
+    virtual QDesignerFormEditorInterface *core() const;
+
+    virtual void dragItems(const QList<QDesignerDnDItemInterface*> &item_list) = 0;
+
+Q_SIGNALS:
+    void formWindowAdded(QDesignerFormWindowInterface *formWindow);
+    void formWindowRemoved(QDesignerFormWindowInterface *formWindow);
+    void activeFormWindowChanged(QDesignerFormWindowInterface *formWindow);
+
+public Q_SLOTS:
+    virtual void addFormWindow(QDesignerFormWindowInterface *formWindow);
+    virtual void removeFormWindow(QDesignerFormWindowInterface *formWindow);
+    virtual void setActiveFormWindow(QDesignerFormWindowInterface *formWindow);
+
+protected:
+    void setActionFormLayout(QAction *action);
+    void setActionSimplifyLayout(QAction *action);
+
+private:
+    QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface(const QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface &other);
+    QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface &operator = (const QDesignerFormWindowManagerInterface &other);
+};
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // ABSTRACTFORMWINDOWMANAGER_H

designer/lib/sdk/abstractformwindowtool.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "abstractformwindowtool.h"
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+/*!
+    \class QDesignerFormWindowToolInterface
+
+    \brief The QDesignerFormWindowToolInterface class provides an
+    interface that enables tools to be used on items in a form window.
+
+    \inmodule QtDesigner
+
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+*/
+QDesignerFormWindowToolInterface::QDesignerFormWindowToolInterface(QObject *parent)
+    : QObject(parent)
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+*/
+QDesignerFormWindowToolInterface::~QDesignerFormWindowToolInterface()
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual QDesignerFormEditorInterface *QDesignerFormWindowToolInterface::core() const = 0
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual QDesignerFormWindowInterface *QDesignerFormWindowToolInterface::formWindow() const = 0
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual QWidget *QDesignerFormWindowToolInterface::editor() const = 0
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual QAction *QDesignerFormWindowToolInterface::action() const = 0
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual void QDesignerFormWindowToolInterface::activated() = 0
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual void QDesignerFormWindowToolInterface::deactivated() = 0
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual void QDesignerFormWindowToolInterface::saveToDom(DomUI*, QWidget*) {
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual void QDesignerFormWindowToolInterface::loadFromDom(DomUI*, QWidget*) {
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual bool QDesignerFormWindowToolInterface::handleEvent(QWidget *widget, QWidget *managedWidget, QEvent *event) = 0
+*/
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE

designer/lib/sdk/abstractformwindowtool.h

@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef ABSTRACTFORMWINDOWTOOL_H
+#define ABSTRACTFORMWINDOWTOOL_H
+
+#include <QtDesigner/sdk_global.h>
+
+#include <QtCore/QObject>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QDesignerFormEditorInterface;
+class QDesignerFormWindowInterface;
+class QWidget;
+class QAction;
+class DomUI;
+
+class QDESIGNER_SDK_EXPORT QDesignerFormWindowToolInterface: public QObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    QDesignerFormWindowToolInterface(QObject *parent = 0);
+    virtual ~QDesignerFormWindowToolInterface();
+
+    virtual QDesignerFormEditorInterface *core() const = 0;
+    virtual QDesignerFormWindowInterface *formWindow() const = 0;
+    virtual QWidget *editor() const = 0;
+
+    virtual QAction *action() const = 0;
+
+    virtual void activated() = 0;
+    virtual void deactivated() = 0;
+
+    virtual void saveToDom(DomUI*, QWidget*) {}
+    virtual void loadFromDom(DomUI*, QWidget*) {}
+
+    virtual bool handleEvent(QWidget *widget, QWidget *managedWidget, QEvent *event) = 0;
+};
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // ABSTRACTFORMWINDOWTOOL_H

designer/lib/sdk/abstracticoncache.h

@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef ABSTRACTICONCACHE_H
+#define ABSTRACTICONCACHE_H
+
+#include <QtDesigner/sdk_global.h>
+
+#include <QtCore/QObject>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QIcon;
+class QPixmap;
+class QString;
+
+class QDESIGNER_SDK_EXPORT QDesignerIconCacheInterface : public QObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    QDesignerIconCacheInterface(QObject *parent_)
+        : QObject(parent_) {}
+
+    virtual QIcon nameToIcon(const QString &filePath, const QString &qrcPath = QString()) = 0;
+    virtual QPixmap nameToPixmap(const QString &filePath, const QString &qrcPath = QString()) = 0;
+
+    virtual QString iconToFilePath(const QIcon &pm) const = 0;
+    virtual QString iconToQrcPath(const QIcon &pm) const = 0;
+
+    virtual QString pixmapToFilePath(const QPixmap &pm) const = 0;
+    virtual QString pixmapToQrcPath(const QPixmap &pm) const = 0;
+
+    virtual QList<QPixmap> pixmapList() const = 0;
+    virtual QList<QIcon> iconList() const = 0;
+
+    virtual QString resolveQrcPath(const QString &filePath, const QString &qrcPath, const QString &workingDirectory = QString()) const = 0;
+};
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // ABSTRACTICONCACHE_H

designer/lib/sdk/abstracticoncache.qdoc

@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:FDL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in a
+** written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Free Documentation License
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Free
+** Documentation License version 1.3 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file included in the packaging of this
+** file.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class QDesignerIconCacheInterface
+    \brief The QDesignerIconCacheInterface class provides an interface to \QD's icon cache.
+    \inmodule QtDesigner
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDesignerIconCacheInterface::QDesignerIconCacheInterface(QObject *parent)
+
+    Constructs a new interface with the given \a parent.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QIcon QDesignerIconCacheInterface::nameToIcon(const QString &filePath, const QString &qrcPath)
+
+    Returns the icon associated with the name specified by \a filePath in the resource
+    file specified by \a qrcPath.
+
+    If \a qrcPath refers to a valid resource file, the name used for the file path is a path
+    within those resources; otherwise the file path refers to a local file.
+
+    \sa {The Qt Resource System}, nameToPixmap()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPixmap QDesignerIconCacheInterface::nameToPixmap(const QString &filePath, const QString &qrcPath)
+
+    Returns the pixmap associated with the name specified by \a filePath in the resource
+    file specified by \a qrcPath.
+
+    If \a qrcPath refers to a valid resource file, the name used for the file path is a path
+    within those resources; otherwise the file path refers to a local file.
+
+    \sa {The Qt Resource System}, nameToIcon()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QDesignerIconCacheInterface::iconToFilePath(const QIcon &icon) const
+
+    Returns the file path associated with the given \a icon. The file path is a path within
+    an application resources.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QDesignerIconCacheInterface::iconToQrcPath(const QIcon &icon) const
+
+    Returns the path to the resource file that refers to the specified \a icon. The resource
+    path refers to a local file.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QDesignerIconCacheInterface::pixmapToFilePath(const QPixmap &pixmap) const
+
+    Returns the file path associated with the given \a pixmap. The file path is a path within
+    an application resources.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QDesignerIconCacheInterface::pixmapToQrcPath(const QPixmap &pixmap) const
+
+    Returns the path to the resource file that refers to the specified \a pixmap. The resource
+    path refers to a local file.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QList<QPixmap> QDesignerIconCacheInterface::pixmapList() const
+
+    Returns a list of pixmaps for the icons provided by the icon cache.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QList<QIcon> QDesignerIconCacheInterface::iconList() const
+
+    Returns a list of icons provided by the icon cache.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QDesignerIconCacheInterface::resolveQrcPath(const QString &filePath, const QString &qrcPath, const QString &workingDirectory) const
+
+    Returns a path to a resource specified by the \a filePath within
+    the resource file located at \a qrcPath. If \a workingDirectory is
+    a valid path to a directory, the path returned will be relative to
+    that directory; otherwise an absolute path is returned.
+
+    \omit
+    ### Needs checking
+    \endomit
+*/

designer/lib/sdk/abstractintegration.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "abstractintegration.h"
+#include "abstractformeditor.h"
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+QDesignerIntegrationInterface::QDesignerIntegrationInterface(QDesignerFormEditorInterface *core, QObject *parent)
+    : QObject(parent),
+      m_core(core)
+{
+    core->setIntegration(this);
+}
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE

designer/lib/sdk/abstractintegration.h

@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef ABSTRACTINTEGRATION_H
+#define ABSTRACTINTEGRATION_H
+
+#include <QtDesigner/sdk_global.h>
+
+#include <QtCore/QObject>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QDesignerFormEditorInterface;
+
+class QDESIGNER_SDK_EXPORT QDesignerIntegrationInterface: public QObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    QDesignerIntegrationInterface(QDesignerFormEditorInterface *core, QObject *parent = 0);
+
+    inline QDesignerFormEditorInterface *core() const;
+
+    virtual QWidget *containerWindow(QWidget *widget) const = 0;
+
+private:
+    QDesignerFormEditorInterface *m_core;
+};
+
+inline QDesignerFormEditorInterface *QDesignerIntegrationInterface::core() const
+{ return m_core; }
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // ABSTRACTINTEGRATION_H

designer/lib/sdk/abstractintrospection.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,548 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "abstractintrospection_p.h"
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+/*!
+    \class QDesignerMetaEnumInterface
+    \internal
+    \since 4.4
+
+    \brief QDesignerMetaEnumInterface is part of \QD's introspection interface and represents an enumeration.
+
+    \inmodule QtDesigner
+
+    The QDesignerMetaEnumInterface class provides meta-data about an enumerator.
+
+    \sa QDesignerMetaObjectInterface
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a QDesignerMetaEnumInterface object.
+*/
+
+QDesignerMetaEnumInterface::QDesignerMetaEnumInterface()
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the QDesignerMetaEnumInterface object.
+*/
+QDesignerMetaEnumInterface::~QDesignerMetaEnumInterface()
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QDesignerMetaEnumInterface::isFlag() const
+
+    Returns true if this enumerator is used as a flag.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QDesignerMetaEnumInterface::key(int index) const
+
+    Returns the key with the given \a index.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QDesignerMetaEnumInterface::keyCount() const
+
+    Returns the number of keys.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QDesignerMetaEnumInterface::keyToValue(const QString &key) const
+
+    Returns the integer value of the given enumeration \a key, or -1 if \a key is not defined.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QDesignerMetaEnumInterface::keysToValue(const QString &keys) const
+
+    Returns the value derived from combining together the values of the \a keys using the OR operator, or -1 if keys is not defined. Note that the strings in \a keys must be '|'-separated.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QDesignerMetaEnumInterface::name() const
+
+    Returns the name of the enumerator (without the scope).
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QDesignerMetaEnumInterface::scope() const
+
+    Returns the scope this enumerator was declared in.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QDesignerMetaEnumInterface::separator() const
+
+    Returns the separator to be used when building enumeration names.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QDesignerMetaEnumInterface::value(int index) const
+
+    Returns the value with the given \a index; or returns -1 if there is no such value.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QDesignerMetaEnumInterface::valueToKey(int value) const
+
+    Returns the string that is used as the name of the given enumeration \a value, or QString::null if value is not defined.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QDesignerMetaEnumInterface::valueToKeys(int value) const
+
+    Returns a byte array of '|'-separated keys that represents the given \a value.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \class QDesignerMetaPropertyInterface
+    \internal
+    \since 4.4
+
+    \brief QDesignerMetaPropertyInterface is part of \QD's introspection interface and represents a property.
+
+    \inmodule QtDesigner
+
+    The QDesignerMetaPropertyInterface class provides meta-data about a property.
+
+    \sa QDesignerMetaObjectInterface
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a QDesignerMetaPropertyInterface object.
+*/
+
+QDesignerMetaPropertyInterface::QDesignerMetaPropertyInterface()
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the QDesignerMetaPropertyInterface object.
+*/
+
+QDesignerMetaPropertyInterface::~QDesignerMetaPropertyInterface()
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    \enum QDesignerMetaPropertyInterface::Kind
+
+   This enum indicates whether the property is of a special type.
+
+    \value EnumKind      The property is of an enumeration type
+    \value FlagKind      The property is of an flag type
+    \value OtherKind     The property is of another type
+ */
+
+/*!
+    \enum QDesignerMetaPropertyInterface::AccessFlag
+
+    These flags specify the access the property provides.
+
+    \value  ReadAccess   Property can be read
+    \value  WriteAccess  Property can be written
+    \value  ResetAccess  Property can be reset to a default value
+ */
+
+/*!
+    \enum QDesignerMetaPropertyInterface::Attribute
+
+    Various attributes of the  property.
+
+    \value DesignableAttribute  Property is designable (visible  in \QD)
+    \value ScriptableAttribute  Property is scriptable
+    \value StoredAttribute      Property is stored, that is, not calculated
+    \value UserAttribute        Property is the property that the user can edit for the QObject
+ */
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QDesignerMetaEnumInterface *QDesignerMetaPropertyInterface::enumerator() const
+
+     Returns the enumerator if this property's type is an enumerator type;
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Kind QDesignerMetaPropertyInterface::kind() const
+
+     Returns the type of the property.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn AccessFlags QDesignerMetaPropertyInterface::accessFlags() const
+
+     Returns a combination of access flags.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Attributes QDesignerMetaPropertyInterface::attributes(const QObject *object) const
+
+     Returns the attributes of the property for the gives \a object.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QVariant::Type QDesignerMetaPropertyInterface::type() const
+
+    Returns the type of the property.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QDesignerMetaPropertyInterface::name() const
+
+    Returns the name of the property.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QDesignerMetaPropertyInterface::typeName() const
+
+    Returns the name of this property's type.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QDesignerMetaPropertyInterface::userType() const
+
+    Returns this property's user type.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QDesignerMetaPropertyInterface::hasSetter() const
+
+    Returns whether getter and setter methods exist for this property.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QVariant QDesignerMetaPropertyInterface::read(const QObject *object) const
+
+    Reads the property's value from the given \a object. Returns the value if it was able to read it; otherwise returns an invalid variant.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QDesignerMetaPropertyInterface::reset(QObject *object) const
+
+    Resets the property for the given \a object with a reset method. Returns true if the reset worked; otherwise returns false.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QDesignerMetaPropertyInterface::write(QObject *object, const QVariant &value) const
+
+    Writes \a value as the property's value to the given \a object. Returns true if the write succeeded; otherwise returns false.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \class QDesignerMetaMethodInterface
+    \internal
+    \since 4.4
+
+    \brief QDesignerMetaMethodInterface is part of \QD's introspection interface and represents a member function.
+
+    \inmodule QtDesigner
+
+    The QDesignerMetaMethodInterface class provides meta-data about a member function.
+
+    \sa QDesignerMetaObjectInterface
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a QDesignerMetaMethodInterface object.
+*/
+
+QDesignerMetaMethodInterface::QDesignerMetaMethodInterface()
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the QDesignerMetaMethodInterface object.
+*/
+
+QDesignerMetaMethodInterface::~QDesignerMetaMethodInterface()
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    \enum QDesignerMetaMethodInterface::MethodType
+
+    This enum specifies the type of the method
+
+    \value Method  The function is a plain member function.
+    \value Signal  The function is a signal.
+    \value Slot    The function is a slot.
+    \value Constructor The function is a constructor.
+
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QDesignerMetaMethodInterface::Access
+
+    This enum represents the access specification of the method
+
+    \value Private   A private member function
+    \value Protected A protected member function
+    \value Public    A public member function
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn  QDesignerMetaMethodInterface::Access  QDesignerMetaMethodInterface::access() const
+
+     Returns the access specification of this method.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn  QDesignerMetaMethodInterface::MethodType  QDesignerMetaMethodInterface::methodType() const
+
+    Returns the type of this method.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QStringList QDesignerMetaMethodInterface::parameterNames() const
+
+    Returns a list of parameter names.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QStringList QDesignerMetaMethodInterface::parameterTypes() const
+
+    Returns a list of parameter types.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QDesignerMetaMethodInterface::signature() const
+
+    Returns the signature of this method.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QDesignerMetaMethodInterface::normalizedSignature() const
+
+     Returns the normalized signature of this method (suitable as signal/slot specification).
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QDesignerMetaMethodInterface::tag() const
+
+    Returns the tag associated with this method.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QDesignerMetaMethodInterface::typeName() const
+
+    Returns the return type of this method, or an empty string if the return type is void.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \class QDesignerMetaObjectInterface
+    \internal
+    \since 4.4
+
+    \brief QDesignerMetaObjectInterface is part of \QD's introspection interface and provides meta-information about Qt objects
+
+    \inmodule QtDesigner
+
+    The QDesignerMetaObjectInterface class provides meta-data about Qt objects. For a given object, it can be obtained
+    by querying QDesignerIntrospectionInterface.
+
+    \sa QDesignerIntrospectionInterface
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a QDesignerMetaObjectInterface object.
+*/
+
+QDesignerMetaObjectInterface::QDesignerMetaObjectInterface()
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the QDesignerMetaObjectInterface object.
+*/
+
+QDesignerMetaObjectInterface::~QDesignerMetaObjectInterface()
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QDesignerMetaObjectInterface::className() const
+
+    Returns the class name.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QDesignerMetaEnumInterface *QDesignerMetaObjectInterface::enumerator(int index) const
+
+    Returns the meta-data for the enumerator with the given \a index.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QDesignerMetaObjectInterface::enumeratorCount() const
+
+    Returns the number of enumerators in this class.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QDesignerMetaObjectInterface::enumeratorOffset() const
+
+    Returns the enumerator offset for this class; i.e. the index position of this class's first enumerator.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QDesignerMetaObjectInterface::indexOfEnumerator(const QString &name) const
+
+    Finds enumerator \a name and returns its index; otherwise returns -1.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QDesignerMetaObjectInterface::indexOfMethod(const QString &method) const
+
+    Finds \a method and returns its index; otherwise returns -1.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QDesignerMetaObjectInterface::indexOfProperty(const QString &name) const
+
+    Finds property \a name and returns its index; otherwise returns -1.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QDesignerMetaObjectInterface::indexOfSignal(const QString &signal) const
+
+    Finds \a signal and returns its index; otherwise returns -1.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QDesignerMetaObjectInterface::indexOfSlot(const QString &slot) const
+
+    Finds \a slot and returns its index; otherwise returns -1.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QDesignerMetaMethodInterface *QDesignerMetaObjectInterface::method(int index) const
+
+    Returns the meta-data for the method with the given \a index.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QDesignerMetaObjectInterface::methodCount() const
+
+    Returns the number of methods in this class. These include ordinary methods, signals, and slots.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QDesignerMetaObjectInterface::methodOffset() const
+
+    Returns the method offset for this class; i.e. the index position of this class's first member function.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const  QDesignerMetaPropertyInterface *QDesignerMetaObjectInterface::property(int index) const
+
+    Returns the meta-data for the property with the given \a index.
+*/
+/*!
+    \fn int QDesignerMetaObjectInterface::propertyCount() const
+
+    Returns the number of properties in this class.
+*/
+/*!
+    \fn int QDesignerMetaObjectInterface::propertyOffset() const
+
+    Returns the property offset for this class; i.e. the index position of this class's first property.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QDesignerMetaObjectInterface *QDesignerMetaObjectInterface::superClass() const
+
+    Returns the meta-object of the superclass, or 0 if there is no such object.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QDesignerMetaPropertyInterface *QDesignerMetaObjectInterface::userProperty() const
+
+    Returns the property that has the USER flag set to true.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \class QDesignerIntrospectionInterface
+    \internal
+    \since 4.4
+
+    \brief QDesignerIntrospectionInterface provides access to a QDesignerMetaObjectInterface for a given Qt object.
+
+    \inmodule QtDesigner
+
+    QDesignerIntrospectionInterface is the main class of \QD's introspection interface. These
+    interfaces provide a layer of abstraction around QMetaObject and related classes to allow for the integration
+    of other programming languages.
+
+    An instance of QDesignerIntrospectionInterface can be obtained from the core.
+
+    \sa QDesignerMetaObjectInterface
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a QDesignerIntrospectionInterface object.
+*/
+
+QDesignerIntrospectionInterface::QDesignerIntrospectionInterface()
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the QDesignerIntrospectionInterface object.
+*/
+
+QDesignerIntrospectionInterface::~QDesignerIntrospectionInterface()
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+   \fn const QDesignerMetaObjectInterface* QDesignerIntrospectionInterface::metaObject(const QObject *object) const
+
+   Returns the meta object of this \a object.
+*/
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE

designer/lib/sdk/abstractintrospection_p.h

@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists for the convenience
+// of Qt Designer.  This header
+// file may change from version to version without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+
+#ifndef ABSTRACTMETAOBJECT_H
+#define ABSTRACTMETAOBJECT_H
+
+#include <QtDesigner/sdk_global.h>
+#include <QtCore/QVariant>
+#include <QtCore/QFlags>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QDESIGNER_SDK_EXPORT QDesignerMetaEnumInterface
+{
+public:
+    QDesignerMetaEnumInterface();
+    virtual ~QDesignerMetaEnumInterface();
+    virtual bool isFlag() const = 0;
+    virtual QString key(int index) const = 0;
+    virtual int keyCount() const = 0;
+    virtual int keyToValue(const QString &key) const = 0;
+    virtual int keysToValue(const QString &keys) const = 0;
+    virtual QString name() const = 0;
+    virtual QString scope() const = 0;
+    virtual QString separator() const = 0;
+    virtual int value(int index) const = 0;
+    virtual QString valueToKey(int value) const = 0;
+    virtual QString valueToKeys(int value) const  = 0;
+};
+
+class QDESIGNER_SDK_EXPORT QDesignerMetaPropertyInterface
+{
+public:
+    enum Kind { EnumKind, FlagKind, OtherKind };
+    enum AccessFlag { ReadAccess = 0x0001, WriteAccess = 0x0002, ResetAccess = 0x0004 };
+    enum Attribute { DesignableAttribute = 0x0001, ScriptableAttribute = 0x0002, StoredAttribute = 0x0004, UserAttribute = 0x0008};
+    Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(Attributes, Attribute)
+    Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(AccessFlags, AccessFlag)
+
+    QDesignerMetaPropertyInterface();
+    virtual ~QDesignerMetaPropertyInterface();
+
+    virtual const QDesignerMetaEnumInterface *enumerator() const = 0;
+
+    virtual Kind kind() const = 0;
+    virtual AccessFlags accessFlags() const = 0;
+    virtual Attributes attributes(const QObject *object = 0) const = 0;
+
+    virtual QVariant::Type type() const = 0;
+    virtual QString name() const = 0;
+    virtual QString typeName() const = 0;
+    virtual int userType() const = 0;
+    virtual bool hasSetter() const = 0;
+
+    virtual QVariant read(const QObject *object) const = 0;
+    virtual bool reset(QObject *object) const = 0;
+    virtual bool write(QObject *object, const QVariant &value) const  = 0;
+};
+
+Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(QDesignerMetaPropertyInterface::AccessFlags)
+Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(QDesignerMetaPropertyInterface::Attributes)
+
+class QDESIGNER_SDK_EXPORT QDesignerMetaMethodInterface
+{
+public:
+    QDesignerMetaMethodInterface();
+    virtual ~QDesignerMetaMethodInterface();
+
+    enum MethodType { Method, Signal, Slot, Constructor };
+    enum Access { Private, Protected, Public };
+
+    virtual Access access() const  = 0;
+    virtual MethodType methodType() const = 0;
+    virtual QStringList parameterNames() const = 0;
+    virtual QStringList parameterTypes() const = 0;
+    virtual QString signature() const = 0;
+    virtual QString normalizedSignature() const = 0;
+    virtual QString tag() const = 0;
+    virtual QString typeName() const  = 0;
+};
+
+class QDESIGNER_SDK_EXPORT QDesignerMetaObjectInterface {
+public:
+    QDesignerMetaObjectInterface();
+    virtual ~QDesignerMetaObjectInterface();
+
+    virtual QString className() const = 0;
+    virtual const QDesignerMetaEnumInterface *enumerator(int index) const = 0;
+    virtual int enumeratorCount() const = 0;
+    virtual int enumeratorOffset() const = 0;
+
+    virtual int indexOfEnumerator(const QString &name) const = 0;
+    virtual int indexOfMethod(const QString &method) const = 0;
+    virtual int indexOfProperty(const QString &name) const = 0;
+    virtual int indexOfSignal(const QString &signal) const = 0;
+    virtual int indexOfSlot(const QString &slot) const = 0;
+
+    virtual const QDesignerMetaMethodInterface *method(int index) const = 0;
+    virtual int methodCount() const = 0;
+    virtual int methodOffset() const = 0;
+
+    virtual const  QDesignerMetaPropertyInterface *property(int index) const = 0;
+    virtual int propertyCount() const = 0;
+    virtual int propertyOffset() const = 0;
+
+    virtual const QDesignerMetaObjectInterface *superClass() const = 0;
+    virtual const QDesignerMetaPropertyInterface *userProperty() const  = 0;
+};
+
+// To be obtained from core
+class QDESIGNER_SDK_EXPORT QDesignerIntrospectionInterface {
+public:
+    QDesignerIntrospectionInterface();
+    virtual ~QDesignerIntrospectionInterface();
+
+    virtual const QDesignerMetaObjectInterface* metaObject(const QObject *object) const = 0;
+};
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // ABSTRACTMETAOBJECT_H

designer/lib/sdk/abstractlanguage.h

@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists for the convenience
+// of Qt Designer.  This header
+// file may change from version to version without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+
+#ifndef QDESIGNER_ABTRACT_LANGUAGE_H
+#define QDESIGNER_ABTRACT_LANGUAGE_H
+
+#include <QtDesigner/extension.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QDialog;
+class QWidget;
+class QDesignerFormWindowInterface;
+class QDesignerFormEditorInterface;
+class QDesignerResourceBrowserInterface;
+
+class QDesignerLanguageExtension
+{
+public:
+    virtual ~QDesignerLanguageExtension() {}
+
+    virtual QDialog *createFormWindowSettingsDialog(QDesignerFormWindowInterface *formWindow, QWidget *parentWidget) = 0;
+    virtual QDesignerResourceBrowserInterface *createResourceBrowser(QWidget *parentWidget) = 0;
+
+    virtual QDialog *createPromotionDialog(QDesignerFormEditorInterface *formEditor, QWidget *parentWidget = 0) = 0;
+
+    virtual QDialog *createPromotionDialog(QDesignerFormEditorInterface *formEditor,
+                                           const QString &promotableWidgetClassName,
+                                           QString *promoteToClassName,
+                                           QWidget *parentWidget = 0) = 0;
+
+    virtual bool isLanguageResource(const QString &path) const = 0;
+
+    virtual QString classNameOf(QObject *object) const = 0;
+
+    virtual bool signalMatchesSlot(const QString &signal, const QString &slot) const = 0;
+
+    virtual QString widgetBoxContents() const = 0;
+
+    virtual QString uiExtension() const = 0;
+};
+
+Q_DECLARE_EXTENSION_INTERFACE(QDesignerLanguageExtension, "com.trolltech.Qt.Designer.Language.3")
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // QDESIGNER_ABTRACT_LANGUAGE_H

designer/lib/sdk/abstractmetadatabase.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+// sdk
+#include "abstractmetadatabase.h"
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+/*!
+    \class QDesignerMetaDataBaseInterface
+    \brief The QDesignerMetaDataBaseInterface class provides an interface to Qt Designer's
+    object meta database.
+    \inmodule QtDesigner
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs an interface to the meta database with the given \a parent.
+*/
+QDesignerMetaDataBaseInterface::QDesignerMetaDataBaseInterface(QObject *parent)
+    : QObject(parent)
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the interface to the meta database.
+*/
+QDesignerMetaDataBaseInterface::~QDesignerMetaDataBaseInterface()
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDesignerMetaDataBaseItemInterface *QDesignerMetaDataBaseInterface::item(QObject *object) const
+
+    Returns the item in the meta database associated with the given \a object.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerMetaDataBaseInterface::add(QObject *object)
+
+    Adds the specified \a object to the meta database.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerMetaDataBaseInterface::remove(QObject *object)
+
+    Removes the specified \a object from the meta database.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QList<QObject*> QDesignerMetaDataBaseInterface::objects() const
+
+    Returns the list of objects that have corresponding items in the meta database.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDesignerFormEditorInterface *QDesignerMetaDataBaseInterface::core() const
+
+    Returns the core interface that is associated with the meta database.
+*/
+
+
+// Doc: Interface only
+
+/*!
+    \class QDesignerMetaDataBaseItemInterface
+    \brief The QDesignerMetaDataBaseItemInterface class provides an interface to individual
+    items in Qt Designer's meta database.
+    \inmodule QtDesigner
+    \internal
+
+    This class allows individual items in \QD's meta-data database to be accessed and modified.
+    Use the QDesignerMetaDataBaseInterface class to change the properties of the database itself.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDesignerMetaDataBaseItemInterface::~QDesignerMetaDataBaseItemInterface()
+
+    Destroys the item interface to the meta-data database.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QDesignerMetaDataBaseItemInterface::name() const
+
+    Returns the name of the item in the database.
+
+    \sa setName()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerMetaDataBaseItemInterface::setName(const QString &name)
+
+    Sets the name of the item to the given \a name.
+
+    \sa name()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QList<QWidget*> QDesignerMetaDataBaseItemInterface::tabOrder() const
+
+    Returns a list of widgets in the order defined by the form's tab order.
+
+    \sa setTabOrder()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerMetaDataBaseItemInterface::setTabOrder(const QList<QWidget*> &tabOrder)
+
+    Sets the tab order in the form using the list of widgets defined by \a tabOrder.
+
+    \sa tabOrder()
+*/
+
+    
+/*!
+    \fn bool QDesignerMetaDataBaseItemInterface::enabled() const
+
+    Returns whether the item is enabled.
+
+    \sa setEnabled()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerMetaDataBaseItemInterface::setEnabled(bool enabled)
+
+    If \a enabled is true, the item is enabled; otherwise it is disabled.
+
+    \sa enabled()
+*/
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE

designer/lib/sdk/abstractmetadatabase.h

@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef ABSTRACTMETADATABASE_H
+#define ABSTRACTMETADATABASE_H
+
+#include <QtDesigner/sdk_global.h>
+
+#include <QtCore/QObject>
+#include <QtCore/QList>
+#include <QtCore/QHash>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QCursor;
+class QWidget;
+
+class QDesignerFormEditorInterface;
+
+class QDesignerMetaDataBaseItemInterface
+{
+public:
+    virtual ~QDesignerMetaDataBaseItemInterface() {}
+
+    virtual QString name() const = 0;
+    virtual void setName(const QString &name) = 0;
+    
+    virtual QList<QWidget*> tabOrder() const = 0;
+    virtual void setTabOrder(const QList<QWidget*> &tabOrder) = 0;
+  
+    virtual bool enabled() const = 0;
+    virtual void setEnabled(bool b) = 0;    
+};
+
+
+class QDESIGNER_SDK_EXPORT QDesignerMetaDataBaseInterface: public QObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    QDesignerMetaDataBaseInterface(QObject *parent = 0);
+    virtual ~QDesignerMetaDataBaseInterface();
+
+    virtual QDesignerMetaDataBaseItemInterface *item(QObject *object) const = 0;
+    virtual void add(QObject *object) = 0;
+    virtual void remove(QObject *object) = 0;
+
+    virtual QList<QObject*> objects() const = 0;
+
+    virtual QDesignerFormEditorInterface *core() const = 0;
+    
+Q_SIGNALS:
+    void changed();
+};
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // ABSTRACTMETADATABASE_H

designer/lib/sdk/abstractnewformwidget.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "abstractnewformwidget_p.h"
+#include <newformwidget_p.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+/*!
+    \class QDesignerNewFormWidgetInterface
+    \since 4.5
+    \internal
+
+    \brief QDesignerNewFormWidgetInterface provides an interface for chooser
+           widgets that can be used within "New Form" dialogs and wizards.
+           It presents the user with a list of choices taken from built-in
+           templates, pre-defined template paths and suitable custom widgets.
+           It provides a static creation function that returns \QD's
+           implementation.
+
+    \inmodule QtDesigner
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a QDesignerNewFormWidgetInterface object.
+*/
+
+QDesignerNewFormWidgetInterface::QDesignerNewFormWidgetInterface(QWidget *parent) :
+    QWidget(parent)
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the QDesignerNewFormWidgetInterface object.
+*/
+
+QDesignerNewFormWidgetInterface::~QDesignerNewFormWidgetInterface()
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Creates an instance of the QDesignerNewFormWidgetInterface as a child
+    of \a parent using \a core.
+*/
+
+QDesignerNewFormWidgetInterface *QDesignerNewFormWidgetInterface::createNewFormWidget(QDesignerFormEditorInterface *core, QWidget *parent)
+{
+    return new qdesigner_internal::NewFormWidget(core, parent);
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QDesignerNewFormWidgetInterface::hasCurrentTemplate() const
+
+    Returns whether a form template is currently selected.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QDesignerNewFormWidgetInterface::currentTemplate(QString *errorMessage = 0)
+
+    Returns the contents of the currently selected template. If the method fails,
+    an empty string is returned and \a errorMessage receives an error message.
+*/
+
+// Signals
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerNewFormWidgetInterface::templateActivated()
+
+    This signal is emitted whenever the user activates a template by double-clicking.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerNewFormWidgetInterface::currentTemplateChanged(bool templateSelected)
+
+    This signal is emitted whenever the user changes the current template.
+    \a templateSelected indicates whether a template is currently selected.
+*/
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE

designer/lib/sdk/abstractnewformwidget_p.h

@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists for the convenience
+// of Qt Designer.  This header
+// file may change from version to version without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+
+#ifndef ABSTRACTNEWFORMWIDGET_H
+#define ABSTRACTNEWFORMWIDGET_H
+
+#include <QtDesigner/sdk_global.h>
+
+#include <QtGui/QWidget>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QDesignerFormEditorInterface;
+
+class QDESIGNER_SDK_EXPORT QDesignerNewFormWidgetInterface : public QWidget
+{
+    Q_DISABLE_COPY(QDesignerNewFormWidgetInterface)
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    explicit QDesignerNewFormWidgetInterface(QWidget *parent = 0);
+    virtual ~QDesignerNewFormWidgetInterface();
+
+    virtual bool hasCurrentTemplate() const = 0;
+    virtual QString currentTemplate(QString *errorMessage = 0) = 0;
+
+    static QDesignerNewFormWidgetInterface *createNewFormWidget(QDesignerFormEditorInterface *core, QWidget *parent = 0);
+
+Q_SIGNALS:
+    void templateActivated();
+    void currentTemplateChanged(bool templateSelected);
+};
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // ABSTRACTNEWFORMWIDGET_H

designer/lib/sdk/abstractobjectinspector.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "abstractobjectinspector.h"
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+/*!
+    \class QDesignerObjectInspectorInterface
+
+    \brief The QDesignerObjectInspectorInterface class allows you to
+    change the focus of Qt Designer's object inspector.
+
+    \inmodule QtDesigner
+
+    You can use the QDesignerObjectInspectorInterface to change the
+    current form window selection. For example, when implementing a
+    custom widget plugin:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/tools_designer_src_lib_sdk_abstractobjectinspector.cpp 0
+
+    The QDesignerObjectInspectorInterface class is not intended to be
+    instantiated directly. You can retrieve an interface to \QD's
+    object inspector using the
+    QDesignerFormEditorInterface::objectInspector() function.  A
+    pointer to \QD's current QDesignerFormEditorInterface object (\c
+    formEditor in the example above) is provided by the
+    QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface::initialize() function's
+    parameter. When implementing a custom widget plugin, you must
+    subclass the QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface to expose your plugin
+    to \QD.
+
+    The interface provides the core() function that you can use to
+    retrieve a pointer to \QD's current QDesignerFormEditorInterface
+    object, and the setFormWindow() function that enables you to
+    change the current form window selection.
+
+    \sa QDesignerFormEditorInterface, QDesignerFormWindowInterface
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs an object inspector interface with the given \a parent
+    and the specified window \a flags.
+*/
+QDesignerObjectInspectorInterface::QDesignerObjectInspectorInterface(QWidget *parent, Qt::WindowFlags flags)
+    : QWidget(parent, flags)
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the object inspector interface.
+*/
+QDesignerObjectInspectorInterface::~QDesignerObjectInspectorInterface()
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a pointer to \QD's current QDesignerFormEditorInterface
+    object.
+*/
+QDesignerFormEditorInterface *QDesignerObjectInspectorInterface::core() const
+{
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerObjectInspectorInterface::setFormWindow(QDesignerFormWindowInterface *formWindow)
+
+    Sets the currently selected form window to \a formWindow.
+*/
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE

designer/lib/sdk/abstractobjectinspector.h

@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef ABSTRACTOBJECTINSPECTOR_H
+#define ABSTRACTOBJECTINSPECTOR_H
+
+#include <QtDesigner/sdk_global.h>
+
+#include <QtGui/QWidget>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QDesignerFormEditorInterface;
+class QDesignerFormWindowInterface;
+
+class QDESIGNER_SDK_EXPORT QDesignerObjectInspectorInterface: public QWidget
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    QDesignerObjectInspectorInterface(QWidget *parent, Qt::WindowFlags flags = 0);
+    virtual ~QDesignerObjectInspectorInterface();
+
+    virtual QDesignerFormEditorInterface *core() const;
+
+public Q_SLOTS:
+    virtual void setFormWindow(QDesignerFormWindowInterface *formWindow) = 0;
+};
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // ABSTRACTOBJECTINSPECTOR_H

designer/lib/sdk/abstractoptionspage_p.h

@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists for the convenience
+// of Qt Designer.  This header
+// file may change from version to version without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+
+#ifndef ABSTRACTOPTIONSPAGE_P_H
+#define ABSTRACTOPTIONSPAGE_P_H
+
+#include <QtDesigner/sdk_global.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QString;
+class QWidget;
+
+class QDESIGNER_SDK_EXPORT QDesignerOptionsPageInterface
+{
+public:
+    virtual ~QDesignerOptionsPageInterface() {}
+    virtual QString name() const = 0;
+    virtual QWidget *createPage(QWidget *parent) = 0;
+    virtual void apply() = 0;
+    virtual void finish() = 0;
+};
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // ABSTRACTOPTIONSPAGE_P_H

designer/lib/sdk/abstractpromotioninterface.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "abstractpromotioninterface.h"
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+QDesignerPromotionInterface::~QDesignerPromotionInterface()
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    \class QDesignerPromotionInterface
+
+    \brief The QDesignerPromotionInterface provides functions for modifying
+           the promoted classes in Designer.
+    \inmodule QtDesigner
+    \internal
+    \since 4.3
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \class QDesignerPromotionInterface::PromotedClass
+    A pair of database items containing the base class and the promoted class.
+
+    \typedef QDesignerPromotionInterface::PromotedClasses
+    A list of PromotedClass items.
+
+    virtual QDesignerPromotionInterface::PromotedClasses promotedClasses()  const
+
+    Returns a list of promoted classes along with their base classes in alphabetical order.
+    It can be used to populate tree models for editing promoted widgets.
+
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual QSet<QString> QDesignerPromotionInterface::referencedPromotedClassNames()  const
+
+    Returns a set of promoted classed that are referenced by the currently opened forms.
+*/
+
+/*! 
+    \fn virtual bool QDesignerPromotionInterface::addPromotedClass(const QString &baseClass, const QString &className, const QString &includeFile, QString *errorMessage)
+
+    Add a promoted class named \a with the base class \a and include file \a includeFile. Returns \c true on success or \c false along
+    with an error message in \a errorMessage on failure.
+*/
+
+/*! 
+    \fn  virtual bool QDesignerPromotionInterface::removePromotedClass(const QString &className, QString *errorMessage)
+
+    Remove the promoted class named \a className unless it is referenced by a form. Returns \c true on success or \c false along
+    with an error message in \a errorMessage on failure.
+*/
+
+/*! 
+    \fn  virtual bool QDesignerPromotionInterface::changePromotedClassName(const QString &oldClassName, const QString &newClassName,  QString *errorMessage)
+
+    Change the class name of a promoted class from \a oldClassName to  \a newClassName. Returns \c true on success or \c false along
+    with an error message in \a errorMessage on failure.
+*/
+
+/*! 
+    \fn  virtual bool QDesignerPromotionInterface::setPromotedClassIncludeFile(const QString &className, const QString &includeFile, QString *errorMessage)
+
+    Change the include file of a promoted class named \a className to be \a includeFile. Returns \c true on success or \c false along
+    with an error message in \a errorMessage on failure.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn virtual QList<QDesignerWidgetDataBaseItemInterface *> QDesignerPromotionInterface::promotionBaseClasses() const
+
+     Return a list of base classes that are suitable for promotion.
+*/
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE

designer/lib/sdk/abstractpromotioninterface.h

@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef ABSTRACTPROMOTIONINTERFACE_H
+#define ABSTRACTPROMOTIONINTERFACE_H
+
+#include <QtDesigner/sdk_global.h>
+
+#include <QtCore/QPair>
+#include <QtCore/QList>
+#include <QtCore/QSet>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QDesignerWidgetDataBaseItemInterface;
+
+class QDESIGNER_SDK_EXPORT QDesignerPromotionInterface
+{
+public:
+    virtual ~QDesignerPromotionInterface();
+
+    struct PromotedClass {
+        QDesignerWidgetDataBaseItemInterface *baseItem;
+        QDesignerWidgetDataBaseItemInterface *promotedItem;
+    };
+
+    typedef QList<PromotedClass> PromotedClasses;
+
+    virtual PromotedClasses promotedClasses() const = 0;
+
+    virtual QSet<QString> referencedPromotedClassNames()  const = 0;
+
+    virtual bool addPromotedClass(const QString &baseClass,
+                                  const QString &className,
+                                  const QString &includeFile,
+                                  QString *errorMessage) = 0;
+
+    virtual bool removePromotedClass(const QString &className, QString *errorMessage) = 0;
+
+    virtual bool changePromotedClassName(const QString &oldClassName, const QString &newClassName, QString *errorMessage) = 0;
+
+    virtual bool setPromotedClassIncludeFile(const QString &className, const QString &includeFile, QString *errorMessage) = 0;
+
+    virtual QList<QDesignerWidgetDataBaseItemInterface *> promotionBaseClasses() const = 0;
+};
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // ABSTRACTPROMOTIONINTERFACE_H

designer/lib/sdk/abstractpropertyeditor.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "abstractpropertyeditor.h"
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+/*!
+    \class QDesignerPropertyEditorInterface
+
+    \brief The QDesignerPropertyEditorInterface class allows you to
+    query and manipulate the current state of Qt Designer's property
+    editor.
+
+    \inmodule QtDesigner
+
+    QDesignerPropertyEditorInterface contains a collection of
+    functions that is typically used to query the property editor for
+    its current state, and several slots manipulating it's state. The
+    interface also provide a signal, propertyChanged(), which is
+    emitted whenever a property changes in the property editor. The
+    signal's arguments are the property that changed and its new
+    value.
+
+    For example, when implementing a custom widget plugin, you can
+    connect the signal to a custom slot:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/tools_designer_src_lib_sdk_abstractpropertyeditor.cpp 0
+
+    Then the custom slot can check if the new value is within the
+    range we want when a specified property, belonging to a particular
+    widget, changes:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/tools_designer_src_lib_sdk_abstractpropertyeditor.cpp 1
+
+    The QDesignerPropertyEditorInterface class is not intended to be
+    instantiated directly. You can retrieve an interface to \QD's
+    property editor using the
+    QDesignerFormEditorInterface::propertyEditor() function. A pointer
+    to \QD's current QDesignerFormEditorInterface object (\c
+    formEditor in the examples above) is provided by the
+    QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface::initialize() function's
+    parameter. When implementing a custom widget plugin, you must
+    subclass the QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface to expose your plugin
+    to \QD.
+
+    The functions accessing the property editor are the core()
+    function that you can use to retrieve an interface to the form
+    editor, the currentPropertyName() function that returns the name
+    of the currently selected property in the property editor, the
+    object() function that returns the currently selected object in
+    \QD's workspace, and the isReadOnly() function that returns true
+    if the property editor is write proteced (otherwise false).
+
+    The slots manipulating the property editor's state are the
+    setObject() slot that you can use to change the currently selected
+    object in \QD's workspace, the setPropertyValue() slot that
+    changes the value of a given property and the setReadOnly() slot
+    that control the write protection of the property editor.
+
+    \sa QDesignerFormEditorInterface
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a property editor interface with the given \a parent and
+    the specified window \a flags.
+*/
+QDesignerPropertyEditorInterface::QDesignerPropertyEditorInterface(QWidget *parent, Qt::WindowFlags flags)
+    : QWidget(parent, flags)
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the property editor interface.
+*/
+QDesignerPropertyEditorInterface::~QDesignerPropertyEditorInterface()
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a pointer to \QD's current QDesignerFormEditorInterface
+    object.
+*/
+QDesignerFormEditorInterface *QDesignerPropertyEditorInterface::core() const
+{
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QDesignerPropertyEditorInterface::isReadOnly() const
+
+    Returns true if the property editor is write protected; otherwise
+    false.
+
+    \sa setReadOnly()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QObject *QDesignerPropertyEditorInterface::object() const
+
+    Returns the currently selected object in \QD's workspace.
+
+    \sa setObject()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QDesignerPropertyEditorInterface::currentPropertyName() const
+
+    Returns the name of the currently selected property in the
+    property editor.
+
+    \sa setPropertyValue()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerPropertyEditorInterface::propertyChanged(const QString &name, const QVariant &value)
+
+    This signal is emitted whenever a property changes in the property
+    editor. The property that changed and its new value are specified
+    by \a name and \a value respectively.
+
+    \sa setPropertyValue()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerPropertyEditorInterface::setObject(QObject *object)
+
+    Changes the currently selected object in \QD's workspace, to \a
+    object.
+
+    \sa object()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerPropertyEditorInterface::setPropertyValue(const QString &name, const QVariant &value, bool changed = true)
+
+    Sets the value of the property specified by \a name to \a
+    value.
+
+    In addition, the property is marked as \a changed in the property
+    editor, i.e. its value is different from the default value.
+
+    \sa currentPropertyName(), propertyChanged()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerPropertyEditorInterface::setReadOnly(bool readOnly)
+
+    If \a readOnly is true, the property editor is made write
+    protected; otherwise the write protection is removed.
+
+    \sa isReadOnly()
+*/
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE

designer/lib/sdk/abstractpropertyeditor.h

@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef ABSTRACTPROPERTYEDITOR_H
+#define ABSTRACTPROPERTYEDITOR_H
+
+#include <QtDesigner/sdk_global.h>
+
+#include <QtGui/QWidget>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QDesignerFormEditorInterface;
+class QString;
+class QVariant;
+
+class QDESIGNER_SDK_EXPORT QDesignerPropertyEditorInterface: public QWidget
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    QDesignerPropertyEditorInterface(QWidget *parent, Qt::WindowFlags flags = 0);
+    virtual ~QDesignerPropertyEditorInterface();
+
+    virtual QDesignerFormEditorInterface *core() const;
+
+    virtual bool isReadOnly() const = 0;
+    virtual QObject *object() const = 0;
+
+    virtual QString currentPropertyName() const = 0;
+
+Q_SIGNALS:
+    void propertyChanged(const QString &name, const QVariant &value);
+
+public Q_SLOTS:
+    virtual void setObject(QObject *object) = 0;
+    virtual void setPropertyValue(const QString &name, const QVariant &value, bool changed = true) = 0;
+    virtual void setReadOnly(bool readOnly) = 0;
+};
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // ABSTRACTPROPERTYEDITOR_H

designer/lib/sdk/abstractresourcebrowser.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "abstractresourcebrowser.h"
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+QDesignerResourceBrowserInterface::QDesignerResourceBrowserInterface(QWidget *parent)
+    : QWidget(parent)
+{
+
+}
+
+QDesignerResourceBrowserInterface::~QDesignerResourceBrowserInterface()
+{
+
+}
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE

designer/lib/sdk/abstractresourcebrowser.h

@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef ABSTRACTRESOURCEBROWSER_H
+#define ABSTRACTRESOURCEBROWSER_H
+
+#include <QtDesigner/sdk_global.h>
+
+#include <QtGui/QWidget>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QWidget; // FIXME: fool syncqt
+
+class QDESIGNER_SDK_EXPORT QDesignerResourceBrowserInterface: public QWidget
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    QDesignerResourceBrowserInterface(QWidget *parent = 0);
+    virtual ~QDesignerResourceBrowserInterface();
+
+    virtual void setCurrentPath(const QString &filePath) = 0;
+    virtual QString currentPath() const = 0;
+
+Q_SIGNALS:
+    void currentPathChanged(const QString &filePath);
+    void pathActivated(const QString &filePath);
+};
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // ABSTRACTFORMEDITOR_H
+

designer/lib/sdk/abstractsettings_p.h

@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists for the convenience
+// of Qt Designer.  This header
+// file may change from version to version without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+
+#ifndef ABSTRACTSETTINGS_P_H
+#define ABSTRACTSETTINGS_P_H
+
+#include <QtDesigner/sdk_global.h>
+
+#include <QVariant>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QString;
+
+/*!
+ To be implemented by IDEs that want to control the way designer retrieves/stores its settings.
+ */
+class QDESIGNER_SDK_EXPORT QDesignerSettingsInterface
+{
+public:
+    virtual ~QDesignerSettingsInterface() {}
+
+    virtual void beginGroup(const QString &prefix) = 0;
+    virtual void endGroup() = 0;
+
+    virtual bool contains(const QString &key) const = 0;
+    virtual void setValue(const QString &key, const QVariant &value) = 0;
+    virtual QVariant value(const QString &key, const QVariant &defaultValue = QVariant()) const = 0;
+    virtual void remove(const QString &key) = 0;
+};
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // ABSTRACTSETTINGS_P_H

designer/lib/sdk/abstractwidgetbox.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,340 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "abstractwidgetbox.h"
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+/*!
+    \class QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface
+
+    \brief The QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface class allows you to control
+    the contents of Qt Designer's widget box.
+
+    \inmodule QtDesigner
+
+    QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface contains a collection of functions
+    that is typically used to manipulate the contents of \QD's widget
+    box.
+
+    \QD uses an XML file to populate its widget box. The name of that
+    file is one of the widget box's properties, and you can retrieve
+    it using the fileName() function.
+
+    QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface also provides the save() function that
+    saves the contents of the widget box in the file specified by the
+    widget box's file name property. If you have made changes to the
+    widget box, for example by dropping a widget into the widget box,
+    without calling the save() function, the original content can be
+    restored by a simple invocation of the load() function:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/tools_designer_src_lib_sdk_abstractwidgetbox.cpp 0
+
+    The QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface class is not intended to be
+    instantiated directly. You can retrieve an interface to Qt
+    Designer's widget box using the
+    QDesignerFormEditorInterface::widgetBox() function. A pointer to
+    \QD's current QDesignerFormEditorInterface object (\c formEditor
+    in the example above) is provided by the
+    QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface::initialize() function's
+    parameter. When implementing a custom widget plugin, you must
+    subclass the QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface to expose your plugin
+    to \QD.
+
+    If you want to save your changes, and at the same time preserve
+    the original contents, you can use the save() function combined
+    with the setFileName() function to save your changes into another
+    file. Remember to store the name of the original file first:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/tools_designer_src_lib_sdk_abstractwidgetbox.cpp 1
+
+    Then you can restore the original contents of the widget box by
+    resetting the file name to the original file and calling load():
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/tools_designer_src_lib_sdk_abstractwidgetbox.cpp 2
+
+    In a similar way, you can later use your customized XML file:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/tools_designer_src_lib_sdk_abstractwidgetbox.cpp 3
+
+
+    \sa QDesignerFormEditorInterface
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a widget box interface with the given \a parent and
+    the specified window \a flags.
+*/
+QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface::QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface(QWidget *parent, Qt::WindowFlags flags)
+    : QWidget(parent, flags)
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the widget box interface.
+*/
+QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface::~QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface()
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+*/
+int QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface::findOrInsertCategory(const QString &categoryName)
+{
+    int count = categoryCount();
+    for (int index=0; index<count; ++index) {
+        Category c = category(index);
+        if (c.name() == categoryName)
+            return index;
+    }
+
+    addCategory(Category(categoryName));
+    return count;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+    \fn int QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface::categoryCount() const
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+    \fn Category QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface::category(int cat_idx) const
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+    \fn void QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface::addCategory(const Category &cat)
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+    \fn void QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface::removeCategory(int cat_idx)
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+    \fn int QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface::widgetCount(int cat_idx) const
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+    \fn Widget QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface::widget(int cat_idx, int wgt_idx) const
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+    \fn void QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface::addWidget(int cat_idx, const Widget &wgt)
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+    \fn void QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface::removeWidget(int cat_idx, int wgt_idx)
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+    \fn void QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface::dropWidgets(const QList<QDesignerDnDItemInterface*> &item_list, const QPoint &global_mouse_pos)
+
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface::setFileName(const QString &fileName)
+
+    Sets the XML file that \QD will use to populate its widget box, to
+    \a fileName. You must call load() to update the widget box with
+    the new XML file.
+
+    \sa fileName(), load()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface::fileName() const
+
+    Returns the name of the XML file \QD is currently using to
+    populate its widget box.
+
+    \sa setFileName()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface::load()
+
+    Populates \QD's widget box by loading (or reloading) the currently
+    specified XML file. Returns true if the file is successfully
+    loaded; otherwise false.
+
+    \sa setFileName()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface::save()
+
+    Saves the contents of \QD's widget box in the file specified by
+    the fileName() function. Returns true if the content is
+    successfully saved; otherwise false.
+
+    \sa fileName(), setFileName()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+
+    \class QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface::Widget
+
+    \brief The Widget class specified a widget in Qt Designer's widget
+    box component.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface::Widget::Type
+
+    \value Default
+    \value Custom
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface::Widget::Widget(const QString &aname, const QString &xml, const QString &icon_name, Type atype)
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface::Widget::name() const
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface::Widget::setName(const QString &aname)
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface::Widget::domXml() const
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface::Widget::setDomXml(const QString &xml)
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface::Widget::iconName() const
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface::Widget::setIconName(const QString &icon_name)
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Type QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface::Widget::type() const
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface::Widget::setType(Type atype)
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface::Widget::isNull() const
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \class QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface::Category
+    \brief The Category class specifies a category in Qt Designer's widget box component.
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface::Category::Type
+
+    \value Default
+    \value Scratchpad
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface::Category::Category(const QString &aname, Type atype)
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface::Category::name() const
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface::Category::setName(const QString &aname)
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface::Category::widgetCount() const
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Widget QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface::Category::widget(int idx) const
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface::Category::removeWidget(int idx)
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface::Category::addWidget(const Widget &awidget)
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Type QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface::Category::type() const
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface::Category::setType(Type atype)
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface::Category::isNull() const
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \typedef QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface::CategoryList
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \typedef QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface::WidgetList
+    \internal
+*/
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE

designer/lib/sdk/abstractwidgetbox.h

@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef ABSTRACTWIDGETBOX_H
+#define ABSTRACTWIDGETBOX_H
+
+#include <QtDesigner/sdk_global.h>
+
+#include <QtCore/QMetaType>
+#include <QtGui/QWidget>
+#include <QtGui/QIcon>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class DomUI;
+class QDesignerDnDItemInterface;
+
+class QDESIGNER_SDK_EXPORT QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface : public QWidget
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    class Widget {
+    public:
+        enum Type { Default, Custom };
+        Widget(const QString &aname = QString(), const QString &xml = QString(),
+                const QString &icon_name = QString(), Type atype = Default)
+            : m_name(aname), m_xml(xml), m_icon_name(icon_name), m_type(atype) {}
+        QString name() const { return m_name; }
+        void setName(const QString &aname) { m_name = aname; }
+        QString domXml() const { return m_xml; }
+        void setDomXml(const QString &xml) { m_xml = xml; }
+        QString iconName() const { return m_icon_name; }
+        void setIconName(const QString &icon_name) { m_icon_name = icon_name; }
+        Type type() const { return m_type; }
+        void setType(Type atype) { m_type = atype; }
+
+        bool isNull() const { return m_name.isEmpty(); }
+
+    private:
+        QString m_name;
+        QString m_xml;
+        QString m_icon_name;
+        Type m_type;
+    };
+    typedef QList<Widget> WidgetList;
+
+    class Category {
+    public:
+        enum Type { Default, Scratchpad };
+
+        Category(const QString &aname = QString(), Type atype = Default)
+            : m_name(aname), m_type(atype) {}
+
+        QString name() const { return m_name; }
+        void setName(const QString &aname) { m_name = aname; }
+        int widgetCount() const { return m_widget_list.size(); }
+        Widget widget(int idx) const { return m_widget_list.at(idx); }
+        void removeWidget(int idx) { m_widget_list.removeAt(idx); }
+        void addWidget(const Widget &awidget) { m_widget_list.append(awidget); }
+        Type type() const { return m_type; }
+        void setType(Type atype) { m_type = atype; }
+
+        bool isNull() const { return m_name.isEmpty(); }
+
+    private:
+        QString m_name;
+        Type m_type;
+        QList<Widget> m_widget_list;
+    };
+    typedef QList<Category> CategoryList;
+
+    QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface(QWidget *parent = 0, Qt::WindowFlags flags = 0);
+    virtual ~QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface();
+
+    virtual int categoryCount() const = 0;
+    virtual Category category(int cat_idx) const = 0;
+    virtual void addCategory(const Category &cat) = 0;
+    virtual void removeCategory(int cat_idx) = 0;
+
+    virtual int widgetCount(int cat_idx) const = 0;
+    virtual Widget widget(int cat_idx, int wgt_idx) const = 0;
+    virtual void addWidget(int cat_idx, const Widget &wgt) = 0;
+    virtual void removeWidget(int cat_idx, int wgt_idx) = 0;
+
+    int findOrInsertCategory(const QString &categoryName);
+
+    virtual void dropWidgets(const QList<QDesignerDnDItemInterface*> &item_list,
+                                const QPoint &global_mouse_pos) = 0;
+
+    virtual void setFileName(const QString &file_name) = 0;
+    virtual QString fileName() const = 0;
+    virtual bool load() = 0;
+    virtual bool save() = 0;
+};
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QT_PREPEND_NAMESPACE(QDesignerWidgetBoxInterface::Widget))
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // ABSTRACTWIDGETBOX_H

designer/lib/sdk/abstractwidgetdatabase.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,360 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "abstractwidgetdatabase.h"
+#include <QtCore/qdebug.h>
+#include <qalgorithms.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+namespace {
+    enum { debugWidgetDataBase =  0 };
+}
+
+/*!
+    \class QDesignerWidgetDataBaseInterface
+    \brief The QDesignerWidgetDataBaseInterface class provides an interface that is used to
+    access and modify Qt Designer's widget database.
+    \inmodule QtDesigner
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs an interface to the widget database with the given \a parent.
+*/
+QDesignerWidgetDataBaseInterface::QDesignerWidgetDataBaseInterface(QObject *parent)
+    : QObject(parent)
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the interface to the widget database.
+*/
+QDesignerWidgetDataBaseInterface::~QDesignerWidgetDataBaseInterface()
+{
+    qDeleteAll(m_items);
+}
+
+/*!
+
+*/
+int QDesignerWidgetDataBaseInterface::count() const
+{
+    return m_items.count();
+}
+
+/*!
+*/
+QDesignerWidgetDataBaseItemInterface *QDesignerWidgetDataBaseInterface::item(int index) const
+{
+    return index != -1 ? m_items.at(index) : 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+*/
+int QDesignerWidgetDataBaseInterface::indexOf(QDesignerWidgetDataBaseItemInterface *item) const
+{
+    return m_items.indexOf(item);
+}
+
+/*!
+*/
+void QDesignerWidgetDataBaseInterface::insert(int index, QDesignerWidgetDataBaseItemInterface *item)
+{
+    if (debugWidgetDataBase) 
+        qDebug() << "insert at " << index << ' ' << item->name() << " derived from " << item->extends(); 
+ 
+    m_items.insert(index, item);
+}
+
+/*!
+*/
+void QDesignerWidgetDataBaseInterface::append(QDesignerWidgetDataBaseItemInterface *item)
+{
+    if (debugWidgetDataBase) 
+        qDebug() << "append " << item->name() << " derived from " << item->extends();
+    m_items.append(item);
+}
+
+/*!
+*/
+QDesignerFormEditorInterface *QDesignerWidgetDataBaseInterface::core() const
+{
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+*/
+int QDesignerWidgetDataBaseInterface::indexOfClassName(const QString &name, bool) const
+{
+    const int itemCount = count();
+    for (int i=0; i<itemCount; ++i) {
+        const QDesignerWidgetDataBaseItemInterface *entry = item(i);
+        if (entry->name() == name)
+            return i;
+    }
+
+    return -1;
+}
+
+/*!
+*/
+int QDesignerWidgetDataBaseInterface::indexOfObject(QObject *object, bool) const
+{
+    if (!object)
+        return -1;
+
+    const QString className = QString::fromUtf8(object->metaObject()->className());
+    return indexOfClassName(className);
+}
+
+/*!
+*/
+bool QDesignerWidgetDataBaseInterface::isContainer(QObject *object, bool resolveName) const
+{
+    if (const QDesignerWidgetDataBaseItemInterface *i = item(indexOfObject(object, resolveName)))
+        return i->isContainer();
+    return false;
+}
+
+/*!
+*/
+bool QDesignerWidgetDataBaseInterface::isCustom(QObject *object, bool resolveName) const
+{
+    if (const QDesignerWidgetDataBaseItemInterface *i = item(indexOfObject(object, resolveName)))
+        return i->isCustom();
+    return false;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerWidgetDataBaseInterface::changed()
+
+    This signal is emitted ...
+*/
+
+
+// Doc: No implementation - an abstract class
+
+/*!
+    \class QDesignerWidgetDataBaseItemInterface
+    \brief The QDesignerWidgetDataBaseItemInterface class provides an interface that is used to
+    access individual items in Qt Designer's widget database.
+    \inmodule QtDesigner
+    \internal
+
+    This class enables individual items in the widget database to be accessed and modified.
+    Changes to the widget database itself are made through the QDesignerWidgetDataBaseInterface
+    class.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual QDesignerWidgetDataBaseItemInterface::~QDesignerWidgetDataBaseItemInterface()
+
+    Destroys the interface.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual QString QDesignerWidgetDataBaseItemInterface::name() const = 0
+
+    Returns the name of the widget.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual void QDesignerWidgetDataBaseItemInterface::setName(const QString &name) = 0
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual QString QDesignerWidgetDataBaseItemInterface::group() const = 0
+
+    Returns the name of the group that the widget belongs to.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual void QDesignerWidgetDataBaseItemInterface::setGroup(const QString &group) = 0
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual QString QDesignerWidgetDataBaseItemInterface::toolTip() const = 0
+
+    Returns the tool tip to be used by the widget.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual void QDesignerWidgetDataBaseItemInterface::setToolTip(const QString &toolTip) = 0
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual QString QDesignerWidgetDataBaseItemInterface::whatsThis() const = 0
+
+    Returns the "What's This?" help for the widget.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual void QDesignerWidgetDataBaseItemInterface::setWhatsThis(const QString &whatsThis) = 0
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual QString QDesignerWidgetDataBaseItemInterface::includeFile() const = 0
+
+    Returns the name of the include file that the widget needs when being built from source.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual void QDesignerWidgetDataBaseItemInterface::setIncludeFile(const QString &includeFile) = 0
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual QIcon QDesignerWidgetDataBaseItemInterface::icon() const = 0
+
+    Returns the icon used to represent the item.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual void QDesignerWidgetDataBaseItemInterface::setIcon(const QIcon &icon) = 0
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual bool QDesignerWidgetDataBaseItemInterface::isCompat() const = 0
+
+    Returns true if this type of widget is provided for compatibility purposes (e.g. Qt3Support
+    widgets); otherwise returns false.
+
+    \sa setCompat()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual void QDesignerWidgetDataBaseItemInterface::setCompat(bool compat) = 0
+
+    If \a compat is true, the widget is handled as a compatibility widget; otherwise it is
+    handled normally by \QD.
+
+    \sa isCompat()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual bool QDesignerWidgetDataBaseItemInterface::isContainer() const = 0
+
+    Returns true if this widget is intended to be used to hold other widgets; otherwise returns
+    false.
+
+    \sa setContainer()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual void QDesignerWidgetDataBaseItemInterface::setContainer(bool container) = 0
+
+    If \a container is true, the widget can be used to hold other widgets in \QD; otherwise
+    \QD will refuse to let the user place other widgets inside it.
+
+    \sa isContainer()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual bool QDesignerWidgetDataBaseItemInterface::isCustom() const = 0
+
+    Returns true if the widget is a custom widget; otherwise return false if it is a standard
+    Qt widget.
+
+    \sa setCustom()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual void QDesignerWidgetDataBaseItemInterface::setCustom(bool custom) = 0
+
+    If \a custom is true, the widget is handled specially by \QD; otherwise it is handled as
+    a standard Qt widget.
+
+    \sa isCustom()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual QString QDesignerWidgetDataBaseItemInterface::pluginPath() const = 0
+
+    Returns the path to use for the widget plugin.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual void QDesignerWidgetDataBaseItemInterface::setPluginPath(const QString &path) = 0
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual bool QDesignerWidgetDataBaseItemInterface::isPromoted() const = 0
+
+    Returns true if the widget is promoted; otherwise returns false.
+
+    Promoted widgets are those that represent custom widgets, but which are represented in
+    \QD by either standard Qt widgets or readily-available custom widgets.
+
+    \sa setPromoted()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual void QDesignerWidgetDataBaseItemInterface::setPromoted(bool promoted) = 0
+
+    If \a promoted is true, the widget is handled as a promoted widget by \QD and will use
+    a placeholder widget to represent it; otherwise it is handled as a standard widget.
+
+    \sa isPromoted()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual QString QDesignerWidgetDataBaseItemInterface::extends() const = 0
+
+    Returns the name of the widget that the item extends.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual void QDesignerWidgetDataBaseItemInterface::setExtends(const QString &s) = 0
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual void QDesignerWidgetDataBaseItemInterface::setDefaultPropertyValues(const QList<QVariant> &list) = 0
+
+    Sets the default property values for the widget to the given \a list.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual QList<QVariant> QDesignerWidgetDataBaseItemInterface::defaultPropertyValues() const = 0
+
+    Returns a list of default values to be used as properties for the item.
+*/
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE

designer/lib/sdk/abstractwidgetdatabase.h

@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef ABSTRACTWIDGETDATABASE_H
+#define ABSTRACTWIDGETDATABASE_H
+
+#include <QtDesigner/sdk_global.h>
+
+#include <QtCore/QObject>
+#include <QtCore/QList>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QIcon;
+class QString;
+class QDesignerFormEditorInterface;
+class QDebug;
+
+class QDesignerWidgetDataBaseItemInterface
+{
+public:
+    virtual ~QDesignerWidgetDataBaseItemInterface() {}
+
+    virtual QString name() const = 0;
+    virtual void setName(const QString &name) = 0;
+
+    virtual QString group() const = 0;
+    virtual void setGroup(const QString &group) = 0;
+
+    virtual QString toolTip() const = 0;
+    virtual void setToolTip(const QString &toolTip) = 0;
+
+    virtual QString whatsThis() const = 0;
+    virtual void setWhatsThis(const QString &whatsThis) = 0;
+
+    virtual QString includeFile() const = 0;
+    virtual void setIncludeFile(const QString &includeFile) = 0;
+
+    virtual QIcon icon() const = 0;
+    virtual void setIcon(const QIcon &icon) = 0;
+
+    virtual bool isCompat() const = 0;
+    virtual void setCompat(bool compat) = 0;
+
+    virtual bool isContainer() const = 0;
+    virtual void setContainer(bool container) = 0;
+
+    virtual bool isCustom() const = 0;
+    virtual void setCustom(bool custom) = 0;
+
+    virtual QString pluginPath() const = 0;
+    virtual void setPluginPath(const QString &path) = 0;
+
+    virtual bool isPromoted() const = 0;
+    virtual void setPromoted(bool b) = 0;
+
+    virtual QString extends() const = 0;
+    virtual void setExtends(const QString &s) = 0;
+
+    virtual void setDefaultPropertyValues(const QList<QVariant> &list) = 0;
+    virtual QList<QVariant> defaultPropertyValues() const = 0;
+};
+
+class QDESIGNER_SDK_EXPORT QDesignerWidgetDataBaseInterface: public QObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    QDesignerWidgetDataBaseInterface(QObject *parent = 0);
+    virtual ~QDesignerWidgetDataBaseInterface();
+
+    virtual int count() const;
+    virtual QDesignerWidgetDataBaseItemInterface *item(int index) const;
+
+    virtual int indexOf(QDesignerWidgetDataBaseItemInterface *item) const;
+    virtual void insert(int index, QDesignerWidgetDataBaseItemInterface *item);
+    virtual void append(QDesignerWidgetDataBaseItemInterface *item);
+
+    virtual int indexOfObject(QObject *object, bool resolveName = true) const;
+    virtual int indexOfClassName(const QString &className, bool resolveName = true) const;
+
+    virtual QDesignerFormEditorInterface *core() const;
+
+    bool isContainer(QObject *object, bool resolveName = true) const;
+    bool isCustom(QObject *object, bool resolveName = true) const;
+
+Q_SIGNALS:
+    void changed();
+
+protected:
+    QList<QDesignerWidgetDataBaseItemInterface *> m_items;
+};
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // ABSTRACTWIDGETDATABASE_H

designer/lib/sdk/abstractwidgetfactory.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include <QtDesigner/abstractwidgetfactory.h>
+#include "abstractformeditor.h"
+#include "abstractwidgetdatabase.h"
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+/*!
+    \class QDesignerWidgetFactoryInterface
+    \brief The QDesignerWidgetFactoryInterface class provides an interface that is used to control
+    the widget factory used by Qt Designer.
+    \inmodule QtDesigner
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDesignerWidgetFactoryInterface::QDesignerWidgetFactoryInterface(QObject *parent)
+
+    Constructs an interface to a widget factory with the given \a parent.
+*/
+QDesignerWidgetFactoryInterface::QDesignerWidgetFactoryInterface(QObject *parent)
+    : QObject(parent)
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual QDesignerWidgetFactoryInterface::~QDesignerWidgetFactoryInterface()
+*/
+QDesignerWidgetFactoryInterface::~QDesignerWidgetFactoryInterface()
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual QDesignerFormEditorInterface *QDesignerWidgetFactoryInterface::core() const = 0
+
+    Returns the core form editor interface associated with this interface.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual QWidget* QDesignerWidgetFactoryInterface::containerOfWidget(QWidget *child) const = 0
+
+    Returns the widget that contains the specified \a child widget.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual QWidget* QDesignerWidgetFactoryInterface::widgetOfContainer(QWidget *container) const = 0
+
+
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual QWidget *QDesignerWidgetFactoryInterface::createWidget(const QString &name, QWidget *parent) const = 0
+
+    Returns a new widget with the given \a name and \a parent widget. If no parent is specified,
+    the widget created will be a top-level widget.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual QLayout *QDesignerWidgetFactoryInterface::createLayout(QWidget *widget, QLayout *layout, int type) const = 0
+
+    Returns a new layout of the specified \a type for the given \a widget or \a layout.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual bool QDesignerWidgetFactoryInterface::isPassiveInteractor(QWidget *widget) = 0
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual void QDesignerWidgetFactoryInterface::initialize(QObject *object) const = 0
+*/
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE

designer/lib/sdk/abstractwidgetfactory.h

@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef ABSTRACTWIDGETFACTORY_H
+#define ABSTRACTWIDGETFACTORY_H
+
+#include <QtDesigner/sdk_global.h>
+#include <QtCore/QObject>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QDesignerFormEditorInterface;
+class QWidget;
+class QLayout;
+
+class QDESIGNER_SDK_EXPORT QDesignerWidgetFactoryInterface: public QObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    QDesignerWidgetFactoryInterface(QObject *parent = 0);
+    virtual ~QDesignerWidgetFactoryInterface();
+
+    virtual QDesignerFormEditorInterface *core() const = 0;
+
+    virtual QWidget* containerOfWidget(QWidget *w) const = 0;
+    virtual QWidget* widgetOfContainer(QWidget *w) const = 0;
+
+    virtual QWidget *createWidget(const QString &name, QWidget *parentWidget = 0) const = 0;
+    virtual QLayout *createLayout(QWidget *widget, QLayout *layout, int type) const = 0;
+
+    virtual bool isPassiveInteractor(QWidget *widget) = 0;
+    virtual void initialize(QObject *object) const = 0;
+};
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // ABSTRACTWIDGETFACTORY_H

designer/lib/sdk/dynamicpropertysheet.h

@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists for the convenience
+// of Qt Designer.  This header
+// file may change from version to version without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+
+#ifndef DYNAMICPROPERTYSHEET_H
+#define DYNAMICPROPERTYSHEET_H
+
+#include <QtDesigner/extension.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QString; // FIXME: fool syncqt
+
+class QDesignerDynamicPropertySheetExtension
+{
+public:
+    virtual ~QDesignerDynamicPropertySheetExtension() {}
+
+    virtual bool dynamicPropertiesAllowed() const = 0;
+    virtual int addDynamicProperty(const QString &propertyName, const QVariant &value) = 0;
+    virtual bool removeDynamicProperty(int index) = 0;
+    virtual bool isDynamicProperty(int index) const = 0;
+    virtual bool canAddDynamicProperty(const QString &propertyName) const = 0;
+};
+Q_DECLARE_EXTENSION_INTERFACE(QDesignerDynamicPropertySheetExtension, "com.trolltech.Qt.Designer.DynamicPropertySheet")
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // DYNAMICPROPERTYSHEET_H

designer/lib/sdk/dynamicpropertysheet.qdoc

@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:FDL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in a
+** written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Free Documentation License
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Free
+** Documentation License version 1.3 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file included in the packaging of this
+** file.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class QDesignerDynamicPropertySheetExtension
+
+    \brief The QDesignerDynamicPropertySheetExtension class allows you to
+    manipulate a widget's dynamic properties in Qt Designer's property editor.
+
+    \sa QDesignerPropertySheetExtension, {QObject#Dynamic Properties}{Dynamic Properties}
+
+    \inmodule QtDesigner
+    \since 4.3
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDesignerDynamicPropertySheetExtension::~QDesignerDynamicPropertySheetExtension()
+
+    Destroys the dynamic property sheet extension.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QDesignerDynamicPropertySheetExtension::dynamicPropertiesAllowed() const
+
+    Returns true if the widget supports dynamic properties; otherwise returns false.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QDesignerDynamicPropertySheetExtension::addDynamicProperty(const QString &propertyName, const QVariant &value)
+
+    Adds a dynamic property named \a propertyName and sets its value to \a value.
+    Returns the index of the property if it was added successfully; otherwise returns -1 to
+    indicate failure.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QDesignerDynamicPropertySheetExtension::removeDynamicProperty(int index)
+
+    Removes the dynamic property at the given \a index.
+    Returns true if the operation succeeds; otherwise returns false.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QDesignerDynamicPropertySheetExtension::isDynamicProperty(int index) const
+
+    Returns true if the property at the given \a index is a dynamic property; otherwise
+    returns false.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QDesignerDynamicPropertySheetExtension::canAddDynamicProperty(const QString &propertyName) const
+
+    Returns true if \a propertyName is a valid, unique name for a dynamic
+    property; otherwise returns false.
+
+*/

designer/lib/sdk/extrainfo.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "extrainfo.h"
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+/*!
+    \class QDesignerExtraInfoExtension
+    \brief The QDesignerExtraInfoExtension class provides extra information about a widget in
+    Qt Designer.
+    \inmodule QtDesigner
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Returns the path to the working directory used by this extension.*/
+QString QDesignerExtraInfoExtension::workingDirectory() const
+{
+    return m_workingDirectory;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the path to the working directory used by the extension to \a workingDirectory.*/
+void QDesignerExtraInfoExtension::setWorkingDirectory(const QString &workingDirectory)
+{
+    m_workingDirectory = workingDirectory;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual QDesignerExtraInfoExtension::~QDesignerExtraInfoExtension()
+
+    Destroys the extension.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual QDesignerFormEditorInterface *QDesignerExtraInfoExtension::core() const = 0
+
+    \omit
+    ### Description required
+    \endomit
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual QWidget *QDesignerExtraInfoExtension::widget() const = 0
+
+    Returns the widget described by this extension.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual bool QDesignerExtraInfoExtension::saveUiExtraInfo(DomUI *ui) = 0
+
+    Saves the information about the user interface specified by \a ui, and returns true if
+    successful; otherwise returns false.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual bool QDesignerExtraInfoExtension::loadUiExtraInfo(DomUI *ui) = 0
+
+    Loads extra information about the user interface specified by \a ui, and returns true if
+    successful; otherwise returns false.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual bool QDesignerExtraInfoExtension::saveWidgetExtraInfo(DomWidget *widget) = 0
+
+    Saves the information about the specified \a widget, and returns true if successful;
+    otherwise returns false.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual bool QDesignerExtraInfoExtension::loadWidgetExtraInfo(DomWidget *widget) = 0
+
+    Loads extra information about the specified \a widget, and returns true if successful;
+    otherwise returns false.
+*/
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE

designer/lib/sdk/extrainfo.h

@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef EXTRAINFO_H
+#define EXTRAINFO_H
+
+#include <QtDesigner/sdk_global.h>
+#include <QtDesigner/extension.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class DomWidget;
+class DomUI;
+class QWidget;
+
+class QDesignerFormEditorInterface;
+
+class QDESIGNER_SDK_EXPORT QDesignerExtraInfoExtension
+{
+public:
+    virtual ~QDesignerExtraInfoExtension() {}
+
+    virtual QDesignerFormEditorInterface *core() const = 0;
+    virtual QWidget *widget() const = 0;
+
+    virtual bool saveUiExtraInfo(DomUI *ui) = 0;
+    virtual bool loadUiExtraInfo(DomUI *ui) = 0;
+
+    virtual bool saveWidgetExtraInfo(DomWidget *ui_widget) = 0;
+    virtual bool loadWidgetExtraInfo(DomWidget *ui_widget) = 0;
+
+    QString workingDirectory() const;
+    void setWorkingDirectory(const QString &workingDirectory);
+
+private:
+    QString m_workingDirectory;
+};
+Q_DECLARE_EXTENSION_INTERFACE(QDesignerExtraInfoExtension, "com.trolltech.Qt.Designer.ExtraInfo.2")
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // EXTRAINFO_H

designer/lib/sdk/layoutdecoration.h

@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef LAYOUTDECORATION_H
+#define LAYOUTDECORATION_H
+
+#include <QtDesigner/extension.h>
+
+#include <QtCore/QObject>
+#include <QtCore/QPair>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QPoint;
+class QLayoutItem;
+class QWidget;
+class QRect;
+class QLayout;
+
+class QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension
+{
+public:
+    enum InsertMode
+    {
+        InsertWidgetMode,
+        InsertRowMode,
+        InsertColumnMode
+    };
+
+    virtual ~QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension() {}
+
+    virtual QList<QWidget*> widgets(QLayout *layout) const = 0;
+
+    virtual QRect itemInfo(int index) const = 0;
+    virtual int indexOf(QWidget *widget) const = 0;
+    virtual int indexOf(QLayoutItem *item) const = 0;
+
+    virtual InsertMode currentInsertMode() const = 0;
+    virtual int currentIndex() const = 0;
+    virtual QPair<int, int> currentCell() const = 0;
+    virtual void insertWidget(QWidget *widget, const QPair<int, int> &cell) = 0;
+    virtual void removeWidget(QWidget *widget) = 0;
+
+    virtual void insertRow(int row) = 0;
+    virtual void insertColumn(int column) = 0;
+    virtual void simplify() = 0;
+
+    virtual int findItemAt(const QPoint &pos) const = 0;
+    virtual int findItemAt(int row, int column) const = 0; // atm only for grid.
+
+    virtual void adjustIndicator(const QPoint &pos, int index) = 0;
+};
+Q_DECLARE_EXTENSION_INTERFACE(QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension, "com.trolltech.Qt.Designer.LayoutDecoration")
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // LAYOUTDECORATION_H

designer/lib/sdk/layoutdecoration.qdoc

@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:FDL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in a
+** written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Free Documentation License
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Free
+** Documentation License version 1.3 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file included in the packaging of this
+** file.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension
+    \brief The QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension class provides an extension to a layout in \QD.
+    \inmodule QtDesigner
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension::InsertMode
+
+    This enum describes the modes that are used to insert items into a layout.
+
+    \value InsertWidgetMode Widgets are inserted into empty cells in a layout.
+    \value InsertRowMode    Whole rows are inserted into a vertical or grid layout.
+    \value InsertColumnMode Whole columns are inserted into a horizontal or grid layout.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension::~QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension()
+
+    Destroys the extension.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual QList<QWidget*> QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension::widgets(QLayout *layout) const
+
+    Returns the widgets that are managed by the given \a layout.
+
+    \sa insertWidget(), removeWidget()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QRect QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension::itemInfo(int index) const
+
+    Returns the rectangle covered by the item at the given \a index in the layout.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension::indexOf(QWidget *widget) const
+
+    Returns the index of the specified \a widget in the layout.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension::indexOf(QLayoutItem *item) const
+
+    Returns the index of the specified layout \a item.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension::InsertMode QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension::currentInsertMode() const
+
+    Returns the current insertion mode.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension::currentIndex() const
+
+    Returns the current index in the layout.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPair<int, int> QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension::currentCell() const
+
+    Returns a pair containing the row and column of the current cell in the layout.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension::insertWidget(QWidget *widget, const QPair<int, int> &cell)
+
+    Inserts the given \a widget into the specified \a cell in the layout.
+
+    \sa removeWidget()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension::removeWidget(QWidget *widget)
+
+    Removes the specified \a widget from the layout.
+
+    \sa insertWidget()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension::insertRow(int row)
+
+    Inserts a new row into the form at the position specified by \a row.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension::insertColumn(int column)
+
+    Inserts a new column into the form at the position specified by \a column.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension::simplify()
+
+    Simplifies the layout by removing unnecessary empty rows and columns, and by changing the
+    number of rows or columns spanned by widgets.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension::findItemAt(const QPoint &position) const
+
+    Returns the index of the item in the layout that covers the given \a position.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension::findItemAt(int row, int column) const
+
+    Returns the item in the layout that occupies the specified \a row and \a column in the layout.
+
+    Currently, this only applies to grid layouts.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerLayoutDecorationExtension::adjustIndicator(const QPoint &position, int index)
+
+    Adjusts the indicator for the item specified by \a index so that
+    it lies at the given \a position on the form.
+*/

designer/lib/sdk/membersheet.h

@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef MEMBERSHEET_H
+#define MEMBERSHEET_H
+
+#include <QtDesigner/extension.h>
+
+#include <QtCore/QList>
+#include <QtCore/QByteArray>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QString; // FIXME: fool syncqt
+
+class QDesignerMemberSheetExtension
+{
+public:
+    virtual ~QDesignerMemberSheetExtension() {}
+
+    virtual int count() const = 0;
+
+    virtual int indexOf(const QString &name) const = 0;
+
+    virtual QString memberName(int index) const = 0;
+    virtual QString memberGroup(int index) const = 0;
+    virtual void setMemberGroup(int index, const QString &group) = 0;
+
+    virtual bool isVisible(int index) const = 0;
+    virtual void setVisible(int index, bool b) = 0;
+
+    virtual bool isSignal(int index) const = 0;
+    virtual bool isSlot(int index) const = 0;
+
+    virtual bool inheritedFromWidget(int index) const = 0;
+
+    virtual QString declaredInClass(int index) const = 0;
+
+    virtual QString signature(int index) const = 0;
+    virtual QList<QByteArray> parameterTypes(int index) const = 0;
+    virtual QList<QByteArray> parameterNames(int index) const = 0;
+};
+Q_DECLARE_EXTENSION_INTERFACE(QDesignerMemberSheetExtension, "com.trolltech.Qt.Designer.MemberSheet")
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // MEMBERSHEET_H

designer/lib/sdk/membersheet.qdoc

@@ -0,0 +1,249 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:FDL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in a
+** written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Free Documentation License
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Free
+** Documentation License version 1.3 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file included in the packaging of this
+** file.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class QDesignerMemberSheetExtension
+
+    \brief The QDesignerMemberSheetExtension class allows you to
+    manipulate a widget's member functions which is displayed when
+    configuring connections using Qt Designer's mode for editing
+    signals and slots.
+
+    \inmodule QtDesigner
+
+    QDesignerMemberSheetExtension is a collection of functions that is
+    typically used to query a widget's member functions, and to
+    manipulate the member functions' appearance in \QD's signals and
+    slots editing mode. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtdesigner.qdoc 2
+
+    When implementing a custom widget plugin, a pointer to \QD's
+    current QDesignerFormEditorInterface object (\c formEditor in the
+    example above) is provided by the
+    QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface::initialize() function's parameter.
+
+    The member sheet (and any other extension), can be retrieved by
+    querying \QD's extension manager using the qt_extension()
+    function. When you want to release the extension, you only need to
+    delete the pointer.
+
+    All widgets have a default member sheet used in \QD's signals and
+    slots editing mode with the widget's member functions. But
+    QDesignerMemberSheetExtension also provides an interface for
+    creating custom member sheet extensions.
+
+    \warning \QD uses the QDesignerMemberSheetExtension to facilitate
+    the signal and slot editing mode. Whenever a connection between
+    two widgets is requested, \QD will query for the widgets' member
+    sheet extensions. If a widget has an implemented member sheet
+    extension, this extension will override the default member sheet.
+
+    To create a member sheet extension, your extension class must
+    inherit from both QObject and QDesignerMemberSheetExtension. Then,
+    since we are implementing an interface, we must ensure that it's
+    made known to the meta object system using the Q_INTERFACES()
+    macro:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtdesigner.qdoc 3
+
+    This enables \QD to use qobject_cast() to query for
+    supported interfaces using nothing but a QObject pointer.
+
+    In \QD the extensions are not created until they are
+    required. For that reason, when implementing a member sheet
+    extension, you must also create a QExtensionFactory, i.e a class
+    that is able to make an instance of your extension, and register
+    it using \QD's \l {QExtensionManager}{extension manager}.
+
+    When a widget's member sheet extension is required, \QD's \l
+    {QExtensionManager}{extension manager} will run through all its
+    registered factories calling QExtensionFactory::createExtension()
+    for each until the first one that is able to create a member sheet
+    extension for that widget, is found. This factory will then make
+    an instance of the extension. If no such factory is found, \QD
+    will use the default member sheet.
+
+    There are four available types of extensions in \QD:
+    QDesignerContainerExtension, QDesignerMemberSheetExtension,
+    QDesignerPropertySheetExtension and
+    QDesignerTaskMenuExtension. \QD's behavior is the same whether the
+    requested extension is associated with a multi page container, a
+    member sheet, a property sheet or a task menu.
+
+    The QExtensionFactory class provides a standard extension
+    factory, and can also be used as an interface for custom
+    extension factories. You can either create a new
+    QExtensionFactory and reimplement the
+    QExtensionFactory::createExtension() function. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtdesigner.qdoc 4
+
+    Or you can use an existing factory, expanding the
+    QExtensionFactory::createExtension() function to make the factory
+    able to create a member sheet extension as well. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtdesigner.qdoc 5
+
+    For a complete example using an extension class, see \l
+    {designer/taskmenuextension}{Task Menu Extension example}. The
+    example shows how to create a custom widget plugin for Qt
+    Designer, and how to to use the QDesignerTaskMenuExtension class
+    to add custom items to \QD's task menu.
+
+    \sa QExtensionFactory, QExtensionManager, {Creating Custom Widget
+    Extensions}
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDesignerMemberSheetExtension::~QDesignerMemberSheetExtension()
+
+    Destroys the member sheet extension.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QDesignerMemberSheetExtension::count() const
+
+    Returns the extension's number of member functions.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QDesignerMemberSheetExtension::indexOf(const QString &name) const
+
+    Returns the index of the member function specified by the given \a
+    name.
+
+    \sa memberName()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QDesignerMemberSheetExtension::memberName(int index) const
+
+    Returns the name of the member function with the given \a index.
+
+    \sa indexOf()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QDesignerMemberSheetExtension::memberGroup(int index) const
+
+    Returns the name of the member group specified for the function
+    with the given \a index.
+
+    \sa indexOf(), setMemberGroup()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerMemberSheetExtension::setMemberGroup(int index, const QString &group)
+
+    Sets the member group of the member function with the given \a
+    index, to \a group.
+
+    \sa indexOf(), memberGroup()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QDesignerMemberSheetExtension::isVisible(int index) const
+
+    Returns true if the member function with the given \a index is
+    visible in \QD's signal and slot editor, otherwise false.
+
+    \sa indexOf(), setVisible()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerMemberSheetExtension::setVisible(int index, bool visible)
+
+    If \a visible is true, the member function with the given \a index
+    is visible in \QD's signals and slots editing mode; otherwise the
+    member function is hidden.
+
+    \sa indexOf(), isVisible()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual bool QDesignerMemberSheetExtension::isSignal(int index) const
+
+    Returns true if the member function with the given \a index is a
+    signal, otherwise false.
+
+    \sa indexOf()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QDesignerMemberSheetExtension::isSlot(int index) const
+
+    Returns true if the member function with the given \a index is a
+    slot, otherwise false.
+
+    \sa indexOf()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QDesignerMemberSheetExtension::inheritedFromWidget(int index) const
+
+    Returns true if the member function with the given \a index is
+    inherited from QWidget, otherwise false.
+
+    \sa indexOf()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QDesignerMemberSheetExtension::declaredInClass(int index) const
+
+    Returns the name of the class in which the member function with
+    the given \a index is declared.
+
+    \sa indexOf()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QDesignerMemberSheetExtension::signature(int index) const
+
+    Returns the signature of the member function with the given \a
+    index.
+
+    \sa indexOf()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QList<QByteArray> QDesignerMemberSheetExtension::parameterTypes(int index) const
+
+    Returns the parameter types of the member function with the given
+    \a index, as a QByteArray list.
+
+    \sa indexOf(), parameterNames()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QList<QByteArray> QDesignerMemberSheetExtension::parameterNames(int index) const
+
+    Returns the parameter names of the member function with the given
+    \a index, as a QByteArray list.
+
+    \sa indexOf(), parameterTypes()
+*/

designer/lib/sdk/propertysheet.h

@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef PROPERTYSHEET_H
+#define PROPERTYSHEET_H
+
+#include <QtDesigner/extension.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QVariant;
+
+class QDesignerPropertySheetExtension
+{
+public:
+    virtual ~QDesignerPropertySheetExtension() {}
+
+    virtual int count() const = 0;
+
+    virtual int indexOf(const QString &name) const = 0;
+
+    virtual QString propertyName(int index) const = 0;
+    virtual QString propertyGroup(int index) const = 0;
+    virtual void setPropertyGroup(int index, const QString &group) = 0;
+
+    virtual bool hasReset(int index) const = 0;
+    virtual bool reset(int index) = 0;
+
+    virtual bool isVisible(int index) const = 0;
+    virtual void setVisible(int index, bool b) = 0;
+
+    virtual bool isAttribute(int index) const = 0;
+    virtual void setAttribute(int index, bool b) = 0;
+
+    virtual QVariant property(int index) const = 0;
+    virtual void setProperty(int index, const QVariant &value) = 0;
+
+    virtual bool isChanged(int index) const = 0;
+    virtual void setChanged(int index, bool changed) = 0;
+
+};
+
+Q_DECLARE_EXTENSION_INTERFACE(QDesignerPropertySheetExtension,
+    "com.trolltech.Qt.Designer.PropertySheet")
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // PROPERTYSHEET_H

designer/lib/sdk/propertysheet.qdoc

@@ -0,0 +1,288 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:FDL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in a
+** written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Free Documentation License
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Free
+** Documentation License version 1.3 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file included in the packaging of this
+** file.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class QDesignerPropertySheetExtension
+
+    \brief The QDesignerPropertySheetExtension class allows you to
+    manipulate a widget's properties which is displayed in Qt
+    Designer's property editor.
+
+    \sa QDesignerDynamicPropertySheetExtension
+
+    \inmodule QtDesigner
+
+    QDesignerPropertySheetExtension provides a collection of functions that
+    are typically used to query a widget's properties, and to
+    manipulate the properties' appearance in the property editor. For
+    example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtdesigner.qdoc 15
+
+    Note that if you change the value of a property using the
+    QDesignerPropertySheetExtension::setProperty() function, the undo
+    stack is not updated. To ensure that a property's value can be
+    reverted using the undo stack, you must use the
+    QDesignerFormWindowCursorInterface::setProperty() function, or its
+    buddy \l
+    {QDesignerFormWindowCursorInterface::setWidgetProperty()}{setWidgetProperty()},
+    instead.
+
+    When implementing a custom widget plugin, a pointer to \QD's
+    current QDesignerFormEditorInterface object (\c formEditor in the
+    example above) is provided by the
+    QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface::initialize() function's parameter.
+
+    The property sheet, or any other extension, can be retrieved by
+    querying \QD's extension manager using the qt_extension()
+    function. When you want to release the extension, you only need to
+    delete the pointer.
+
+    All widgets have a default property sheet which populates \QD's
+    property editor with the widget's properties (i.e the ones defined
+    with the Q_PROPERTY() macro). But QDesignerPropertySheetExtension
+    also provides an interface for creating custom property sheet
+    extensions.
+
+    \warning \QD uses the QDesignerPropertySheetExtension to feed its
+    property editor. Whenever a widget is selected in its workspace,
+    \QD will query for the widget's property sheet extension. If the
+    selected widget has an implemented property sheet extension, this
+    extension will override the default property sheet.
+
+    To create a property sheet extension, your extension class must
+    inherit from both QObject and
+    QDesignerPropertySheetExtension. Then, since we are implementing
+    an interface, we must ensure that it's made known to the meta
+    object system using the Q_INTERFACES() macro:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtdesigner.qdoc 16
+
+    This enables \QD to use qobject_cast() to query for supported
+    interfaces using nothing but a QObject pointer.
+
+    In \QD the extensions are not created until they are
+    required. For that reason, when implementing a property sheet
+    extension, you must also create a QExtensionFactory, i.e a class
+    that is able to make an instance of your extension, and register
+    it using \QD's \l {QExtensionManager}{extension manager}.
+
+    When a property sheet extension is required, \QD's \l
+    {QExtensionManager}{extension manager} will run through all its
+    registered factories calling QExtensionFactory::createExtension()
+    for each until the first one that is able to create a property
+    sheet extension for the selected widget, is found. This factory
+    will then make an instance of the extension. If no such factory
+    can be found, \QD will use the default property sheet.
+
+    There are four available types of extensions in \QD:
+    QDesignerContainerExtension, QDesignerMemberSheetExtension,
+    QDesignerPropertySheetExtension and QDesignerTaskMenuExtension. Qt
+    Designer's behavior is the same whether the requested extension is
+    associated with a multi page container, a member sheet, a property
+    sheet or a task menu.
+
+    The QExtensionFactory class provides a standard extension factory,
+    and can also be used as an interface for custom extension
+    factories. You can either create a new QExtensionFactory and
+    reimplement the QExtensionFactory::createExtension() function. For
+    example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtdesigner.qdoc 17
+
+    Or you can use an existing factory, expanding the
+    QExtensionFactory::createExtension() function to make the factory
+    able to create a property sheet extension extension as well. For
+    example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtdesigner.qdoc 18
+
+    For a complete example using an extension class, see the \l
+    {designer/taskmenuextension}{Task Menu Extension example}. The
+    example shows how to create a custom widget plugin for Qt
+    Designer, and how to to use the QDesignerTaskMenuExtension class
+    to add custom items to \QD's task menu.
+
+    \sa QExtensionFactory, QExtensionManager, {Creating Custom Widget
+    Extensions}
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDesignerPropertySheetExtension::~QDesignerPropertySheetExtension()
+
+    Destroys the property sheet extension.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QDesignerPropertySheetExtension::count() const
+
+    Returns the selected widget's number of properties.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QDesignerPropertySheetExtension::indexOf(const QString &name) const
+
+    Returns the index for a given property \a name.
+
+    \sa propertyName()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QDesignerPropertySheetExtension::propertyName(int index) const
+
+    Returns the name of the property at the given \a index.
+
+    \sa indexOf()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QDesignerPropertySheetExtension::propertyGroup(int index) const
+
+    Returns the property group for the property at the given \a index.
+
+    \QD's property editor supports property groups, i.e. sections of
+    related properties. A property can be related to a group using the
+    setPropertyGroup() function. The default group of any property is
+    the name of the class that defines it. For example, the
+    QObject::objectName property appears within the QObject property
+    group.
+
+    \sa indexOf(), setPropertyGroup()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerPropertySheetExtension::setPropertyGroup(int index, const QString &group)
+
+    Sets the property group for the property at the given \a index to
+    \a group.
+
+    Relating a property to a group makes it appear within that group's
+    section in the property editor. The default property group of any
+    property is the name of the class that defines it. For example,
+    the QObject::objectName property appears within the QObject
+    property group.
+
+    \sa indexOf(), property(), propertyGroup()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QDesignerPropertySheetExtension::hasReset(int index) const
+
+    Returns true if the property at the given \a index has a reset
+    button in \QD's property editor, otherwise false.
+
+    \sa indexOf(), reset()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QDesignerPropertySheetExtension::reset(int index)
+
+    Resets the value of the property at the given \a index, to the
+    default value. Returns true if a default value could be found, otherwise false.
+
+    \sa indexOf(), hasReset(), isChanged()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QDesignerPropertySheetExtension::isVisible(int index) const
+
+    Returns true if the property at the given \a index is visible in
+    \QD's property editor, otherwise false.
+
+    \sa indexOf(), setVisible()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerPropertySheetExtension::setVisible(int index, bool visible)
+
+    If \a visible is true, the property at the given \a index is
+    visible in \QD's property editor; otherwise the property is
+    hidden.
+
+    \sa indexOf(), isVisible()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QDesignerPropertySheetExtension::isAttribute(int index) const
+
+    Returns true if the property at the given \a index is an attribute,
+    which will be \e excluded from the UI file, otherwise false.
+
+    \sa indexOf(), setAttribute()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerPropertySheetExtension::setAttribute(int index, bool attribute)
+
+    If \a attribute is true, the property at the given \a index is
+    made an attribute which will be \e excluded from the UI file;
+    otherwise it will be included.
+
+    \sa indexOf(), isAttribute()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QVariant QDesignerPropertySheetExtension::property(int index) const
+
+    Returns the value of the property at the given \a index.
+
+    \sa indexOf(), setProperty(), propertyGroup()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerPropertySheetExtension::setProperty(int index, const QVariant &value)
+
+    Sets the \a value of the property at the given \a index.
+
+    \warning If you change the value of a property using this
+    function, the undo stack is not updated. To ensure that a
+    property's value can be reverted using the undo stack, you must
+    use the QDesignerFormWindowCursorInterface::setProperty()
+    function, or its buddy \l
+    {QDesignerFormWindowCursorInterface::setWidgetProperty()}{setWidgetProperty()},
+    instead.
+
+    \sa indexOf(), property(), propertyGroup()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QDesignerPropertySheetExtension::isChanged(int index) const
+
+    Returns true if the value of the property at the given \a index
+    differs from the property's default value, otherwise false.
+
+    \sa indexOf(), setChanged(), reset()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QDesignerPropertySheetExtension::setChanged(int index, bool changed)
+
+    Sets whether the property at the given \a index is different from
+    its default value, or not, depending on the \a changed parameter.
+
+    \sa indexOf(), isChanged()
+*/

designer/lib/sdk/script.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "script_p.h"
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+/*!
+    \class QDesignerScriptExtension
+    \brief The QDesignerScriptExtension class allows you to generate a
+    per-widget \l{QtScript} {Qt Script} snippet to be executed while
+    building the form.
+
+    \internal
+    \inmodule QtDesigner
+    \since 4.3
+
+    On saving the form, the extension is queried for a script snippet
+    to be associated with the widget while saving the UI file.
+    This script is then run after creating the widget by \l uic or
+    QUiLoader.
+
+    As opposed to \l QDesignerCustomWidgetInterface::codeTemplate(),
+    it allows for applying an internal state of the widget
+    that can be manipulated using \QD.
+
+    Such a state might for example be the contents of a custom item view widget,
+    for which an editor is provided by the QDesignerTaskMenuExtension.
+
+    While saving the form, the state is serialized as a QVariantMap of
+    \QD-supported properties, which is stored in the UI file. This is
+    handled by data() and setData().
+
+    For item view contents, there might be for example a key that determines
+    the number of items and other keys that contain the actual items following
+    a naming scheme (\c numItems, \c item1, \c item2, ...).
+
+    On saving, script() is invoked, which should return a script snippet that
+    applies the state to the widget while building the form.
+
+    \sa {Creating Custom Widgets for Qt Designer#Using Qt Script to Aid in Building Forms}{Creating Custom Widgets for Qt Designer}, QtScript
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the extension.
+*/
+
+QDesignerScriptExtension::~QDesignerScriptExtension()
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual QString QDesignerScriptExtension::script() const
+
+    Returns a script snippet to be associated with the widget.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual QVariantMap QDesignerScriptExtension::data() const
+
+    Returns a map of variants describing the internal state to be
+    stored in the UI file.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn virtual void QDesignerScriptExtension::setData(const QVariantMap &data)
+
+    Applies the internal state stored in \a data to the widget while loading a form.
+*/
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE

designer/lib/sdk/script_p.h

@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists for the convenience
+// of Qt Designer.  This header
+// file may change from version to version without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+
+#ifndef SCRIPT_H
+#define SCRIPT_H
+
+#include <QtDesigner/sdk_global.h>
+#include <QtDesigner/extension.h>
+#include <QtCore/QVariant>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QString; // FIXME: fool syncqt
+
+class QDESIGNER_SDK_EXPORT QDesignerScriptExtension
+{
+public:
+    virtual ~QDesignerScriptExtension();
+
+    virtual QVariantMap data() const = 0;
+    virtual void setData(const QVariantMap &data) = 0;
+
+    virtual QString script() const = 0;
+
+};
+Q_DECLARE_EXTENSION_INTERFACE(QDesignerScriptExtension, "com.trolltech.Qt.Designer.Script")
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // SCRIPT_H

designer/lib/sdk/sdk.pri

@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+# Input
+
+INCLUDEPATH += $$PWD
+
+HEADERS += $$PWD/abstractformeditor.h \
+    $$PWD/abstractintrospection_p.h \
+    $$PWD/abstractsettings_p.h \
+    $$PWD/abstractformeditorplugin.h \
+    $$PWD/abstractresourcebrowser.h \
+    $$PWD/abstractintegration.h \
+    $$PWD/abstractpropertyeditor.h \
+    $$PWD/abstractformwindow.h \
+    $$PWD/abstractformwindowtool.h \
+    $$PWD/abstractformwindowcursor.h \
+    $$PWD/abstractformwindowmanager.h \
+    $$PWD/abstractwidgetdatabase.h \
+    $$PWD/abstractmetadatabase.h \
+    $$PWD/abstractwidgetfactory.h \
+    $$PWD/abstractobjectinspector.h \
+    $$PWD/abstractactioneditor.h \
+    $$PWD/abstractbrushmanager.h \
+    $$PWD/abstracticoncache.h \
+    $$PWD/abstractlanguage.h \
+    $$PWD/abstractoptionspage_p.h \
+    $$PWD/propertysheet.h \
+    $$PWD/dynamicpropertysheet.h \
+    $$PWD/membersheet.h \
+    $$PWD/taskmenu.h \
+    $$PWD/extrainfo.h \
+    $$PWD/abstractwidgetbox.h \
+    $$PWD/layoutdecoration.h \
+    $$PWD/abstractdnditem.h \
+    $$PWD/abstractpromotioninterface.h \
+    $$PWD/abstractdialoggui_p.h \
+    $$PWD/script_p.h \
+    $$PWD/abstractnewformwidget_p.h
+
+SOURCES += $$PWD/abstractformeditor.cpp \
+    $$PWD/abstractintrospection.cpp \
+    $$PWD/abstractformeditorplugin.cpp \
+    $$PWD/abstractresourcebrowser.cpp \
+    $$PWD/abstractintegration.cpp \
+    $$PWD/abstractpropertyeditor.cpp \
+    $$PWD/abstractformwindow.cpp \
+    $$PWD/abstractformwindowtool.cpp \
+    $$PWD/abstractformwindowcursor.cpp \
+    $$PWD/abstractformwindowmanager.cpp \
+    $$PWD/abstractwidgetdatabase.cpp \
+    $$PWD/abstractmetadatabase.cpp \
+    $$PWD/abstractwidgetfactory.cpp \
+    $$PWD/abstractobjectinspector.cpp \
+    $$PWD/abstractactioneditor.cpp \
+    $$PWD/abstractwidgetbox.cpp \
+    $$PWD/extrainfo.cpp \
+    $$PWD/abstractpromotioninterface.cpp \
+    $$PWD/abstractdialoggui.cpp \
+    $$PWD/script.cpp \
+    $$PWD/abstractnewformwidget.cpp

designer/lib/sdk/sdk_global.h

@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef SDK_GLOBAL_H
+#define SDK_GLOBAL_H
+
+#include <QtCore/qglobal.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+#define QDESIGNER_SDK_EXTERN Q_DECL_EXPORT
+#define QDESIGNER_SDK_IMPORT Q_DECL_IMPORT
+
+#ifdef QT_DESIGNER_STATIC
+#  define QDESIGNER_SDK_EXPORT
+#elif defined(QDESIGNER_SDK_LIBRARY)
+#  define QDESIGNER_SDK_EXPORT QDESIGNER_SDK_EXTERN
+#else
+#  define QDESIGNER_SDK_EXPORT QDESIGNER_SDK_IMPORT
+#endif
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // SDK_GLOBAL_H

designer/lib/sdk/taskmenu.h

@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TASKMENU_H
+#define TASKMENU_H
+
+#include <QtDesigner/extension.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QAction;
+
+class QDesignerTaskMenuExtension
+{
+public:
+    virtual ~QDesignerTaskMenuExtension() {}
+
+    virtual QAction *preferredEditAction() const;
+
+    virtual QList<QAction*> taskActions() const = 0;
+};
+Q_DECLARE_EXTENSION_INTERFACE(QDesignerTaskMenuExtension, "com.trolltech.Qt.Designer.TaskMenu")
+
+
+inline QAction *QDesignerTaskMenuExtension::preferredEditAction() const
+{ return 0; }
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // TASKMENU_H

designer/lib/sdk/taskmenu.qdoc

@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:FDL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in a
+** written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Free Documentation License
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Free
+** Documentation License version 1.3 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file included in the packaging of this
+** file.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class QDesignerTaskMenuExtension
+    \brief The QDesignerTaskMenuExtension class allows you to add custom
+    menu entries to Qt Designer's task menu.
+    \inmodule QtDesigner
+
+    QDesignerTaskMenuExtension provides an interface for creating
+    custom task menu extensions. It is typically used to create task
+    menu entries that are specific to a plugin in \QD.
+
+    \QD uses the QDesignerTaskMenuExtension to feed its task
+    menu. Whenever a task menu is requested, \QD will query
+    for the selected widget's task menu extension.
+
+    \image taskmenuextension-example-faded.png
+
+    A task menu extension is a collection of QActions. The actions
+    appear as entries in the task menu when the plugin with the
+    specified extension is selected. The image above shows the custom
+    \gui {Edit State...} action which appears in addition to \QD's
+    default task menu entries: \gui Cut, \gui Copy, \gui Paste etc.
+
+    To create a custom task menu extension, your extension class must
+    inherit from both QObject and QDesignerTaskMenuExtension. For
+    example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtdesigner.qdoc 9
+
+    Since we are implementing an interface, we must ensure that it
+    is made known to the meta-object system using the Q_INTERFACES()
+    macro. This enables \QD to use the qobject_cast() function to
+    query for supported interfaces using nothing but a QObject
+    pointer.
+
+    You must reimplement the taskActions() function to return a list
+    of actions that will be included in \QD task menu. Optionally, you
+    can reimplement the preferredEditAction() function to set the
+    action that is invoked when selecting your plugin and pressing
+    \key F2. The preferred edit action must be one of the actions
+    returned by taskActions() and, if it's not defined, pressing the
+    \key F2 key will simply be ignored.
+
+    In \QD, extensions are not created until they are required. A
+    task menu extension, for example, is created when you click the
+    right mouse button over a widget in \QD's workspace. For that
+    reason you must also construct an extension factory, using either
+    QExtensionFactory or a subclass, and register it using \QD's
+    \l {QExtensionManager}{extension manager}.
+
+    When a task menu extension is required, \QD's \l
+    {QExtensionManager}{extension manager} will run through all its
+    registered factories calling QExtensionFactory::createExtension()
+    for each until it finds one that is able to create a task menu
+    extension for the selected widget. This factory will then make an
+    instance of the extension.
+
+    There are four available types of extensions in \QD:
+    QDesignerContainerExtension, QDesignerMemberSheetExtension,
+    QDesignerPropertySheetExtension, and QDesignerTaskMenuExtension.
+    \QD's behavior is the same whether the requested extension is
+    associated with a container, a member sheet, a property sheet or a
+    task menu.
+
+    The QExtensionFactory class provides a standard extension factory,
+    and can also be used as an interface for custom extension
+    factories. You can either create a new QExtensionFactory and
+    reimplement the QExtensionFactory::createExtension() function. For
+    example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtdesigner.qdoc 10
+
+    Or you can use an existing factory, expanding the
+    QExtensionFactory::createExtension() function to make the factory
+    able to create a task menu extension as well. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qtdesigner.qdoc 11
+
+    For a complete example using the QDesignerTaskMenuExtension class,
+    see the \l {designer/taskmenuextension}{Task Menu Extension
+    example}. The example shows how to create a custom widget plugin
+    for \QD, and how to to use the QDesignerTaskMenuExtension
+    class to add custom items to \QD's task menu.
+
+    \sa QExtensionFactory, QExtensionManager, {Creating Custom Widget
+    Extensions}
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDesignerTaskMenuExtension::~QDesignerTaskMenuExtension()
+
+    Destroys the task menu extension.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QAction *QDesignerTaskMenuExtension::preferredEditAction() const
+
+    Returns the action that is invoked when selecting a plugin with
+    the specified extension and pressing \key F2.
+
+    The action must be one of the actions returned by taskActions().
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QList<QAction*> QDesignerTaskMenuExtension::taskActions() const
+
+    Returns the task menu extension as a list of actions which will be
+    included in \QD's task menu when a plugin with the specified
+    extension is selected.
+
+    The function must be reimplemented to add actions to the list.
+*/

designer/lib/shared/actioneditor.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,824 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "actioneditor_p.h"
+#include "filterwidget_p.h"
+#include "actionrepository_p.h"
+#include "iconloader_p.h"
+#include "newactiondialog_p.h"
+#include "qdesigner_menu_p.h"
+#include "qdesigner_command_p.h"
+#include "qdesigner_propertycommand_p.h"
+#include "qdesigner_objectinspector_p.h"
+#include "qdesigner_utils_p.h"
+#include "qsimpleresource_p.h"
+#include "formwindowbase_p.h"
+#include "qdesigner_taskmenu_p.h"
+
+#include <QtDesigner/QDesignerFormEditorInterface>
+#include <QtDesigner/QDesignerPropertyEditorInterface>
+#include <QtDesigner/QDesignerPropertySheetExtension>
+#include <QtDesigner/QExtensionManager>
+#include <QtDesigner/QDesignerMetaDataBaseInterface>
+#include <QtDesigner/QDesignerIconCacheInterface>
+#include <QtDesigner/private/abstractsettings_p.h>
+
+#include <QtGui/QMenu>
+#include <QtGui/QToolBar>
+#include <QtGui/QSplitter>
+#include <QtGui/QAction>
+#include <QtGui/QApplication>
+#include <QtGui/QClipboard>
+#include <QtGui/QItemDelegate>
+#include <QtGui/QPainter>
+#include <QtGui/QVBoxLayout>
+#include <QtGui/QLineEdit>
+#include <QtGui/QLabel>
+#include <QtGui/QPushButton>
+#include <QtGui/QToolButton>
+#include <QtGui/QContextMenuEvent>
+#include <QtGui/QItemSelection>
+
+#include <QtCore/QRegExp>
+#include <QtCore/QDebug>
+#include <QtCore/QSignalMapper>
+#include <QtCore/QBuffer>
+
+Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QAction*)
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+static const char *actionEditorViewModeKey = "ActionEditorViewMode";
+
+static const char *iconPropertyC = "icon";
+static const char *shortcutPropertyC = "shortcut";
+static const char *toolTipPropertyC = "toolTip";
+static const char *checkablePropertyC = "checkable";
+static const char *objectNamePropertyC = "objectName";
+static const char *textPropertyC = "text";
+
+namespace qdesigner_internal {
+//--------  ActionGroupDelegate
+class ActionGroupDelegate: public QItemDelegate
+{
+public:
+    ActionGroupDelegate(QObject *parent)
+        : QItemDelegate(parent) {}
+
+    virtual void paint(QPainter *painter, const QStyleOptionViewItem &option, const QModelIndex &index) const
+    {
+        if (option.state & QStyle::State_Selected)
+            painter->fillRect(option.rect, option.palette.highlight());
+
+        QItemDelegate::paint(painter, option, index);
+    }
+
+    virtual void drawFocus(QPainter * /*painter*/, const QStyleOptionViewItem &/*option*/, const QRect &/*rect*/) const {}
+};
+
+//--------  ActionEditor
+ActionEditor::ActionEditor(QDesignerFormEditorInterface *core, QWidget *parent, Qt::WindowFlags flags) :
+    QDesignerActionEditorInterface(parent, flags),
+    m_core(core),
+    m_actionGroups(0),
+    m_actionView(new ActionView),
+    m_actionNew(new QAction(tr("New..."), this)),
+    m_actionEdit(new QAction(tr("Edit..."), this)),
+    m_actionNavigateToSlot(new QAction(tr("Go to slot..."), this)),
+    m_actionCopy(new QAction(tr("Copy"), this)),
+    m_actionCut(new QAction(tr("Cut"), this)),
+    m_actionPaste(new QAction(tr("Paste"), this)),
+    m_actionSelectAll(new QAction(tr("Select all"), this)),
+    m_actionDelete(new QAction(tr("Delete"), this)),
+    m_viewModeGroup(new  QActionGroup(this)),
+    m_iconViewAction(0),
+    m_listViewAction(0),
+    m_filterWidget(0),
+    m_selectAssociatedWidgetsMapper(0)
+{
+    m_actionView->initialize(m_core);
+    m_actionView->setSelectionMode(QAbstractItemView::ExtendedSelection);
+    setWindowTitle(tr("Actions"));
+
+    QVBoxLayout *l = new QVBoxLayout(this);
+    l->setMargin(0);
+    l->setSpacing(0);
+
+    QToolBar *toolbar = new QToolBar;
+    toolbar->setIconSize(QSize(22, 22));
+    toolbar->setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy::Expanding, QSizePolicy::Minimum);
+    l->addWidget(toolbar);
+    // edit actions
+    QIcon documentNewIcon = QIcon::fromTheme("document-new", createIconSet(QLatin1String("filenew.png")));
+    m_actionNew->setIcon(documentNewIcon);
+    m_actionNew->setEnabled(false);
+    connect(m_actionNew, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(slotNewAction()));
+    toolbar->addAction(m_actionNew);
+
+    connect(m_actionSelectAll, SIGNAL(triggered()), m_actionView, SLOT(selectAll()));
+
+    m_actionCut->setEnabled(false);
+    connect(m_actionCut, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(slotCut()));
+    QIcon editCutIcon = QIcon::fromTheme("edit-cut", createIconSet(QLatin1String("editcut.png")));
+    m_actionCut->setIcon(editCutIcon);
+
+    m_actionCopy->setEnabled(false);
+    connect(m_actionCopy, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(slotCopy()));
+    QIcon editCopyIcon = QIcon::fromTheme("edit-copy", createIconSet(QLatin1String("editcopy.png")));
+    m_actionCopy->setIcon(editCopyIcon);
+    toolbar->addAction(m_actionCopy);
+
+    connect(m_actionPaste, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(slotPaste()));
+    QIcon editPasteIcon = QIcon::fromTheme("edit-paste", createIconSet(QLatin1String("editpaste.png")));
+    m_actionPaste->setIcon(editPasteIcon);
+    toolbar->addAction(m_actionPaste);
+
+    m_actionEdit->setEnabled(false);
+    connect(m_actionEdit, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(editCurrentAction()));
+
+    connect(m_actionNavigateToSlot, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(navigateToSlotCurrentAction()));
+
+    QIcon editDeleteIcon = QIcon::fromTheme("edit-delete", createIconSet(QLatin1String("editdelete.png")));
+    m_actionDelete->setIcon(editDeleteIcon);
+    m_actionDelete->setEnabled(false);
+    connect(m_actionDelete, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(slotDelete()));
+    toolbar->addAction(m_actionDelete);
+
+    // Toolbutton with menu containing action group for detailed/icon view. Steal the icons from the file dialog.
+    //
+    QMenu *configureMenu;
+    toolbar->addWidget(createConfigureMenuButton(tr("Configure Action Editor"), &configureMenu));
+
+    connect(m_viewModeGroup, SIGNAL(triggered(QAction*)), this, SLOT(slotViewMode(QAction*)));
+    m_iconViewAction = m_viewModeGroup->addAction(tr("Icon View"));
+    m_iconViewAction->setData(QVariant(ActionView::IconView));
+    m_iconViewAction->setCheckable(true);
+    m_iconViewAction->setIcon(style()->standardIcon (QStyle::SP_FileDialogListView));
+    configureMenu->addAction(m_iconViewAction);
+
+    m_listViewAction = m_viewModeGroup->addAction(tr("Detailed View"));
+    m_listViewAction->setData(QVariant(ActionView::DetailedView));
+    m_listViewAction->setCheckable(true);
+    m_listViewAction->setIcon(style()->standardIcon (QStyle::SP_FileDialogDetailedView));
+    configureMenu->addAction(m_listViewAction);
+    // filter
+    m_filterWidget = new FilterWidget(toolbar);
+    connect(m_filterWidget, SIGNAL(filterChanged(QString)), this, SLOT(setFilter(QString)));
+    m_filterWidget->setEnabled(false);
+    toolbar->addWidget(m_filterWidget);
+
+    // main layout
+    QSplitter *splitter = new QSplitter(Qt::Horizontal);
+    splitter->setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy::Expanding, QSizePolicy::Expanding);
+
+    splitter->addWidget(m_actionView);
+    l->addWidget(splitter);
+
+#if 0 // ### implement me
+    m_actionGroups = new QListWidget(splitter);
+    splitter->addWidget(m_actionGroups);
+    m_actionGroups->setItemDelegate(new ActionGroupDelegate(m_actionGroups));
+    m_actionGroups->setMovement(QListWidget::Static);
+    m_actionGroups->setResizeMode(QListWidget::Fixed);
+    m_actionGroups->setIconSize(QSize(48, 48));
+    m_actionGroups->setFlow(QListWidget::TopToBottom);
+    m_actionGroups->setViewMode(QListWidget::IconMode);
+    m_actionGroups->setWrapping(false);
+#endif
+
+    connect(m_actionView, SIGNAL(resourceImageDropped(QString,QAction*)),
+            this, SLOT(resourceImageDropped(QString,QAction*)));
+
+    connect(m_actionView, SIGNAL(currentChanged(QAction*)),this, SLOT(slotCurrentItemChanged(QAction*)));
+    // make it possible for vs integration to reimplement edit action dialog
+    connect(m_actionView, SIGNAL(activated(QAction*)), this, SIGNAL(itemActivated(QAction*)));
+
+    connect(m_actionView,SIGNAL(selectionChanged(QItemSelection,QItemSelection)),
+            this, SLOT(slotSelectionChanged(QItemSelection,QItemSelection)));
+
+    connect(m_actionView, SIGNAL(contextMenuRequested(QContextMenuEvent*,QAction*)),
+            this, SLOT(slotContextMenuRequested(QContextMenuEvent*,QAction*)));
+
+    connect(this, SIGNAL(itemActivated(QAction*)), this, SLOT(editAction(QAction*)));
+
+    restoreSettings();
+    updateViewModeActions();
+}
+
+// Utility to create a configure button with menu for usage on toolbars
+QToolButton *ActionEditor::createConfigureMenuButton(const QString &t, QMenu **ptrToMenu)
+{
+    QToolButton *configureButton = new QToolButton;
+    QAction *configureAction = new QAction(t, configureButton);
+    QIcon configureIcon = QIcon::fromTheme("document-properties", createIconSet(QLatin1String("configure.png")));
+    configureAction->setIcon(configureIcon);
+    QMenu *configureMenu = new QMenu;
+    configureAction->setMenu(configureMenu);
+    configureButton->setDefaultAction(configureAction);
+    configureButton->setPopupMode(QToolButton::InstantPopup);
+    *ptrToMenu = configureMenu;
+    return configureButton;
+}
+
+ActionEditor::~ActionEditor()
+{
+    saveSettings();
+}
+
+QAction *ActionEditor::actionNew() const
+{
+    return m_actionNew;
+}
+
+QAction *ActionEditor::actionDelete() const
+{
+    return m_actionDelete;
+}
+
+QDesignerFormWindowInterface *ActionEditor::formWindow() const
+{
+    return m_formWindow;
+}
+
+void ActionEditor::setFormWindow(QDesignerFormWindowInterface *formWindow)
+{
+    if (formWindow != 0 && formWindow->mainContainer() == 0)
+        formWindow = 0;
+
+    // we do NOT rely on this function to update the action editor
+    if (m_formWindow == formWindow)
+        return;
+
+    if (m_formWindow != 0) {
+        const ActionList actionList = qFindChildren<QAction*>(m_formWindow->mainContainer());
+        foreach (QAction *action, actionList)
+            disconnect(action, SIGNAL(changed()), this, SLOT(slotActionChanged()));
+    }
+
+    m_formWindow = formWindow;
+
+    m_actionView->model()->clearActions();
+
+    m_actionEdit->setEnabled(false);
+    m_actionCopy->setEnabled(false);
+    m_actionCut->setEnabled(false);
+    m_actionDelete->setEnabled(false);
+
+    if (!formWindow || !formWindow->mainContainer()) {
+        m_actionNew->setEnabled(false);
+        m_filterWidget->setEnabled(false);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    m_actionNew->setEnabled(true);
+    m_filterWidget->setEnabled(true);
+
+    const ActionList actionList = qFindChildren<QAction*>(formWindow->mainContainer());
+    foreach (QAction *action, actionList)
+        if (!action->isSeparator() && core()->metaDataBase()->item(action) != 0) {
+            // Show unless it has a menu. However, listen for change on menu actions also as it might be removed
+            if (!action->menu())
+                m_actionView->model()->addAction(action);
+            connect(action, SIGNAL(changed()), this, SLOT(slotActionChanged()));
+        }
+
+    setFilter(m_filter);
+}
+
+void  ActionEditor::slotSelectionChanged(const QItemSelection& selected, const QItemSelection& /*deselected*/)
+{
+    const bool hasSelection = !selected.indexes().empty();
+    m_actionCopy->setEnabled(hasSelection);
+    m_actionCut->setEnabled(hasSelection);
+    m_actionDelete->setEnabled(hasSelection);
+}
+
+void ActionEditor::slotCurrentItemChanged(QAction *action)
+{
+    QDesignerFormWindowInterface *fw = formWindow();
+    if (!fw)
+        return;
+
+    const bool hasCurrentAction = action != 0;
+    m_actionEdit->setEnabled(hasCurrentAction);
+
+    if (!action) {
+        fw->clearSelection();
+        return;
+    }
+
+    QDesignerObjectInspector *oi = qobject_cast<QDesignerObjectInspector *>(core()->objectInspector());
+
+    if (action->associatedWidgets().empty()) {
+        // Special case: action not in object tree. Deselect all and set in property editor
+        fw->clearSelection(false);
+        if (oi)
+            oi->clearSelection();
+        core()->propertyEditor()->setObject(action);
+    } else {
+        if (oi)
+            oi->selectObject(action);
+    }
+}
+
+void ActionEditor::slotActionChanged()
+{
+    QAction *action = qobject_cast<QAction*>(sender());
+    Q_ASSERT(action != 0);
+
+    ActionModel *model = m_actionView->model();
+    const int row = model->findAction(action);
+    if (row == -1) {
+        if (action->menu() == 0) // action got its menu deleted, create item
+            model->addAction(action);
+    } else if (action->menu() != 0) { // action got its menu created, remove item
+        model->removeRow(row);
+    } else {
+        // action text or icon changed, update item
+        model->update(row);
+    }
+}
+
+QDesignerFormEditorInterface *ActionEditor::core() const
+{
+    return m_core;
+}
+
+QString ActionEditor::filter() const
+{
+    return m_filter;
+}
+
+void ActionEditor::setFilter(const QString &f)
+{
+    m_filter = f;
+    m_actionView->filter(m_filter);
+}
+
+// Set changed state of icon property,  reset when icon is cleared
+static void refreshIconPropertyChanged(const QAction *action, QDesignerPropertySheetExtension *sheet)
+{
+    sheet->setChanged(sheet->indexOf(QLatin1String(iconPropertyC)), !action->icon().isNull());
+}
+
+void ActionEditor::manageAction(QAction *action)
+{
+    action->setParent(formWindow()->mainContainer());
+    core()->metaDataBase()->add(action);
+
+    if (action->isSeparator() || action->menu() != 0)
+        return;
+
+    QDesignerPropertySheetExtension *sheet = qt_extension<QDesignerPropertySheetExtension*>(core()->extensionManager(), action);
+    sheet->setChanged(sheet->indexOf(QLatin1String(objectNamePropertyC)), true);
+    sheet->setChanged(sheet->indexOf(QLatin1String(textPropertyC)), true);
+    refreshIconPropertyChanged(action, sheet);
+
+    m_actionView->setCurrentIndex(m_actionView->model()->addAction(action));
+    connect(action, SIGNAL(changed()), this, SLOT(slotActionChanged()));
+}
+
+void ActionEditor::unmanageAction(QAction *action)
+{
+    core()->metaDataBase()->remove(action);
+    action->setParent(0);
+
+    disconnect(action, SIGNAL(changed()), this, SLOT(slotActionChanged()));
+
+    const int row = m_actionView->model()->findAction(action);
+    if (row != -1)
+        m_actionView->model()->remove(row);
+}
+
+// Set an initial property and mark it as changed in the sheet
+static void setInitialProperty(QDesignerPropertySheetExtension *sheet, const QString &name, const QVariant &value)
+{
+    const int index = sheet->indexOf(name);
+    Q_ASSERT(index != -1);
+    sheet->setProperty(index, value);
+    sheet->setChanged(index, true);
+}
+
+void ActionEditor::slotNewAction()
+{
+    NewActionDialog dlg(this);
+    dlg.setWindowTitle(tr("New action"));
+
+    if (dlg.exec() == QDialog::Accepted) {
+        const ActionData actionData = dlg.actionData();
+        m_actionView->clearSelection();
+
+        QAction *action = new QAction(formWindow());
+        action->setObjectName(actionData.name);
+        formWindow()->ensureUniqueObjectName(action);
+        action->setText(actionData.text);
+
+        QDesignerPropertySheetExtension *sheet = qt_extension<QDesignerPropertySheetExtension*>(core()->extensionManager(), action);
+        if (!actionData.toolTip.isEmpty())
+            setInitialProperty(sheet, QLatin1String(toolTipPropertyC), actionData.toolTip);
+
+        if (actionData.checkable)
+            setInitialProperty(sheet, QLatin1String(checkablePropertyC), QVariant(true));
+
+        if (!actionData.keysequence.value().isEmpty())
+            setInitialProperty(sheet, QLatin1String(shortcutPropertyC), qVariantFromValue(actionData.keysequence));
+
+        sheet->setProperty(sheet->indexOf(QLatin1String(iconPropertyC)), qVariantFromValue(actionData.icon));
+
+        AddActionCommand *cmd = new AddActionCommand(formWindow());
+        cmd->init(action);
+        formWindow()->commandHistory()->push(cmd);
+    }
+}
+
+static inline bool isSameIcon(const QIcon &i1, const QIcon &i2)
+{
+    return i1.serialNumber() == i2.serialNumber();
+}
+
+// return a FormWindow command to apply an icon or a reset command in case it
+//  is empty.
+
+static QDesignerFormWindowCommand *setIconPropertyCommand(const PropertySheetIconValue &newIcon, QAction *action, QDesignerFormWindowInterface *fw)
+{
+    const QString iconProperty = QLatin1String(iconPropertyC);
+    if (newIcon.paths().isEmpty()) {
+        ResetPropertyCommand *cmd = new ResetPropertyCommand(fw);
+        cmd->init(action, iconProperty);
+        return cmd;
+    }
+    SetPropertyCommand *cmd = new SetPropertyCommand(fw);
+    cmd->init(action, iconProperty, qVariantFromValue(newIcon));
+    return cmd;
+}
+
+// return a FormWindow command to apply a QKeySequence or a reset command
+// in case it is empty.
+
+static QDesignerFormWindowCommand *setKeySequencePropertyCommand(const PropertySheetKeySequenceValue &ks, QAction *action, QDesignerFormWindowInterface *fw)
+{
+    const QString shortcutProperty = QLatin1String(shortcutPropertyC);
+    if (ks.value().isEmpty()) {
+        ResetPropertyCommand *cmd = new ResetPropertyCommand(fw);
+        cmd->init(action, shortcutProperty);
+        return cmd;
+    }
+    SetPropertyCommand *cmd = new SetPropertyCommand(fw);
+    cmd->init(action, shortcutProperty, qVariantFromValue(ks));
+    return cmd;
+}
+
+// return a FormWindow command to apply a POD value or reset command in case
+// it is equal to the default value.
+
+template <class T>
+QDesignerFormWindowCommand *setPropertyCommand(const QString &name, T value, T defaultValue,
+                                               QObject *o, QDesignerFormWindowInterface *fw)
+{
+    if (value == defaultValue) {
+        ResetPropertyCommand *cmd = new ResetPropertyCommand(fw);
+        cmd->init(o, name);
+        return cmd;
+    }
+    SetPropertyCommand *cmd = new SetPropertyCommand(fw);
+    cmd->init(o, name, QVariant(value));
+    return cmd;
+}
+
+// Return the text value of a string property via PropertySheetStringValue
+static inline QString textPropertyValue(const QDesignerPropertySheetExtension *sheet, const QString &name)
+{
+    const int index = sheet->indexOf(name);
+    Q_ASSERT(index != -1);
+    const PropertySheetStringValue ps = qVariantValue<PropertySheetStringValue>(sheet->property(index));
+    return ps.value();
+}
+
+void ActionEditor::editAction(QAction *action)
+{
+    if (!action)
+        return;
+
+    NewActionDialog dlg(this);
+    dlg.setWindowTitle(tr("Edit action"));
+
+    ActionData oldActionData;
+    QDesignerPropertySheetExtension *sheet = qt_extension<QDesignerPropertySheetExtension*>(core()->extensionManager(), action);
+    oldActionData.name = action->objectName();
+    oldActionData.text = action->text();
+    oldActionData.toolTip = textPropertyValue(sheet, QLatin1String(toolTipPropertyC));
+    oldActionData.icon = qVariantValue<PropertySheetIconValue>(sheet->property(sheet->indexOf(QLatin1String(iconPropertyC))));
+    oldActionData.keysequence = ActionModel::actionShortCut(sheet);
+    oldActionData.checkable =  action->isCheckable();
+    dlg.setActionData(oldActionData);
+
+    if (!dlg.exec())
+        return;
+
+    // figure out changes and whether to start a macro
+    const ActionData newActionData = dlg.actionData();
+    const unsigned changeMask = newActionData.compare(oldActionData);
+    if (changeMask == 0u)
+        return;
+
+    const bool severalChanges = (changeMask != ActionData::TextChanged)      && (changeMask != ActionData::NameChanged)
+                             && (changeMask != ActionData::ToolTipChanged)   && (changeMask != ActionData::IconChanged)
+                             && (changeMask != ActionData::CheckableChanged) && (changeMask != ActionData::KeysequenceChanged);
+
+    QDesignerFormWindowInterface *fw = formWindow();
+    QUndoStack *undoStack = fw->commandHistory();
+    if (severalChanges)
+        fw->beginCommand(QLatin1String("Edit action"));
+
+    if (changeMask & ActionData::NameChanged)
+        undoStack->push(createTextPropertyCommand(QLatin1String(objectNamePropertyC), newActionData.name, action, fw));
+
+    if (changeMask & ActionData::TextChanged)
+        undoStack->push(createTextPropertyCommand(QLatin1String(textPropertyC), newActionData.text, action, fw));
+
+    if (changeMask & ActionData::ToolTipChanged)
+        undoStack->push(createTextPropertyCommand(QLatin1String(toolTipPropertyC), newActionData.toolTip, action, fw));
+
+    if (changeMask & ActionData::IconChanged)
+        undoStack->push(setIconPropertyCommand(newActionData.icon, action, fw));
+
+    if (changeMask & ActionData::CheckableChanged)
+        undoStack->push(setPropertyCommand(QLatin1String(checkablePropertyC), newActionData.checkable, false, action, fw));
+
+    if (changeMask & ActionData::KeysequenceChanged)
+        undoStack->push(setKeySequencePropertyCommand(newActionData.keysequence, action, fw));
+
+    if (severalChanges)
+        fw->endCommand();
+}
+
+void ActionEditor::editCurrentAction()
+{
+    if (QAction *a = m_actionView->currentAction())
+        editAction(a);
+}
+
+void ActionEditor::navigateToSlotCurrentAction()
+{
+    if (QAction *a = m_actionView->currentAction())
+        QDesignerTaskMenu::navigateToSlot(m_core, a, QLatin1String("triggered()"));
+}
+
+void ActionEditor::deleteActions(QDesignerFormWindowInterface *fw, const ActionList &actions)
+{
+    // We need a macro even in the case of single action because the commands might cause the
+    // scheduling of other commands (signal slots connections)
+    const QString description = actions.size() == 1 ?
+        tr("Remove action '%1'").arg(actions.front()->objectName()) : tr("Remove actions");
+    fw->beginCommand(description);
+    foreach(QAction *action, actions) {
+        RemoveActionCommand *cmd = new RemoveActionCommand(fw);
+        cmd->init(action);
+        fw->commandHistory()->push(cmd);
+    }
+    fw->endCommand();
+}
+
+void ActionEditor::copyActions(QDesignerFormWindowInterface *fwi, const ActionList &actions)
+{
+    FormWindowBase *fw = qobject_cast<FormWindowBase *>(fwi);
+    if (!fw )
+        return;
+
+    FormBuilderClipboard clipboard;
+    clipboard.m_actions = actions;
+
+    if (clipboard.empty())
+        return;
+
+    QEditorFormBuilder *formBuilder = fw->createFormBuilder();
+    Q_ASSERT(formBuilder);
+
+    QBuffer buffer;
+    if (buffer.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly))
+        if (formBuilder->copy(&buffer, clipboard))
+            qApp->clipboard()->setText(QString::fromUtf8(buffer.buffer()), QClipboard::Clipboard);
+    delete formBuilder;
+}
+
+void ActionEditor::slotDelete()
+{
+    QDesignerFormWindowInterface *fw =  formWindow();
+    if (!fw)
+        return;
+
+    const ActionView::ActionList selection = m_actionView->selectedActions();
+    if (selection.empty())
+        return;
+
+    deleteActions(fw,  selection);
+}
+
+QString ActionEditor::actionTextToName(const QString &text, const QString &prefix)
+{
+    QString name = text;
+    if (name.isEmpty())
+        return QString();
+
+    name[0] = name.at(0).toUpper();
+    name.prepend(prefix);
+    const QString underscore = QString(QLatin1Char('_'));
+    name.replace(QRegExp(QString(QLatin1String("[^a-zA-Z_0-9]"))), underscore);
+    name.replace(QRegExp(QLatin1String("__*")), underscore);
+    if (name.endsWith(underscore.at(0)))
+        name.truncate(name.size() - 1);
+
+    return name;
+}
+
+void  ActionEditor::resourceImageDropped(const QString &path, QAction *action)
+{
+    QDesignerFormWindowInterface *fw =  formWindow();
+    if (!fw)
+        return;
+
+    QDesignerPropertySheetExtension *sheet = qt_extension<QDesignerPropertySheetExtension*>(core()->extensionManager(), action);
+    const PropertySheetIconValue oldIcon =
+            qVariantValue<PropertySheetIconValue>(sheet->property(sheet->indexOf(QLatin1String(iconPropertyC))));
+    PropertySheetIconValue newIcon;
+    newIcon.setPixmap(QIcon::Normal, QIcon::Off, PropertySheetPixmapValue(path));
+    if (newIcon.paths().isEmpty() || newIcon.paths() == oldIcon.paths())
+        return;
+
+    fw->commandHistory()->push(setIconPropertyCommand(newIcon , action, fw));
+}
+
+void ActionEditor::mainContainerChanged()
+{
+    // Invalidate references to objects kept in model
+    if (sender() == formWindow())
+        setFormWindow(0);
+}
+
+void ActionEditor::slotViewMode(QAction *a)
+{
+    m_actionView->setViewMode(a->data().toInt());
+    updateViewModeActions();
+}
+
+void ActionEditor::slotSelectAssociatedWidget(QWidget *w)
+{
+    QDesignerFormWindowInterface *fw = formWindow();
+    if (!fw )
+        return;
+
+    QDesignerObjectInspector *oi = qobject_cast<QDesignerObjectInspector *>(core()->objectInspector());
+    if (!oi)
+        return;
+
+    fw->clearSelection(); // Actually, there are no widgets selected due to focus in event handling. Just to be sure.
+    oi->selectObject(w);
+}
+
+void ActionEditor::restoreSettings()
+{
+    QDesignerSettingsInterface *settings = m_core->settingsManager();
+    m_actionView->setViewMode(settings->value(QLatin1String(actionEditorViewModeKey), 0).toInt());
+    updateViewModeActions();
+}
+
+void ActionEditor::saveSettings()
+{
+    QDesignerSettingsInterface *settings = m_core->settingsManager();
+    settings->setValue(QLatin1String(actionEditorViewModeKey), m_actionView->viewMode());
+}
+
+void ActionEditor::updateViewModeActions()
+{
+    switch (m_actionView->viewMode()) {
+    case ActionView::IconView:
+        m_iconViewAction->setChecked(true);
+        break;
+    case ActionView::DetailedView:
+        m_listViewAction->setChecked(true);
+        break;
+    }
+}
+
+void ActionEditor::slotCopy()
+{
+    QDesignerFormWindowInterface *fw = formWindow();
+    if (!fw )
+        return;
+
+    const ActionView::ActionList selection = m_actionView->selectedActions();
+    if (selection.empty())
+        return;
+
+    copyActions(fw, selection);
+}
+
+void ActionEditor::slotCut()
+{
+    QDesignerFormWindowInterface *fw = formWindow();
+    if (!fw )
+        return;
+
+    const ActionView::ActionList selection = m_actionView->selectedActions();
+    if (selection.empty())
+        return;
+
+    copyActions(fw, selection);
+    deleteActions(fw, selection);
+}
+
+void ActionEditor::slotPaste()
+{
+    FormWindowBase *fw = qobject_cast<FormWindowBase *>(formWindow());
+    if (!fw)
+        return;
+    m_actionView->clearSelection();
+    fw->paste(FormWindowBase::PasteActionsOnly);
+}
+
+void ActionEditor::slotContextMenuRequested(QContextMenuEvent *e, QAction *item)
+{
+    // set up signal mapper
+    if (!m_selectAssociatedWidgetsMapper) {
+        m_selectAssociatedWidgetsMapper = new QSignalMapper(this);
+        connect(m_selectAssociatedWidgetsMapper, SIGNAL(mapped(QWidget*)), this, SLOT(slotSelectAssociatedWidget(QWidget*)));
+    }
+
+    QMenu menu(this);
+    menu.addAction(m_actionNew);
+    menu.addSeparator();
+    menu.addAction(m_actionEdit);
+    if (QDesignerTaskMenu::isSlotNavigationEnabled(m_core))
+        menu.addAction(m_actionNavigateToSlot);
+
+    // Associated Widgets
+    if (QAction *action = m_actionView->currentAction()) {
+        const QWidgetList associatedWidgets = ActionModel::associatedWidgets(action);
+        if (!associatedWidgets.empty()) {
+            QMenu *associatedWidgetsSubMenu =  menu.addMenu(tr("Used In"));
+            foreach (QWidget *w, associatedWidgets) {
+                QAction *action = associatedWidgetsSubMenu->addAction(w->objectName());
+                m_selectAssociatedWidgetsMapper->setMapping(action, w);
+                connect(action, SIGNAL(triggered()), m_selectAssociatedWidgetsMapper, SLOT(map()));
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    menu.addSeparator();
+    menu.addAction(m_actionCut);
+    menu.addAction(m_actionCopy);
+    menu.addAction(m_actionPaste);
+    menu.addAction(m_actionSelectAll);
+    menu.addAction(m_actionDelete);
+    menu.addSeparator();
+    menu.addAction(m_iconViewAction);
+    menu.addAction(m_listViewAction);
+
+    emit contextMenuRequested(&menu, item);
+
+    menu.exec(e->globalPos());
+    e->accept();
+}
+
+} // namespace qdesigner_internal
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+

designer/lib/shared/actioneditor_p.h

@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists for the convenience
+// of Qt Designer.  This header
+// file may change from version to version without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+
+#ifndef ACTIONEDITOR_H
+#define ACTIONEDITOR_H
+
+#include "shared_global_p.h"
+#include <QtDesigner/QDesignerActionEditorInterface>
+
+#include <QtCore/QPointer>
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QDesignerPropertyEditorInterface;
+class QDesignerSettingsInterface;
+class QMenu;
+class QActionGroup;
+class QSignalMapper;
+class QItemSelection;
+class QListWidget;
+class QPushButton;
+class QLineEdit;
+class QToolButton;
+
+namespace qdesigner_internal {
+
+class ActionView;
+class ResourceMimeData;
+
+class QDESIGNER_SHARED_EXPORT ActionEditor: public QDesignerActionEditorInterface
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    explicit ActionEditor(QDesignerFormEditorInterface *core, QWidget *parent = 0, Qt::WindowFlags flags = 0);
+    virtual ~ActionEditor();
+
+    QDesignerFormWindowInterface *formWindow() const;
+    virtual void setFormWindow(QDesignerFormWindowInterface *formWindow);
+
+    virtual QDesignerFormEditorInterface *core() const;
+
+    QAction *actionNew() const;
+    QAction *actionDelete() const;
+
+    QString filter() const;
+
+    virtual void manageAction(QAction *action);
+    virtual void unmanageAction(QAction *action);
+
+    static QString actionTextToName(const QString &text, const QString &prefix = QLatin1String("action"));
+
+    // Utility to create a configure button with menu for usage on toolbars
+    static QToolButton *createConfigureMenuButton(const QString &t, QMenu **ptrToMenu);
+
+public slots:
+    void setFilter(const QString &filter);
+    void mainContainerChanged();
+
+private slots:
+    void slotCurrentItemChanged(QAction *item);
+    void slotSelectionChanged(const QItemSelection& selected, const QItemSelection& deselected);
+    void editAction(QAction *item);
+    void editCurrentAction();
+    void navigateToSlotCurrentAction();
+    void slotActionChanged();
+    void slotNewAction();
+    void slotDelete();
+    void resourceImageDropped(const QString &path, QAction *action);
+    void slotContextMenuRequested(QContextMenuEvent *, QAction *);
+    void slotViewMode(QAction *a);
+    void slotSelectAssociatedWidget(QWidget *w);
+    void slotCopy();
+    void slotCut();
+    void slotPaste();
+
+signals:
+    void itemActivated(QAction *item);
+    // Context menu for item or global menu if item == 0.
+    void contextMenuRequested(QMenu *menu, QAction *item);
+
+private:
+    typedef QList<QAction *> ActionList;
+    void deleteActions(QDesignerFormWindowInterface *formWindow, const ActionList &);
+    void copyActions(QDesignerFormWindowInterface *formWindow, const ActionList &);
+
+    void restoreSettings();
+    void saveSettings();
+
+    void updateViewModeActions();
+
+    QDesignerFormEditorInterface *m_core;
+    QPointer<QDesignerFormWindowInterface> m_formWindow;
+    QListWidget *m_actionGroups;
+
+    ActionView *m_actionView;
+
+    QAction *m_actionNew;
+    QAction *m_actionEdit;
+    QAction *m_actionNavigateToSlot;
+    QAction *m_actionCopy;
+    QAction *m_actionCut;
+    QAction *m_actionPaste;
+    QAction *m_actionSelectAll;
+    QAction *m_actionDelete;
+
+    QActionGroup *m_viewModeGroup;
+    QAction *m_iconViewAction;
+    QAction *m_listViewAction;
+
+    QString m_filter;
+    QWidget *m_filterWidget;
+    QSignalMapper *m_selectAssociatedWidgetsMapper;
+};
+
+} // namespace qdesigner_internal
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+#endif // ACTIONEDITOR_H

designer/lib/shared/actionprovider_p.h

@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef ACTIONPROVIDER_H
+#define ACTIONPROVIDER_H
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists purely as an
+// implementation detail.  This header file may change from version to
+// version without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+
+#include <QtDesigner/extension.h>
+#include <QtCore/QPoint>
+#include <QtCore/QRect>
+#include <QtGui/QApplication>
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QAction;
+
+class QDesignerActionProviderExtension
+{
+public:
+    virtual ~QDesignerActionProviderExtension() {}
+
+    virtual QRect actionGeometry(QAction *action) const = 0;
+    virtual QAction *actionAt(const QPoint &pos) const = 0;
+
+    virtual void adjustIndicator(const QPoint &pos) = 0;
+};
+
+// Find action at the given position for a widget that has actionGeometry() (QToolBar,
+// QMenuBar, QMenu). They usually have actionAt(), but that fails since Designer usually sets
+// WA_TransparentForMouseEvents on the widgets.
+template <class Widget>
+    int actionIndexAt(const Widget *w, const QPoint &pos, Qt::Orientation orientation)
+{
+    const QList<QAction*> actions = w->actions();
+    const int actionCount = actions.count();
+    if (actionCount == 0)
+        return -1;
+    // actionGeometry() can be wrong sometimes; it returns a geometry that
+    // stretches to the end of the toolbar/menu bar. So, check from the beginning
+    // in the case of a horizontal right-to-left orientation.
+    const bool checkTopRight = orientation == Qt::Horizontal && w->layoutDirection() == Qt::RightToLeft;
+    const QPoint topRight = QPoint(w->rect().width(), 0);
+    for (int index = 0; index < actionCount; ++index) {
+        QRect g = w->actionGeometry(actions.at(index));
+        if (checkTopRight)
+            g.setTopRight(topRight);
+        else
+            g.setTopLeft(QPoint(0, 0));
+
+        if (g.contains(pos))
+            return index;
+    }
+    return -1;
+}
+
+Q_DECLARE_EXTENSION_INTERFACE(QDesignerActionProviderExtension, "com.trolltech.Qt.Designer.ActionProvider")
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+#endif // ACTIONPROVIDER_H

designer/lib/shared/actionrepository.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,663 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "actionrepository_p.h"
+#include "qtresourceview_p.h"
+#include "iconloader_p.h"
+#include "qdesigner_utils_p.h"
+
+#include <QtDesigner/QDesignerFormEditorInterface>
+#include <QtDesigner/QDesignerPropertySheetExtension>
+#include <QtDesigner/QExtensionManager>
+
+#include <QtGui/QDrag>
+#include <QtGui/QContextMenuEvent>
+#include <QtGui/QStandardItemModel>
+#include <QtGui/QToolButton>
+#include <QtGui/QPixmap>
+#include <QtGui/QAction>
+#include <QtGui/QHeaderView>
+#include <QtGui/QToolBar>
+#include <QtGui/QMenu>
+#include <QtGui/qevent.h>
+#include <QtCore/QSet>
+#include <QtCore/QDebug>
+
+Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QAction*)
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+namespace {
+    enum { listModeIconSize = 16, iconModeIconSize = 24 };
+}
+
+static const char *actionMimeType = "action-repository/actions";
+static const char *plainTextMimeType = "text/plain";
+
+static inline QAction *actionOfItem(const QStandardItem* item)
+{
+    return qvariant_cast<QAction*>(item->data(qdesigner_internal::ActionModel::ActionRole));
+}
+
+namespace qdesigner_internal {
+
+// ----------- ActionModel
+ActionModel::ActionModel(QWidget *parent ) :
+    QStandardItemModel(parent),
+    m_emptyIcon(emptyIcon()),
+    m_core(0)
+{
+    QStringList headers;
+    headers += tr("Name");
+    headers += tr("Used");
+    headers += tr("Text");
+    headers += tr("Shortcut");
+    headers += tr("Checkable");
+    headers += tr("ToolTip");
+    Q_ASSERT(NumColumns == headers.size());
+    setHorizontalHeaderLabels(headers);
+}
+
+void ActionModel::clearActions()
+{
+    removeRows(0, rowCount());
+}
+
+int ActionModel::findAction(QAction *action) const
+{
+    const int rows = rowCount();
+    for (int i = 0; i < rows; i++)
+       if (action == actionOfItem(item(i)))
+           return i;
+    return -1;
+}
+
+void ActionModel::update(int row)
+{
+    Q_ASSERT(m_core);
+    // need to create the row list ... grrr..
+    if (row >= rowCount())
+       return;
+
+    QStandardItemList list;
+    for (int i = 0; i < NumColumns; i++)
+       list += item(row, i);
+
+    setItems(m_core, actionOfItem(list.front()), m_emptyIcon, list);
+}
+
+void ActionModel::remove(int row)
+{
+    qDeleteAll(takeRow(row));
+}
+
+QModelIndex ActionModel::addAction(QAction *action)
+{
+    Q_ASSERT(m_core);
+    QStandardItemList items;
+    const  Qt::ItemFlags flags = Qt::ItemIsSelectable|Qt::ItemIsDropEnabled|Qt::ItemIsDragEnabled|Qt::ItemIsEnabled;
+
+    QVariant itemData;
+    qVariantSetValue(itemData, action);
+
+    for (int i = 0; i < NumColumns; i++) {
+        QStandardItem *item = new QStandardItem;
+        item->setData(itemData, ActionRole);
+        item->setFlags(flags);
+        items.push_back(item);
+    }
+    setItems(m_core, action, m_emptyIcon, items);
+    appendRow(items);
+    return indexFromItem(items.front());
+}
+
+// Find the associated menus and toolbars, ignore toolbuttons
+QWidgetList ActionModel::associatedWidgets(const QAction *action)
+{
+    QWidgetList rc = action->associatedWidgets();
+    for (QWidgetList::iterator it = rc.begin(); it != rc.end(); )
+        if (qobject_cast<const QMenu *>(*it) || qobject_cast<const QToolBar *>(*it)) {
+            ++it;
+        } else {
+            it = rc.erase(it);
+        }
+    return rc;
+}
+
+// shortcut is a fake property, need to retrieve it via property sheet.
+PropertySheetKeySequenceValue ActionModel::actionShortCut(QDesignerFormEditorInterface *core, QAction *action)
+{
+    QDesignerPropertySheetExtension *sheet = qt_extension<QDesignerPropertySheetExtension*>(core->extensionManager(), action);
+    if (!sheet)
+        return PropertySheetKeySequenceValue();
+    return actionShortCut(sheet);
+}
+
+PropertySheetKeySequenceValue ActionModel::actionShortCut(const QDesignerPropertySheetExtension *sheet)
+{
+    const int index = sheet->indexOf(QLatin1String("shortcut"));
+    if (index == -1)
+        return PropertySheetKeySequenceValue();
+    return qvariant_cast<PropertySheetKeySequenceValue>(sheet->property(index));
+}
+
+void  ActionModel::setItems(QDesignerFormEditorInterface *core, QAction *action,
+                            const QIcon &defaultIcon,
+                            QStandardItemList &sl)
+{
+
+    // Tooltip, mostly for icon view mode
+    QString firstTooltip = action->objectName();
+    const QString text = action->text();
+    if (!text.isEmpty()) {
+        firstTooltip += QLatin1Char('\n');
+        firstTooltip += text;
+    }
+
+    Q_ASSERT(sl.size() == NumColumns);
+
+    QStandardItem *item =  sl[NameColumn];
+    item->setText(action->objectName());
+    QIcon icon = action->icon();
+    if (icon.isNull())
+        icon = defaultIcon;
+    item->setIcon(icon);
+    item->setToolTip(firstTooltip);
+    item->setWhatsThis(firstTooltip);
+    // Used
+    const QWidgetList associatedDesignerWidgets = associatedWidgets(action);
+    const bool used = !associatedDesignerWidgets.empty();
+    item = sl[UsedColumn];
+    item->setCheckState(used ? Qt::Checked : Qt::Unchecked);
+    if (used) {
+        QString usedToolTip;
+        const QString separator = QLatin1String(", ");
+        const int count = associatedDesignerWidgets.size();
+        for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+            if (i)
+                usedToolTip += separator;
+            usedToolTip += associatedDesignerWidgets.at(i)->objectName();
+        }
+        item->setToolTip(usedToolTip);
+    } else {
+        item->setToolTip(QString());
+    }
+    // text
+    item = sl[TextColumn];
+    item->setText(action->text());
+    item->setToolTip(action->text());
+    // shortcut
+    const QString shortcut = actionShortCut(core, action).value().toString(QKeySequence::NativeText);
+    item = sl[ShortCutColumn];
+    item->setText(shortcut);
+    item->setToolTip(shortcut);
+    // checkable
+    sl[CheckedColumn]->setCheckState(action->isCheckable() ?  Qt::Checked : Qt::Unchecked);
+    // ToolTip. This might be multi-line, rich text
+    QString toolTip = action->toolTip();
+    item = sl[ToolTipColumn];
+    item->setToolTip(toolTip);
+    item->setText(toolTip.replace(QLatin1Char('\n'), QLatin1Char(' ')));
+}
+
+QMimeData *ActionModel::mimeData(const QModelIndexList &indexes ) const
+{
+    ActionRepositoryMimeData::ActionList actionList;
+
+    QSet<QAction*> actions;
+    foreach (const QModelIndex &index, indexes)
+        if (QStandardItem *item = itemFromIndex(index))
+            if (QAction *action = actionOfItem(item))
+                actions.insert(action);
+    return new ActionRepositoryMimeData(actions.toList(), Qt::CopyAction);
+}
+
+// Resource images are plain text. The drag needs to be restricted, however.
+QStringList ActionModel::mimeTypes() const
+{
+    return QStringList(QLatin1String(plainTextMimeType));
+}
+
+QString ActionModel::actionName(int row) const
+{
+    return item(row, NameColumn)->text();
+}
+
+bool ActionModel::dropMimeData(const QMimeData *data, Qt::DropAction action, int row, int column, const QModelIndex &)
+{
+  if (action != Qt::CopyAction)
+        return false;
+
+    QStandardItem *droppedItem = item(row, column);
+    if (!droppedItem)
+        return false;
+
+
+    QtResourceView::ResourceType type;
+    QString path;
+    if (!QtResourceView::decodeMimeData(data, &type, &path) || type !=  QtResourceView::ResourceImage)
+        return false;
+
+    emit resourceImageDropped(path, actionOfItem(droppedItem));
+    return true;
+}
+
+QAction *ActionModel::actionAt(const  QModelIndex &index) const
+{
+    if (!index.isValid())
+        return 0;
+    QStandardItem *i = itemFromIndex(index);
+    if (!i)
+        return 0;
+    return actionOfItem(i);
+}
+
+// helpers
+
+static bool handleImageDragEnterMoveEvent(QDropEvent *event)
+{
+    QtResourceView::ResourceType type;
+    const bool rc = QtResourceView::decodeMimeData(event->mimeData(), &type) && type ==  QtResourceView::ResourceImage;
+    if (rc)
+        event->acceptProposedAction();
+    else
+        event->ignore();
+    return rc;
+}
+
+static void handleImageDropEvent(const QAbstractItemView *iv, QDropEvent *event, ActionModel *am)
+{
+    const QModelIndex index = iv->indexAt(event->pos());
+    if (!index.isValid()) {
+        event->ignore();
+        return;
+    }
+
+    if (!handleImageDragEnterMoveEvent(event))
+        return;
+
+    am->dropMimeData(event->mimeData(),  event->proposedAction(), index.row(), 0, iv->rootIndex());
+}
+
+// Basically mimic  QAbstractItemView's startDrag routine, except that
+// another pixmap is used, we don't want the whole row.
+
+void startActionDrag(QWidget *dragParent, ActionModel *model, const QModelIndexList &indexes, Qt::DropActions supportedActions)
+{
+    if (indexes.empty())
+        return;
+
+    QDrag *drag = new QDrag(dragParent);
+    QMimeData *data = model->mimeData(indexes);
+    drag->setMimeData(data);
+    if (ActionRepositoryMimeData *actionMimeData = qobject_cast<ActionRepositoryMimeData *>(data))
+        drag->setPixmap(ActionRepositoryMimeData::actionDragPixmap(actionMimeData->actionList().front()));
+
+    drag->start(supportedActions);
+}
+
+// ---------------- ActionTreeView:
+ActionTreeView::ActionTreeView(ActionModel *model, QWidget *parent) :
+    QTreeView(parent),
+    m_model(model)
+{
+    setDragEnabled(true);
+    setAcceptDrops(true);
+    setDropIndicatorShown(true);
+    setDragDropMode(DragDrop);
+    setModel(model);
+    setRootIsDecorated(false);
+    setTextElideMode(Qt::ElideMiddle);
+
+    setModel(model);
+    connect(this, SIGNAL(activated(QModelIndex)), this, SLOT(slotActivated(QModelIndex)));
+    connect(header(), SIGNAL(sectionDoubleClicked(int)), this, SLOT(resizeColumnToContents(int)));
+
+    setIconSize(QSize(listModeIconSize, listModeIconSize));
+
+}
+
+QAction *ActionTreeView::currentAction() const
+{
+    return m_model->actionAt(currentIndex());
+}
+
+void ActionTreeView::filter(const QString &text)
+{
+    const int rowCount = m_model->rowCount();
+    const bool empty = text.isEmpty();
+    const QModelIndex parent = rootIndex();
+    for (int i = 0; i < rowCount; i++)
+        setRowHidden(i, parent, !empty && !m_model->actionName(i).contains(text, Qt::CaseInsensitive));
+}
+
+void ActionTreeView::dragEnterEvent(QDragEnterEvent *event)
+{
+    handleImageDragEnterMoveEvent(event);
+}
+
+void ActionTreeView::dragMoveEvent(QDragMoveEvent *event)
+{
+    handleImageDragEnterMoveEvent(event);
+}
+
+void ActionTreeView::dropEvent(QDropEvent *event)
+{
+    handleImageDropEvent(this, event, m_model);
+}
+
+void ActionTreeView::focusInEvent(QFocusEvent *event)
+{
+    QTreeView::focusInEvent(event);
+    // Make property editor display current action
+    if (QAction *a = currentAction())
+       emit currentChanged(a);
+}
+
+void ActionTreeView::contextMenuEvent(QContextMenuEvent *event)
+{
+    emit contextMenuRequested(event, m_model->actionAt(indexAt(event->pos())));
+}
+
+void ActionTreeView::currentChanged(const QModelIndex &current, const QModelIndex &/*previous*/)
+{
+    emit currentChanged(m_model->actionAt(current));
+}
+
+void ActionTreeView::slotActivated(const QModelIndex &index)
+{
+    emit activated(m_model->actionAt(index));
+}
+
+void ActionTreeView::startDrag(Qt::DropActions supportedActions)
+{
+    startActionDrag(this, m_model, selectedIndexes(), supportedActions);
+}
+
+// ---------------- ActionListView:
+ActionListView::ActionListView(ActionModel *model, QWidget *parent) :
+    QListView(parent),
+    m_model(model)
+{
+    setDragEnabled(true);
+    setAcceptDrops(true);
+    setDropIndicatorShown(true);
+    setDragDropMode(DragDrop);
+    setModel(model);
+    setTextElideMode(Qt::ElideMiddle);
+    connect(this, SIGNAL(activated(QModelIndex)), this, SLOT(slotActivated(QModelIndex)));
+
+    // We actually want 'Static' as the user should be able to
+    // drag away actions only (not to rearrange icons).
+    // We emulate that by not accepting our own
+    // drag data. 'Static' causes the list view to disable drag and drop
+    // on the viewport.
+    setMovement(Snap);
+    setViewMode(IconMode);
+    setIconSize(QSize(iconModeIconSize, iconModeIconSize));
+    setGridSize(QSize(4 * iconModeIconSize, 2 *  iconModeIconSize));
+    setSpacing(iconModeIconSize / 3);
+}
+
+QAction *ActionListView::currentAction() const
+{
+    return m_model->actionAt(currentIndex());
+}
+
+void ActionListView::filter(const QString &text)
+{
+    const int rowCount = m_model->rowCount();
+    const bool empty = text.isEmpty();
+    for (int i = 0; i < rowCount; i++)
+        setRowHidden(i, !empty && !m_model->actionName(i).contains(text, Qt::CaseInsensitive));
+}
+
+void ActionListView::dragEnterEvent(QDragEnterEvent *event)
+{
+    handleImageDragEnterMoveEvent(event);
+}
+
+void ActionListView::dragMoveEvent(QDragMoveEvent *event)
+{
+    handleImageDragEnterMoveEvent(event);
+}
+
+void ActionListView::dropEvent(QDropEvent *event)
+{
+    handleImageDropEvent(this, event, m_model);
+}
+
+void ActionListView::focusInEvent(QFocusEvent *event)
+{
+    QListView::focusInEvent(event);
+    // Make property editor display current action
+    if (QAction *a = currentAction())
+       emit currentChanged(a);
+}
+
+void ActionListView::contextMenuEvent(QContextMenuEvent *event)
+{
+    emit contextMenuRequested(event, m_model->actionAt(indexAt(event->pos())));
+}
+
+void ActionListView::currentChanged(const QModelIndex &current, const QModelIndex & /*previous*/)
+{
+    emit currentChanged(m_model->actionAt(current));
+}
+
+void ActionListView::slotActivated(const QModelIndex &index)
+{
+    emit activated(m_model->actionAt(index));
+}
+
+void ActionListView::startDrag(Qt::DropActions supportedActions)
+{
+    startActionDrag(this, m_model, selectedIndexes(), supportedActions);
+}
+
+//  ActionView
+ActionView::ActionView(QWidget *parent) :
+    QStackedWidget(parent),
+    m_model(new ActionModel(this)),
+    m_actionTreeView(new ActionTreeView(m_model)),
+    m_actionListView(new ActionListView(m_model))
+{
+    addWidget(m_actionListView);
+    addWidget(m_actionTreeView);
+    // Wire signals
+    connect(m_actionTreeView, SIGNAL(contextMenuRequested(QContextMenuEvent*,QAction*)),
+            this, SIGNAL(contextMenuRequested(QContextMenuEvent*,QAction*)));
+    connect(m_actionListView, SIGNAL(contextMenuRequested(QContextMenuEvent*,QAction*)),
+            this, SIGNAL(contextMenuRequested(QContextMenuEvent*,QAction*)));
+
+    // make it possible for vs integration to reimplement edit action dialog
+    // [which it shouldn't do actually]
+    connect(m_actionListView, SIGNAL(activated(QAction*)), this, SIGNAL(activated(QAction*)));
+    connect(m_actionTreeView, SIGNAL(activated(QAction*)), this, SIGNAL(activated(QAction*)));
+
+    connect(m_actionListView, SIGNAL(currentChanged(QAction*)),this, SLOT(slotCurrentChanged(QAction*)));
+    connect(m_actionTreeView, SIGNAL(currentChanged(QAction*)),this, SLOT(slotCurrentChanged(QAction*)));
+
+    connect(m_model, SIGNAL(resourceImageDropped(QString,QAction*)),
+            this, SIGNAL(resourceImageDropped(QString,QAction*)));
+
+    // sync selection models
+    QItemSelectionModel *selectionModel = m_actionTreeView->selectionModel();
+    m_actionListView->setSelectionModel(selectionModel);
+    connect(selectionModel, SIGNAL(selectionChanged(QItemSelection,QItemSelection)),
+            this, SIGNAL(selectionChanged(QItemSelection,QItemSelection)));
+}
+
+int ActionView::viewMode() const
+{
+    return currentWidget() == m_actionListView ? IconView : DetailedView;
+}
+
+void ActionView::setViewMode(int lm)
+{
+    if (viewMode() == lm)
+        return;
+
+    switch (lm) {
+    case IconView:
+        setCurrentWidget(m_actionListView);
+        break;
+    case DetailedView:
+        setCurrentWidget(m_actionTreeView);
+        break;
+    default:
+        break;
+    }
+}
+
+void ActionView::slotCurrentChanged(QAction *action)
+{
+    // emit only for currently visible
+    if (sender() == currentWidget())
+        emit currentChanged(action);
+}
+
+void ActionView::filter(const QString &text)
+{
+    m_actionTreeView->filter(text);
+    m_actionListView->filter(text);
+}
+
+void ActionView::selectAll()
+{
+    m_actionTreeView->selectAll();
+}
+
+void ActionView::clearSelection()
+{
+    m_actionTreeView->selectionModel()->clearSelection();
+}
+
+void ActionView::setCurrentIndex(const QModelIndex &index)
+{
+    m_actionTreeView->setCurrentIndex(index);
+}
+
+QAction *ActionView::currentAction() const
+{
+    return m_actionListView->currentAction();
+}
+
+void ActionView::setSelectionMode(QAbstractItemView::SelectionMode sm)
+{
+    m_actionTreeView->setSelectionMode(sm);
+    m_actionListView->setSelectionMode(sm);
+}
+
+QAbstractItemView::SelectionMode ActionView::selectionMode() const
+{
+    return m_actionListView->selectionMode();
+}
+
+QItemSelection ActionView::selection() const
+{
+    return  m_actionListView->selectionModel()->selection();
+}
+
+ActionView::ActionList ActionView::selectedActions() const
+{
+    ActionList rc;
+    foreach (const QModelIndex &index, selection().indexes())
+        if (index.column() == 0)
+            rc += actionOfItem(m_model->itemFromIndex(index));
+    return rc;
+}
+// ----------  ActionRepositoryMimeData
+ActionRepositoryMimeData::ActionRepositoryMimeData(QAction *a, Qt::DropAction dropAction) :
+    m_dropAction(dropAction)
+{
+    m_actionList += a;
+}
+
+ActionRepositoryMimeData::ActionRepositoryMimeData(const ActionList &al, Qt::DropAction dropAction) :
+    m_dropAction(dropAction),
+    m_actionList(al)
+{
+}
+
+QStringList ActionRepositoryMimeData::formats() const
+{
+    return QStringList(QLatin1String(actionMimeType));
+}
+
+QPixmap  ActionRepositoryMimeData::actionDragPixmap(const QAction *action)
+{
+
+    // Try to find a suitable pixmap. Grab either widget or icon.
+    const QIcon icon = action->icon();
+    if (!icon.isNull())
+        return icon.pixmap(QSize(22, 22));
+
+    foreach (QWidget *w, action->associatedWidgets())
+        if (QToolButton *tb = qobject_cast<QToolButton *>(w))
+            return QPixmap::grabWidget(tb);
+
+    // Create a QToolButton
+    QToolButton *tb = new QToolButton;
+    tb->setText(action->text());
+    tb->setToolButtonStyle(Qt::ToolButtonTextOnly);
+#ifdef Q_WS_WIN // Force alien off to make adjustSize() take the system minimumsize into account.
+    tb->createWinId();
+#endif
+    tb->adjustSize();
+    const QPixmap rc = QPixmap::grabWidget(tb);
+    tb->deleteLater();
+    return rc;
+}
+
+void ActionRepositoryMimeData::accept(QDragMoveEvent *event) const
+{
+    if (event->proposedAction() == m_dropAction) {
+        event->acceptProposedAction();
+    } else {
+        event->setDropAction(m_dropAction);
+        event->accept();
+    }
+}
+
+} // namespace qdesigner_internal
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE

designer/lib/shared/actionrepository_p.h

@@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists for the convenience
+// of Qt Designer.  This header
+// file may change from version to version without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+
+#ifndef ACTIONREPOSITORY_H
+#define ACTIONREPOSITORY_H
+
+#include "shared_global_p.h"
+#include <QtCore/QMimeData>
+#include <QtGui/QStandardItemModel>
+#include <QtGui/QTreeView>
+#include <QtGui/QListView>
+#include <QtGui/QStackedWidget>
+#include <QtGui/QIcon>
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QPixmap;
+
+class QDesignerFormEditorInterface;
+class QDesignerPropertySheetExtension;
+
+namespace qdesigner_internal {
+
+class PropertySheetKeySequenceValue;
+
+// Shared model of actions, to be used for several views (detailed/icon view).
+class QDESIGNER_SHARED_EXPORT ActionModel: public QStandardItemModel
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    enum Columns { NameColumn, UsedColumn, TextColumn, ShortCutColumn, CheckedColumn, ToolTipColumn, NumColumns };
+    enum   { ActionRole = Qt::UserRole + 1000 };
+
+    explicit ActionModel(QWidget *parent = 0);
+    void initialize(QDesignerFormEditorInterface *core) { m_core = core; }
+
+    void clearActions();
+    QModelIndex addAction(QAction *a);
+    // remove row
+    void remove(int row);
+    // update the row from the underlying action
+    void update(int row);
+
+    // return row of action or -1.
+    int findAction(QAction *) const;
+
+    QString actionName(int row) const;
+    QAction *actionAt(const QModelIndex &index) const;
+
+    virtual QMimeData *mimeData(const QModelIndexList &indexes) const;
+    virtual QStringList mimeTypes() const;
+    virtual bool dropMimeData(const QMimeData *data, Qt::DropAction action, int row, int column, const QModelIndex &parent);
+
+    // Find the associated menus and toolbars, ignore toolbuttons
+    static QWidgetList associatedWidgets(const QAction *action);
+
+    // Retrieve shortcut via property sheet as it is a fake property
+    static PropertySheetKeySequenceValue actionShortCut(QDesignerFormEditorInterface *core, QAction *action);
+    static PropertySheetKeySequenceValue actionShortCut(const QDesignerPropertySheetExtension *ps);
+
+signals:
+    void resourceImageDropped(const QString &path, QAction *action);
+
+private:
+    typedef QList<QStandardItem *> QStandardItemList;
+
+    void initializeHeaders();
+    static void setItems(QDesignerFormEditorInterface *core, QAction *a,
+                         const QIcon &defaultIcon,
+                         QStandardItemList &sl);
+
+    const QIcon m_emptyIcon;
+
+    QDesignerFormEditorInterface *m_core;
+};
+
+// Internal class that provides the detailed view of actions.
+class  ActionTreeView: public QTreeView
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    explicit ActionTreeView(ActionModel *model, QWidget *parent = 0);
+    QAction *currentAction() const;
+
+public slots:
+    void filter(const QString &text);
+
+signals:
+    void contextMenuRequested(QContextMenuEvent *event, QAction *);
+    void currentChanged(QAction *action);
+    void activated(QAction *action);
+
+protected slots:
+    virtual void currentChanged(const QModelIndex &current, const QModelIndex &previous);
+
+protected:
+    virtual void dragEnterEvent(QDragEnterEvent *event);
+    virtual void dragMoveEvent(QDragMoveEvent *event);
+    virtual void dropEvent(QDropEvent *event);
+    virtual void focusInEvent(QFocusEvent *event);
+    virtual void contextMenuEvent(QContextMenuEvent *event);
+    virtual void startDrag(Qt::DropActions supportedActions);
+
+private slots:
+    void slotActivated(const QModelIndex &);
+
+private:
+    ActionModel *m_model;
+};
+
+// Internal class that provides the icon view of actions.
+class ActionListView: public QListView
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    explicit ActionListView(ActionModel *model, QWidget *parent = 0);
+    QAction *currentAction() const;
+
+public slots:
+    void filter(const QString &text);
+
+signals:
+    void contextMenuRequested(QContextMenuEvent *event, QAction *);
+    void currentChanged(QAction *action);
+    void activated(QAction *action);
+
+protected slots:
+    virtual void currentChanged(const QModelIndex &current, const QModelIndex &previous);
+
+protected:
+    virtual void dragEnterEvent(QDragEnterEvent *event);
+    virtual void dragMoveEvent(QDragMoveEvent *event);
+    virtual void dropEvent(QDropEvent *event);
+    virtual void focusInEvent(QFocusEvent *event);
+    virtual void contextMenuEvent(QContextMenuEvent *event);
+    virtual void startDrag(Qt::DropActions supportedActions);
+
+private slots:
+    void slotActivated(const QModelIndex &);
+
+private:
+    ActionModel *m_model;
+};
+
+// Action View that can be switched between detailed and icon view
+// using a  QStackedWidget of  ActionListView / ActionTreeView
+// that share the item model and the selection model.
+
+class ActionView : public  QStackedWidget {
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    // Separate initialize() function takes core argument to make this
+    // thing usable as promoted widget.
+    explicit ActionView(QWidget *parent = 0);
+    void initialize(QDesignerFormEditorInterface *core) { m_model->initialize(core); }
+
+    // View mode
+    enum { DetailedView, IconView };
+    int viewMode() const;
+    void setViewMode(int lm);
+
+    void setSelectionMode(QAbstractItemView::SelectionMode sm);
+    QAbstractItemView::SelectionMode selectionMode() const;
+
+    ActionModel *model() const { return m_model; }
+
+    QAction *currentAction() const;
+    void setCurrentIndex(const QModelIndex &index);
+
+    typedef QList<QAction*> ActionList;
+    ActionList selectedActions() const;
+    QItemSelection selection() const;
+
+public slots:
+    void filter(const QString &text);
+    void selectAll();
+    void clearSelection();
+
+signals:
+    void contextMenuRequested(QContextMenuEvent *event, QAction *);
+    void currentChanged(QAction *action);
+    void activated(QAction *action);
+    void selectionChanged(const QItemSelection& selected, const QItemSelection& deselected);
+    void resourceImageDropped(const QString &data, QAction *action);
+
+private slots:
+    void slotCurrentChanged(QAction *action);
+
+private:
+    ActionModel *m_model;
+    ActionTreeView *m_actionTreeView;
+    ActionListView *m_actionListView;
+};
+
+class QDESIGNER_SHARED_EXPORT ActionRepositoryMimeData: public QMimeData
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    typedef QList<QAction*> ActionList;
+
+    ActionRepositoryMimeData(const ActionList &, Qt::DropAction dropAction);
+    ActionRepositoryMimeData(QAction *, Qt::DropAction dropAction);
+
+    const ActionList &actionList() const { return m_actionList; }
+    virtual QStringList formats() const;
+
+    static QPixmap actionDragPixmap(const QAction *action);
+
+    // Utility to accept with right action
+    void accept(QDragMoveEvent *event) const;
+private:
+    const Qt::DropAction m_dropAction;
+    ActionList m_actionList;
+};
+
+} // namespace qdesigner_internal
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+#endif // ACTIONREPOSITORY_H

designer/lib/shared/addlinkdialog.ui

@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+<ui version="4.0" >
+ <class>AddLinkDialog</class>
+ <widget class="QDialog" name="AddLinkDialog" >
+  <property name="windowTitle" >
+   <string>Insert Link</string>
+  </property>
+  <property name="sizeGripEnabled" >
+   <bool>false</bool>
+  </property>
+  <property name="modal" >
+   <bool>true</bool>
+  </property>
+  <layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout" >
+   <item>
+    <layout class="QFormLayout" >
+     <item row="0" column="0" >
+      <widget class="QLabel" name="label" >
+       <property name="text" >
+        <string>Title:</string>
+       </property>
+      </widget>
+     </item>
+     <item row="0" column="1" >
+      <widget class="QLineEdit" name="titleInput" >
+       <property name="minimumSize" >
+        <size>
+         <width>337</width>
+         <height>0</height>
+        </size>
+       </property>
+      </widget>
+     </item>
+     <item row="1" column="0" >
+      <widget class="QLabel" name="label_2" >
+       <property name="text" >
+        <string>URL:</string>
+       </property>
+      </widget>
+     </item>
+     <item row="1" column="1" >
+      <widget class="QLineEdit" name="urlInput" />
+     </item>
+    </layout>
+   </item>
+   <item>
+    <spacer name="verticalSpacer" >
+     <property name="orientation" >
+      <enum>Qt::Vertical</enum>
+     </property>
+     <property name="sizeHint" stdset="0" >
+      <size>
+       <width>0</width>
+       <height>0</height>
+      </size>
+     </property>
+    </spacer>
+   </item>
+   <item>
+    <widget class="Line" name="line" >
+     <property name="orientation" >
+      <enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
+     </property>
+    </widget>
+   </item>
+   <item>
+    <widget class="QDialogButtonBox" name="buttonBox" >
+     <property name="orientation" >
+      <enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
+     </property>
+     <property name="standardButtons" >
+      <set>QDialogButtonBox::Cancel|QDialogButtonBox::Ok</set>
+     </property>
+    </widget>
+   </item>
+  </layout>
+ </widget>
+ <resources/>
+ <connections>
+  <connection>
+   <sender>buttonBox</sender>
+   <signal>accepted()</signal>
+   <receiver>AddLinkDialog</receiver>
+   <slot>accept()</slot>
+   <hints>
+    <hint type="sourcelabel" >
+     <x>248</x>
+     <y>254</y>
+    </hint>
+    <hint type="destinationlabel" >
+     <x>157</x>
+     <y>274</y>
+    </hint>
+   </hints>
+  </connection>
+  <connection>
+   <sender>buttonBox</sender>
+   <signal>rejected()</signal>
+   <receiver>AddLinkDialog</receiver>
+   <slot>reject()</slot>
+   <hints>
+    <hint type="sourcelabel" >
+     <x>316</x>
+     <y>260</y>
+    </hint>
+    <hint type="destinationlabel" >
+     <x>286</x>
+     <y>274</y>
+    </hint>
+   </hints>
+  </connection>
+ </connections>
+</ui>

designer/lib/shared/codedialog.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,262 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "codedialog_p.h"
+#include "qdesigner_utils_p.h"
+#include "iconloader_p.h"
+
+#include <texteditfindwidget.h>
+
+#include <QtGui/QAction>
+#include <QtGui/QApplication>
+#include <QtGui/QClipboard>
+#include <QtGui/QDialogButtonBox>
+#include <QtGui/QFileDialog>
+#include <QtGui/QIcon>
+#include <QtGui/QKeyEvent>
+#include <QtGui/QMessageBox>
+#include <QtGui/QPushButton>
+#include <QtGui/QTextEdit>
+#include <QtGui/QToolBar>
+#include <QtGui/QVBoxLayout>
+
+#include <QtCore/QDebug>
+#include <QtCore/QDir>
+#include <QtCore/QTemporaryFile>
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+namespace qdesigner_internal {
+// ----------------- CodeDialogPrivate
+struct CodeDialog::CodeDialogPrivate {
+    CodeDialogPrivate();
+
+    QTextEdit *m_textEdit;
+    TextEditFindWidget *m_findWidget;
+    QString m_formFileName;
+};
+
+CodeDialog::CodeDialogPrivate::CodeDialogPrivate()
+    : m_textEdit(new QTextEdit)
+    , m_findWidget(new TextEditFindWidget)
+{
+}
+
+// ----------------- CodeDialog
+CodeDialog::CodeDialog(QWidget *parent) :
+    QDialog(parent),
+    m_impl(new CodeDialogPrivate)
+{
+    setWindowFlags(windowFlags() & ~Qt::WindowContextHelpButtonHint);
+    QVBoxLayout *vBoxLayout = new QVBoxLayout;
+
+    // Edit tool bar
+    QToolBar *toolBar = new QToolBar;
+
+    const QIcon saveIcon = createIconSet(QLatin1String("filesave.png"));
+    QAction *saveAction = toolBar->addAction(saveIcon, tr("Save..."));
+    connect(saveAction, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(slotSaveAs()));
+
+    const QIcon copyIcon = createIconSet(QLatin1String("editcopy.png"));
+    QAction *copyAction = toolBar->addAction(copyIcon, tr("Copy All"));
+    connect(copyAction, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(copyAll()));
+
+    QAction *findAction = toolBar->addAction(
+            TextEditFindWidget::findIconSet(),
+            tr("&Find in Text..."),
+            m_impl->m_findWidget, SLOT(activate()));
+    findAction->setShortcut(QKeySequence::Find);
+
+    vBoxLayout->addWidget(toolBar);
+
+    // Edit
+    m_impl->m_textEdit->setReadOnly(true);
+    m_impl->m_textEdit->setMinimumSize(QSize(
+                m_impl->m_findWidget->minimumSize().width(),
+                500));
+    vBoxLayout->addWidget(m_impl->m_textEdit);
+
+    // Find
+    m_impl->m_findWidget->setTextEdit(m_impl->m_textEdit);
+    vBoxLayout->addWidget(m_impl->m_findWidget);
+
+    // Button box
+    QDialogButtonBox *buttonBox = new QDialogButtonBox(QDialogButtonBox::Close);
+    connect(buttonBox, SIGNAL(rejected()), this, SLOT(reject()));
+
+    // Disable auto default
+    QPushButton *closeButton = buttonBox->button(QDialogButtonBox::Close);
+    closeButton->setAutoDefault(false);
+    vBoxLayout->addWidget(buttonBox);
+
+    setLayout(vBoxLayout);
+}
+
+CodeDialog::~CodeDialog()
+{
+    delete m_impl;
+}
+
+void CodeDialog::setCode(const QString &code)
+{
+    m_impl->m_textEdit->setPlainText(code);
+}
+
+QString CodeDialog::code() const
+{
+   return m_impl->m_textEdit->toPlainText();
+}
+
+void CodeDialog::setFormFileName(const QString &f)
+{
+    m_impl->m_formFileName = f;
+}
+
+QString CodeDialog::formFileName() const
+{
+    return m_impl->m_formFileName;
+}
+
+bool CodeDialog::generateCode(const QDesignerFormWindowInterface *fw,
+                              QString *code,
+                              QString *errorMessage)
+{
+    // Generate temporary file name similar to form file name
+    // (for header guards)
+    QString tempPattern = QDir::tempPath();
+    if (!tempPattern.endsWith(QDir::separator())) // platform-dependant
+        tempPattern += QDir::separator();
+    const QString fileName = fw->fileName();
+    if (fileName.isEmpty()) {
+        tempPattern += QLatin1String("designer");
+    } else {
+        tempPattern += QFileInfo(fileName).baseName();
+    }
+    tempPattern += QLatin1String("XXXXXX.ui");
+    // Write to temp file
+    QTemporaryFile tempFormFile(tempPattern);
+
+    tempFormFile.setAutoRemove(true);
+    if (!tempFormFile.open()) {
+        *errorMessage = tr("A temporary form file could not be created in %1.").arg(QDir::tempPath());
+        return false;
+    }
+    const QString tempFormFileName = tempFormFile.fileName();
+    tempFormFile.write(fw->contents().toUtf8());
+    if (!tempFormFile.flush())  {
+        *errorMessage = tr("The temporary form file %1 could not be written.").arg(tempFormFileName);
+        return false;
+    }
+    tempFormFile.close();
+    // Run uic
+    QByteArray rc;
+    if (!runUIC(tempFormFileName, UIC_GenerateCode, rc, *errorMessage))
+        return false;
+    *code = QString::fromUtf8(rc);
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool CodeDialog::showCodeDialog(const QDesignerFormWindowInterface *fw,
+                                QWidget *parent,
+                                QString *errorMessage)
+{
+    QString code;
+    if (!generateCode(fw, &code, errorMessage))
+        return false;
+
+    CodeDialog dialog(parent);
+    dialog.setWindowTitle(tr("%1 - [Code]").arg(fw->mainContainer()->windowTitle()));
+    dialog.setCode(code);
+    dialog.setFormFileName(fw->fileName());
+    dialog.exec();
+    return true;
+}
+
+void CodeDialog::slotSaveAs()
+{
+    // build the default relative name 'ui_sth.h'
+    const QString headerSuffix = QString(QLatin1Char('h'));
+    QString filter;
+    const QString uiFile = formFileName();
+
+    if (!uiFile.isEmpty()) {
+        filter = QLatin1String("ui_");
+        filter += QFileInfo(uiFile).baseName();
+        filter += QLatin1Char('.');
+        filter += headerSuffix;
+    }
+    // file dialog
+    while (true) {
+        const QString fileName =
+            QFileDialog::getSaveFileName (this, tr("Save Code"), filter, tr("Header Files (*.%1)").arg(headerSuffix));
+        if (fileName.isEmpty())
+            break;
+
+         QFile file(fileName);
+         if (!file.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly|QIODevice::Text)) {
+             warning(tr("The file %1 could not be opened: %2").arg(fileName).arg(file.errorString()));
+             continue;
+         }
+         file.write(code().toUtf8());
+         if (!file.flush()) {
+             warning(tr("The file %1 could not be written: %2").arg(fileName).arg(file.errorString()));
+             continue;
+         }
+         file.close();
+         break;
+    }
+}
+
+void CodeDialog::warning(const QString &msg)
+{
+     QMessageBox::warning(
+             this, tr("%1 - Error").arg(windowTitle()),
+             msg, QMessageBox::Close);
+}
+
+void CodeDialog::copyAll()
+{
+    QApplication::clipboard()->setText(code());
+}
+
+} // namespace qdesigner_internal
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE

designer/lib/shared/codedialog_p.h

@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists for the convenience
+// of Qt Designer.  This header
+// file may change from version to version without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+
+#ifndef CODEPREVIEWDIALOG_H
+#define CODEPREVIEWDIALOG_H
+
+#include "shared_global_p.h"
+#include <QtGui/QDialog>
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QDesignerFormWindowInterface;
+
+namespace qdesigner_internal {
+// Dialog for viewing code.
+class QDESIGNER_SHARED_EXPORT CodeDialog : public QDialog
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+    explicit CodeDialog(QWidget *parent = 0);
+public:
+    virtual ~CodeDialog();
+
+    static bool generateCode(const QDesignerFormWindowInterface *fw,
+                             QString *code,
+                             QString *errorMessage);
+
+    static bool showCodeDialog(const QDesignerFormWindowInterface *fw,
+                               QWidget *parent,
+                               QString *errorMessage);
+
+private slots:
+    void slotSaveAs();
+    void copyAll();
+
+private:
+    void setCode(const QString &code);
+    QString code() const;
+    void setFormFileName(const QString &f);
+    QString formFileName() const;
+
+    void warning(const QString &msg);
+
+    struct CodeDialogPrivate;
+    CodeDialogPrivate *m_impl;
+};
+
+} // namespace qdesigner_internal
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+#endif // CODEPREVIEWDIALOG_H

designer/lib/shared/connectionedit_p.h

@@ -0,0 +1,324 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists for the convenience
+// of Qt Designer.  This header
+// file may change from version to version without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+
+
+#ifndef CONNECTIONEDIT_H
+#define CONNECTIONEDIT_H
+
+#include "shared_global_p.h"
+
+#include <QtCore/QMultiMap>
+#include <QtCore/QList>
+#include <QtCore/QPointer>
+
+#include <QtGui/QWidget>
+#include <QtGui/QPixmap>
+#include <QtGui/QPolygonF>
+
+#include <QtGui/QUndoCommand>
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QDesignerFormWindowInterface;
+class QUndoStack;
+class QMenu;
+
+namespace qdesigner_internal {
+
+class Connection;
+class ConnectionEdit;
+
+class QDESIGNER_SHARED_EXPORT CETypes
+{
+public:
+    typedef QList<Connection*> ConnectionList;
+    typedef QMap<Connection*, Connection*> ConnectionSet;
+    typedef QMap<QWidget*, QWidget*> WidgetSet;
+
+    class EndPoint {
+    public:
+        enum Type { Source, Target };
+        explicit EndPoint(Connection *_con = 0, Type _type = Source) : con(_con), type(_type) {}
+        bool isNull() const { return con == 0; }
+        bool operator == (const EndPoint &other) const { return con == other.con && type == other.type; }
+        bool operator != (const EndPoint &other) const { return !operator == (other); }
+        Connection *con;
+        Type type;
+    };
+    enum LineDir { UpDir = 0, DownDir, RightDir, LeftDir };
+};
+
+class QDESIGNER_SHARED_EXPORT Connection : public CETypes
+{
+public:
+    explicit Connection(ConnectionEdit *edit);
+    explicit Connection(ConnectionEdit *edit, QObject *source, QObject *target);
+    virtual ~Connection() {}
+
+    QObject *object(EndPoint::Type type) const
+    {
+        return (type == EndPoint::Source ? m_source : m_target);
+    }
+
+    QWidget *widget(EndPoint::Type type) const
+    {
+        return qobject_cast<QWidget*>(object(type));
+    }
+
+    QPoint endPointPos(EndPoint::Type type) const;
+    QRect endPointRect(EndPoint::Type) const;
+    void setEndPoint(EndPoint::Type type, QObject *w, const QPoint &pos)
+        { type == EndPoint::Source ? setSource(w, pos) : setTarget(w, pos); }
+
+    bool isVisible() const;
+    virtual void updateVisibility();
+    void setVisible(bool b);
+
+    virtual QRegion region() const;
+    bool contains(const QPoint &pos) const;
+    virtual void paint(QPainter *p) const;
+
+    void update(bool update_widgets = true) const;
+    void checkWidgets();
+
+    QString label(EndPoint::Type type) const
+        { return type == EndPoint::Source ? m_source_label : m_target_label; }
+    void setLabel(EndPoint::Type type, const QString &text);
+    QRect labelRect(EndPoint::Type type) const;
+    QPixmap labelPixmap(EndPoint::Type type) const
+        { return type == EndPoint::Source ? m_source_label_pm : m_target_label_pm; }
+
+    ConnectionEdit *edit() const { return m_edit; }
+
+    virtual void inserted() {}
+    virtual void removed() {}
+
+private:
+    QPoint m_source_pos, m_target_pos;
+    QObject *m_source, *m_target;
+    QList<QPoint> m_knee_list;
+    QPolygonF m_arrow_head;
+    ConnectionEdit *m_edit;
+    QString m_source_label, m_target_label;
+    QPixmap m_source_label_pm, m_target_label_pm;
+    QRect m_source_rect, m_target_rect;
+    bool m_visible;
+
+    void setSource(QObject *source, const QPoint &pos);
+    void setTarget(QObject *target, const QPoint &pos);
+    void updateKneeList();
+    void trimLine();
+    void updatePixmap(EndPoint::Type type);
+    LineDir labelDir(EndPoint::Type type) const;
+    bool ground() const;
+    QRect groundRect() const;
+};
+
+class QDESIGNER_SHARED_EXPORT ConnectionEdit : public QWidget, public CETypes
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    ConnectionEdit(QWidget *parent, QDesignerFormWindowInterface *form);
+    virtual ~ConnectionEdit();
+
+    inline const QPointer<QWidget> &background() const { return m_bg_widget; }
+
+    void setSelected(Connection *con, bool sel);
+    bool selected(const Connection *con) const;
+
+    int connectionCount() const { return m_con_list.size(); }
+    Connection *connection(int i) const { return m_con_list.at(i); }
+    int indexOfConnection(Connection *con) const { return m_con_list.indexOf(con); }
+
+    virtual void setSource(Connection *con, const QString &obj_name);
+    virtual void setTarget(Connection *con, const QString &obj_name);
+
+    QUndoStack *undoStack() const { return m_undo_stack; }
+
+    void clear();
+
+    void showEvent(QShowEvent * /*e*/)
+    {
+        updateBackground();
+    }
+
+signals:
+    void aboutToAddConnection(int idx);
+    void connectionAdded(Connection *con);
+    void aboutToRemoveConnection(Connection *con);
+    void connectionRemoved(int idx);
+    void connectionSelected(Connection *con);
+    void widgetActivated(QWidget *wgt);
+    void connectionChanged(Connection *con);
+
+public slots:
+    void selectNone();
+    void selectAll();
+    virtual void deleteSelected();
+    virtual void setBackground(QWidget *background);
+    virtual void updateBackground();
+    virtual void widgetRemoved(QWidget *w);
+    virtual void objectRemoved(QObject *o);
+
+    void updateLines();
+    void enableUpdateBackground(bool enable);
+
+protected:
+    virtual void paintEvent(QPaintEvent *e);
+    virtual void mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *e);
+    virtual void mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *e);
+    virtual void mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *e);
+    virtual void keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *e);
+    virtual void mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent *e);
+    virtual void resizeEvent(QResizeEvent *e);
+    virtual void contextMenuEvent(QContextMenuEvent * event);
+
+    virtual Connection *createConnection(QWidget *source, QWidget *target);
+    virtual void modifyConnection(Connection *con);
+
+    virtual QWidget *widgetAt(const QPoint &pos) const;
+    virtual void createContextMenu(QMenu &menu);
+    void addConnection(Connection *con);
+    QRect widgetRect(QWidget *w) const;
+
+    enum State { Editing, Connecting, Dragging };
+    State state() const;
+
+    virtual void endConnection(QWidget *target, const QPoint &pos);
+
+    const ConnectionList &connectionList() const { return m_con_list; }
+    const ConnectionSet &selection()  const      { return m_sel_con_set; }
+    Connection *takeConnection(Connection *con);
+    Connection *newlyAddedConnection()           { return m_tmp_con; }
+    void clearNewlyAddedConnection();
+
+    void findObjectsUnderMouse(const QPoint &pos);
+
+private:
+    void startConnection(QWidget *source, const QPoint &pos);
+    void continueConnection(QWidget *target, const QPoint &pos);
+    void abortConnection();
+
+    void startDrag(const EndPoint &end_point, const QPoint &pos);
+    void continueDrag(const QPoint &pos);
+    void endDrag(const QPoint &pos);
+    void adjustHotSopt(const EndPoint &end_point, const QPoint &pos);
+    Connection *connectionAt(const QPoint &pos) const;
+    EndPoint endPointAt(const QPoint &pos) const;
+    void paintConnection(QPainter *p, Connection *con,
+                         WidgetSet *heavy_highlight_set,
+                         WidgetSet *light_highlight_set) const;
+    void paintLabel(QPainter *p, EndPoint::Type type, Connection *con);
+
+
+    QPointer<QWidget> m_bg_widget;
+    QUndoStack *m_undo_stack;
+    bool m_enable_update_background;
+
+    Connection *m_tmp_con; // the connection we are currently editing
+    ConnectionList m_con_list;
+    bool m_start_connection_on_drag;
+    EndPoint m_end_point_under_mouse;
+    QPointer<QWidget> m_widget_under_mouse;
+
+    EndPoint m_drag_end_point;
+    QPoint m_old_source_pos, m_old_target_pos;
+    ConnectionSet m_sel_con_set;
+    const QColor m_inactive_color;
+    const QColor m_active_color;
+
+private:
+    friend class Connection;
+    friend class AddConnectionCommand;
+    friend class DeleteConnectionsCommand;
+    friend class SetEndPointCommand;
+};
+
+class QDESIGNER_SHARED_EXPORT CECommand : public QUndoCommand, public CETypes
+{
+public:
+   explicit  CECommand(ConnectionEdit *edit)
+        : m_edit(edit) {}
+
+    virtual bool mergeWith(const QUndoCommand *) { return false; }
+
+    ConnectionEdit *edit() const { return m_edit; }
+
+private:
+    ConnectionEdit *m_edit;
+};
+
+class QDESIGNER_SHARED_EXPORT AddConnectionCommand : public CECommand
+{
+public:
+    AddConnectionCommand(ConnectionEdit *edit, Connection *con);
+    virtual void redo();
+    virtual void undo();
+private:
+    Connection *m_con;
+};
+
+class QDESIGNER_SHARED_EXPORT DeleteConnectionsCommand : public CECommand
+{
+public:
+    DeleteConnectionsCommand(ConnectionEdit *edit, const ConnectionList &con_list);
+    virtual void redo();
+    virtual void undo();
+private:
+    ConnectionList m_con_list;
+};
+
+} // namespace qdesigner_internal
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+#endif // CONNECTIONEDIT_H

designer/lib/shared/csshighlighter.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "csshighlighter_p.h"
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+namespace qdesigner_internal {
+
+CssHighlighter::CssHighlighter(QTextDocument *document)
+: QSyntaxHighlighter(document)
+{
+}
+
+void CssHighlighter::highlightBlock(const QString& text)
+{
+    enum Token { ALNUM, LBRACE, RBRACE, COLON, SEMICOLON, COMMA, QUOTE, SLASH, STAR };
+    static const int transitions[10][9] = {
+        { Selector, Property, Selector, Pseudo,    Property, Selector, Quote, MaybeComment, Selector }, // Selector
+        { Property, Property, Selector, Value,     Property, Property, Quote, MaybeComment, Property }, // Property
+        { Value,    Property, Selector, Value,     Property, Value,    Quote, MaybeComment, Value }, // Value
+        { Pseudo1, Property, Selector, Pseudo2,    Selector, Selector, Quote, MaybeComment, Pseudo }, // Pseudo
+        { Pseudo1, Property, Selector, Pseudo,    Selector, Selector, Quote, MaybeComment, Pseudo1 }, // Pseudo1
+        { Pseudo2, Property, Selector, Pseudo,    Selector, Selector, Quote, MaybeComment, Pseudo2 }, // Pseudo2
+        { Quote,    Quote,    Quote,    Quote,     Quote,    Quote,   -1, Quote, Quote }, // Quote
+        { -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, Comment }, // MaybeComment
+        { Comment, Comment, Comment, Comment, Comment, Comment, Comment, Comment, MaybeCommentEnd }, // Comment
+        { Comment, Comment, Comment, Comment, Comment, Comment, Comment, -1, MaybeCommentEnd } // MaybeCommentEnd
+    };
+
+    int lastIndex = 0;
+    bool lastWasSlash = false;
+    int state = previousBlockState(), save_state;
+    if (state == -1) {
+        // As long as the text is empty, leave the state undetermined
+        if (text.isEmpty()) {
+            setCurrentBlockState(-1);
+            return;
+        }
+        // The initial state is based on the precense of a : and the absense of a {.
+        // This is because Qt style sheets support both a full stylesheet as well as
+        // an inline form with just properties.
+        state = save_state = (text.indexOf(QLatin1Char(':')) > -1 &&
+                              text.indexOf(QLatin1Char('{')) == -1) ? Property : Selector;
+    } else {
+        save_state = state>>16;
+        state &= 0x00ff;
+    }
+
+    if (state == MaybeCommentEnd) {
+        state = Comment;
+    } else if (state == MaybeComment) {
+        state = save_state;
+    }
+
+    for (int i = 0; i < text.length(); i++) {
+        int token = ALNUM;
+        const QChar c = text.at(i);
+        const char a = c.toAscii();
+
+        if (state == Quote) {
+            if (a == '\\') {
+                lastWasSlash = true;
+            } else {
+                if (a == '\"' && !lastWasSlash) {
+                    token = QUOTE;
+                }
+                lastWasSlash = false;
+            }
+        } else {
+            switch (a) {
+            case '{': token = LBRACE; break;
+            case '}': token = RBRACE; break;
+            case ':': token = COLON; break;
+            case ';': token = SEMICOLON; break;
+            case ',': token = COMMA; break;
+            case '\"': token = QUOTE; break;
+            case '/': token = SLASH; break;
+            case '*': token = STAR; break;
+            default: break;
+            }
+        }
+
+        int new_state = transitions[state][token];
+
+        if (new_state != state) {
+            bool include_token = new_state == MaybeCommentEnd || (state == MaybeCommentEnd && new_state!= Comment)
+                                 || state == Quote;
+            highlight(text, lastIndex, i-lastIndex+include_token, state);
+
+            if (new_state == Comment) {
+                lastIndex = i-1; // include the slash and star
+            } else {
+                lastIndex = i + ((token == ALNUM || new_state == Quote) ? 0 : 1);
+            }
+        }
+
+        if (new_state == -1) {
+            state = save_state;
+        } else if (state <= Pseudo2) {
+            save_state = state;
+            state = new_state;
+        } else {
+            state = new_state;
+        }
+    }
+
+    highlight(text, lastIndex, text.length() - lastIndex, state);
+    setCurrentBlockState(state + (save_state<<16));
+}
+
+void CssHighlighter::highlight(const QString &text, int start, int length, int state)
+{
+    if (start >= text.length() || length <= 0)
+        return;
+
+    QTextCharFormat format;
+
+    switch (state) {
+    case Selector:
+        setFormat(start, length, Qt::darkRed);
+        break;
+    case Property:
+        setFormat(start, length, Qt::blue);
+        break;
+    case Value:
+        setFormat(start, length, Qt::black);
+        break;
+    case Pseudo1:
+        setFormat(start, length, Qt::darkRed);
+        break;
+    case Pseudo2:
+        setFormat(start, length, Qt::darkRed);
+        break;
+    case Quote:
+        setFormat(start, length, Qt::darkMagenta);
+        break;
+    case Comment:
+    case MaybeCommentEnd:
+        format.setForeground(Qt::darkGreen);
+        setFormat(start, length, format);
+        break;
+    default:
+        break;
+    }
+}
+
+} // namespace qdesigner_internal
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE

designer/lib/shared/csshighlighter_p.h

@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists for the convenience
+// of Qt Designer.  This header
+// file may change from version to version without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+
+#ifndef CSSHIGHLIGHTER_H
+#define CSSHIGHLIGHTER_H
+
+#include <QtGui/QSyntaxHighlighter>
+#include "shared_global_p.h"
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+namespace qdesigner_internal {
+
+class QDESIGNER_SHARED_EXPORT CssHighlighter : public QSyntaxHighlighter
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    explicit CssHighlighter(QTextDocument *document);
+
+protected:
+    void highlightBlock(const QString&);
+    void highlight(const QString&, int, int, int/*State*/);
+
+private:
+    enum State { Selector, Property, Value, Pseudo, Pseudo1, Pseudo2, Quote, 
+                 MaybeComment, Comment, MaybeCommentEnd };
+};
+
+} // namespace qdesigner_internal
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+#endif // CSSHIGHLIGHTER_H

designer/lib/shared/defaultgradients.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,498 @@
+<gradients>
+ <gradient name="BlackWhite" >
+  <gradientData spread="PadSpread" startX="0" startY="0" coordinateMode="StretchToDeviceMode" type="LinearGradient" endX="1" endY="0" >
+   <stopData position="0" >
+    <colorData g="0" r="0" a="255" b="0" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="1" >
+    <colorData g="255" r="255" a="255" b="255" />
+   </stopData>
+  </gradientData>
+ </gradient>
+ <gradient name="Czech" >
+  <gradientData centerX="0.5" centerY="0.5" spread="RepeatSpread" coordinateMode="StretchToDeviceMode" type="ConicalGradient" angle="0" >
+   <stopData position="0" >
+    <colorData g="255" r="255" a="255" b="255" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.373978669201521" >
+    <colorData g="255" r="255" a="255" b="255" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.3739913434727503" >
+    <colorData g="30" r="33" a="255" b="255" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.6240176679340937" >
+    <colorData g="30" r="33" a="255" b="255" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.6240430164765525" >
+    <colorData g="0" r="255" a="255" b="0" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="1" >
+    <colorData g="0" r="255" a="255" b="0" />
+   </stopData>
+  </gradientData>
+ </gradient>
+ <gradient name="Dutch" >
+  <gradientData spread="PadSpread" startX="0" startY="0" coordinateMode="StretchToDeviceMode" type="LinearGradient" endX="0" endY="1" >
+   <stopData position="0" >
+    <colorData g="0" r="255" a="255" b="0" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.3397947548460661" >
+    <colorData g="0" r="255" a="255" b="0" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.339798898163606" >
+    <colorData g="255" r="255" a="255" b="255" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.6624439732888147" >
+    <colorData g="255" r="255" a="255" b="255" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.6624690150250417" >
+    <colorData g="0" r="0" a="255" b="255" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="1" >
+    <colorData g="0" r="0" a="255" b="255" />
+   </stopData>
+  </gradientData>
+ </gradient>
+ <gradient name="Eye" >
+  <gradientData centerX="0.5" centerY="0.5" radius="0.5" spread="PadSpread" focalX="0.5" focalY="0.5" coordinateMode="StretchToDeviceMode" type="RadialGradient" >
+   <stopData position="0" >
+    <colorData g="0" r="0" a="255" b="0" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.1939699465240642" >
+    <colorData g="0" r="0" a="255" b="0" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.202312192513369" >
+    <colorData g="97" r="122" a="255" b="0" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.4955143315508022" >
+    <colorData g="58" r="76" a="255" b="0" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.5048191443850267" >
+    <colorData g="255" r="255" a="255" b="255" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.79" >
+    <colorData g="255" r="255" a="255" b="255" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="1" >
+    <colorData g="158" r="255" a="255" b="158" />
+   </stopData>
+  </gradientData>
+ </gradient>
+ <gradient name="Flare1" >
+  <gradientData centerX="0.5" centerY="0.5" radius="0.5" spread="PadSpread" focalX="0.5" focalY="0.5" coordinateMode="StretchToDeviceMode" type="RadialGradient" >
+   <stopData position="0" >
+    <colorData g="255" r="255" a="255" b="255" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.1" >
+    <colorData g="255" r="255" a="255" b="255" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.2" >
+    <colorData g="176" r="255" a="167" b="176" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.3" >
+    <colorData g="151" r="255" a="92" b="151" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.4" >
+    <colorData g="125" r="255" a="51" b="125" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.5" >
+    <colorData g="76" r="255" a="205" b="76" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.52" >
+    <colorData g="76" r="255" a="205" b="76" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.6" >
+    <colorData g="180" r="255" a="84" b="180" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="1" >
+    <colorData g="255" r="255" a="0" b="255" />
+   </stopData>
+  </gradientData>
+ </gradient>
+ <gradient name="Flare2" >
+  <gradientData centerX="0.5" centerY="0.5" radius="0.5" spread="PadSpread" focalX="0.5" focalY="0.5" coordinateMode="StretchToDeviceMode" type="RadialGradient" >
+   <stopData position="0" >
+    <colorData g="0" r="0" a="0" b="0" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.52" >
+    <colorData g="0" r="0" a="0" b="0" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.5649999999999999" >
+    <colorData g="121" r="82" a="33" b="76" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.65" >
+    <colorData g="235" r="159" a="64" b="148" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.7219251336898396" >
+    <colorData g="238" r="255" a="129" b="150" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.77" >
+    <colorData g="128" r="255" a="204" b="128" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.89" >
+    <colorData g="128" r="191" a="64" b="255" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="1" >
+    <colorData g="0" r="0" a="0" b="0" />
+   </stopData>
+  </gradientData>
+ </gradient>
+ <gradient name="Flare3" >
+  <gradientData centerX="0.5" centerY="0.5" radius="0.5" spread="PadSpread" focalX="0.5" focalY="0.5" coordinateMode="StretchToDeviceMode" type="RadialGradient" >
+   <stopData position="0" >
+    <colorData g="235" r="255" a="206" b="235" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.35" >
+    <colorData g="188" r="255" a="80" b="188" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.4" >
+    <colorData g="162" r="255" a="80" b="162" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.425" >
+    <colorData g="132" r="255" a="156" b="132" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.44" >
+    <colorData g="128" r="252" a="80" b="128" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="1" >
+    <colorData g="255" r="255" a="0" b="255" />
+   </stopData>
+  </gradientData>
+ </gradient>
+ <gradient name="German" >
+  <gradientData spread="PadSpread" startX="0" startY="0" coordinateMode="StretchToDeviceMode" type="LinearGradient" endX="0" endY="1" >
+   <stopData position="0" >
+    <colorData g="0" r="0" a="255" b="0" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.33" >
+    <colorData g="0" r="0" a="255" b="0" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.34" >
+    <colorData g="30" r="255" a="255" b="30" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.66" >
+    <colorData g="0" r="255" a="255" b="0" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.67" >
+    <colorData g="255" r="255" a="255" b="0" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="1" >
+    <colorData g="255" r="255" a="255" b="0" />
+   </stopData>
+  </gradientData>
+ </gradient>
+ <gradient name="Golden" >
+  <gradientData centerX="0.5" centerY="0.5" spread="PadSpread" coordinateMode="StretchToDeviceMode" type="ConicalGradient" angle="0" >
+   <stopData position="0" >
+    <colorData g="40" r="35" a="255" b="3" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.16" >
+    <colorData g="106" r="136" a="255" b="22" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.225" >
+    <colorData g="140" r="166" a="255" b="41" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.285" >
+    <colorData g="181" r="204" a="255" b="74" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.345" >
+    <colorData g="219" r="235" a="255" b="102" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.415" >
+    <colorData g="236" r="245" a="255" b="112" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.52" >
+    <colorData g="190" r="209" a="255" b="76" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.57" >
+    <colorData g="156" r="187" a="255" b="51" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.635" >
+    <colorData g="142" r="168" a="255" b="42" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.695" >
+    <colorData g="174" r="202" a="255" b="68" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.75" >
+    <colorData g="202" r="218" a="255" b="86" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.8149999999999999" >
+    <colorData g="187" r="208" a="255" b="73" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.88" >
+    <colorData g="156" r="187" a="255" b="51" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.9350000000000001" >
+    <colorData g="108" r="137" a="255" b="26" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="1" >
+    <colorData g="40" r="35" a="255" b="3" />
+   </stopData>
+  </gradientData>
+ </gradient>
+ <gradient name="Japanese" >
+  <gradientData centerX="0.5" centerY="0.5" radius="0.5" spread="PadSpread" focalX="0.5" focalY="0.5" coordinateMode="StretchToDeviceMode" type="RadialGradient" >
+   <stopData position="0" >
+    <colorData g="0" r="255" a="255" b="0" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.4799044117647059" >
+    <colorData g="0" r="255" a="255" b="0" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.5226851604278074" >
+    <colorData g="255" r="255" a="255" b="255" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="1" >
+    <colorData g="255" r="255" a="255" b="255" />
+   </stopData>
+  </gradientData>
+ </gradient>
+ <gradient name="Norwegian" >
+  <gradientData spread="RepeatSpread" startX="0" startY="0" coordinateMode="StretchToDeviceMode" type="LinearGradient" endX="1" endY="0" >
+   <stopData position="0" >
+    <colorData g="0" r="255" a="255" b="0" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.17" >
+    <colorData g="0" r="255" a="255" b="0" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.18" >
+    <colorData g="255" r="255" a="255" b="255" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.2102117403738299" >
+    <colorData g="255" r="255" a="255" b="255" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.2202117403738299" >
+    <colorData g="16" r="0" a="255" b="255" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.2798973635190806" >
+    <colorData g="16" r="0" a="255" b="255" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.2898973635190806" >
+    <colorData g="255" r="255" a="255" b="255" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.32" >
+    <colorData g="255" r="255" a="255" b="255" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.33" >
+    <colorData g="0" r="255" a="255" b="0" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="1" >
+    <colorData g="0" r="255" a="255" b="0" />
+   </stopData>
+  </gradientData>
+ </gradient>
+ <gradient name="Pastels" >
+  <gradientData spread="PadSpread" startX="0" startY="0" coordinateMode="StretchToDeviceMode" type="LinearGradient" endX="1" endY="0" >
+   <stopData position="0" >
+    <colorData g="224" r="245" a="255" b="176" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.09" >
+    <colorData g="189" r="246" a="255" b="237" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.14" >
+    <colorData g="207" r="194" a="255" b="246" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.19" >
+    <colorData g="160" r="184" a="255" b="168" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.25" >
+    <colorData g="186" r="171" a="255" b="248" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.32" >
+    <colorData g="248" r="243" a="255" b="224" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.385" >
+    <colorData g="162" r="249" a="255" b="183" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.47" >
+    <colorData g="115" r="100" a="255" b="124" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.58" >
+    <colorData g="205" r="251" a="255" b="202" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.65" >
+    <colorData g="128" r="170" a="255" b="185" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.75" >
+    <colorData g="222" r="252" a="255" b="204" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.805" >
+    <colorData g="122" r="206" a="255" b="218" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.86" >
+    <colorData g="223" r="254" a="255" b="175" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.91" >
+    <colorData g="236" r="254" a="255" b="244" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="1" >
+    <colorData g="191" r="255" a="255" b="221" />
+   </stopData>
+  </gradientData>
+ </gradient>
+ <gradient name="Polish" >
+  <gradientData spread="PadSpread" startX="0" startY="0" coordinateMode="StretchToDeviceMode" type="LinearGradient" endX="0" endY="1" >
+   <stopData position="0" >
+    <colorData g="255" r="255" a="255" b="255" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.495" >
+    <colorData g="255" r="255" a="255" b="255" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.505" >
+    <colorData g="0" r="255" a="255" b="0" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="1" >
+    <colorData g="0" r="255" a="255" b="0" />
+   </stopData>
+  </gradientData>
+ </gradient>
+ <gradient name="Rainbow" >
+  <gradientData spread="PadSpread" startX="0" startY="0" coordinateMode="StretchToDeviceMode" type="LinearGradient" endX="1" endY="0" >
+   <stopData position="0" >
+    <colorData g="0" r="255" a="255" b="0" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.166" >
+    <colorData g="255" r="255" a="255" b="0" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.333" >
+    <colorData g="255" r="0" a="255" b="0" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.5" >
+    <colorData g="255" r="0" a="255" b="255" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.666" >
+    <colorData g="0" r="0" a="255" b="255" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.833" >
+    <colorData g="0" r="255" a="255" b="255" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="1" >
+    <colorData g="0" r="255" a="255" b="0" />
+   </stopData>
+  </gradientData>
+ </gradient>
+ <gradient name="Sky" >
+  <gradientData spread="PadSpread" startX="0" startY="1" coordinateMode="StretchToDeviceMode" type="LinearGradient" endX="0" endY="0" >
+   <stopData position="0" >
+    <colorData g="0" r="0" a="255" b="0" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.05" >
+    <colorData g="8" r="14" a="255" b="73" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.36" >
+    <colorData g="17" r="28" a="255" b="145" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.6" >
+    <colorData g="14" r="126" a="255" b="81" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.75" >
+    <colorData g="11" r="234" a="255" b="11" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.79" >
+    <colorData g="70" r="244" a="255" b="5" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.86" >
+    <colorData g="136" r="255" a="255" b="0" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.9350000000000001" >
+    <colorData g="236" r="239" a="255" b="55" />
+   </stopData>
+  </gradientData>
+ </gradient>
+ <gradient name="SunRay" >
+  <gradientData centerX="0" centerY="0" spread="RepeatSpread" coordinateMode="StretchToDeviceMode" type="ConicalGradient" angle="135" >
+   <stopData position="0" >
+    <colorData g="255" r="255" a="69" b="0" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.375" >
+    <colorData g="255" r="255" a="69" b="0" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.4235329090018885" >
+    <colorData g="255" r="251" a="145" b="0" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.45" >
+    <colorData g="255" r="247" a="208" b="0" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.4775811200061043" >
+    <colorData g="244" r="255" a="130" b="71" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.5187165775401069" >
+    <colorData g="218" r="255" a="130" b="71" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.55" >
+    <colorData g="255" r="255" a="255" b="0" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.5775401069518716" >
+    <colorData g="203" r="255" a="130" b="0" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.625" >
+    <colorData g="255" r="255" a="69" b="0" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="1" >
+    <colorData g="255" r="255" a="69" b="0" />
+   </stopData>
+  </gradientData>
+ </gradient>
+ <gradient name="Tropical" >
+  <gradientData spread="PadSpread" startX="0" startY="0" coordinateMode="StretchToDeviceMode" type="LinearGradient" endX="1" endY="0" >
+   <stopData position="0" >
+    <colorData g="41" r="9" a="255" b="4" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.08500000000000001" >
+    <colorData g="79" r="2" a="255" b="0" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.19" >
+    <colorData g="147" r="50" a="255" b="22" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.275" >
+    <colorData g="191" r="236" a="255" b="49" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.39" >
+    <colorData g="61" r="243" a="255" b="34" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.555" >
+    <colorData g="81" r="135" a="255" b="60" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.667" >
+    <colorData g="75" r="121" a="255" b="255" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.825" >
+    <colorData g="255" r="164" a="255" b="244" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.885" >
+    <colorData g="222" r="104" a="255" b="71" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="1" >
+    <colorData g="128" r="93" a="255" b="0" />
+   </stopData>
+  </gradientData>
+ </gradient>
+ <gradient name="Wave" >
+  <gradientData centerX="0.5" centerY="0.5" radius="0.077" spread="RepeatSpread" focalX="0.5" focalY="0.5" coordinateMode="StretchToDeviceMode" type="RadialGradient" >
+   <stopData position="0" >
+    <colorData g="169" r="0" a="147" b="255" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.4973262032085561" >
+    <colorData g="0" r="0" a="147" b="0" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="1" >
+    <colorData g="169" r="0" a="147" b="255" />
+   </stopData>
+  </gradientData>
+ </gradient>
+ <gradient name="Wood" >
+  <gradientData spread="PadSpread" startX="0" startY="0" coordinateMode="StretchToDeviceMode" type="LinearGradient" endX="1" endY="0" >
+   <stopData position="0" >
+    <colorData g="178" r="255" a="255" b="102" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.55" >
+    <colorData g="148" r="235" a="255" b="61" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="0.98" >
+    <colorData g="0" r="0" a="255" b="0" />
+   </stopData>
+   <stopData position="1" >
+    <colorData g="0" r="0" a="0" b="0" />
+   </stopData>
+  </gradientData>
+ </gradient>
+</gradients>

designer/lib/shared/deviceprofile.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,467 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "deviceprofile_p.h"
+
+#include <QtDesigner/QDesignerFormEditorInterface>
+#include <widgetfactory_p.h>
+#include <qdesigner_utils_p.h>
+
+#include <QtGui/QApplication>
+#include <QtGui/QFont>
+#include <QtGui/QDesktopWidget>
+#include <QtGui/QStyle>
+#include <QtGui/QStyleFactory>
+#include <QtGui/QApplication>
+
+#include <QtCore/QSharedData>
+#include <QtCore/QTextStream>
+
+#include <QtCore/QXmlStreamWriter>
+#include <QtCore/QXmlStreamReader>
+
+
+static const char *dpiXPropertyC = "_q_customDpiX";
+static const char *dpiYPropertyC = "_q_customDpiY";
+
+// XML serialization
+static const char *xmlVersionC="1.0";
+static const char *rootElementC="deviceprofile";
+static const char *nameElementC = "name";
+static const char *fontFamilyElementC = "fontfamily";
+static const char *fontPointSizeElementC = "fontpointsize";
+static const char *dPIXElementC = "dpix";
+static const char *dPIYElementC = "dpiy";
+static const char *styleElementC = "style";
+
+/* DeviceProfile:
+ * For preview purposes (preview, widget box, new form dialog), the
+ * QDesignerFormBuilder applies the settings to the form main container
+ * (Point being here that the DPI must be set directly for size calculations
+ * to be correct).
+ * For editing purposes, FormWindow applies the settings to the form container
+ * as not to interfere with the font settings of the form main container.
+ * In addition, the widgetfactory maintains the system settings style
+ * and applies it when creating widgets. */
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+namespace qdesigner_internal {
+
+// ---------------- DeviceProfileData
+class DeviceProfileData : public QSharedData {
+public:
+    DeviceProfileData();
+    void fromSystem();
+    void clear();
+
+    QString m_fontFamily;
+    int m_fontPointSize;
+    QString m_style;
+    int m_dpiX;
+    int m_dpiY;
+    QString m_name;
+};
+
+DeviceProfileData::DeviceProfileData()  :
+   m_fontPointSize(-1),
+   m_dpiX(-1),
+   m_dpiY(-1)
+{
+}
+
+void DeviceProfileData::clear()
+{
+    m_fontPointSize = -1;
+    m_dpiX = 0;
+    m_dpiY = 0;
+    m_name.clear();
+    m_style.clear();
+}
+
+void DeviceProfileData::fromSystem()
+{
+    const QFont appFont = QApplication::font();
+    m_fontFamily = appFont.family();
+    m_fontPointSize = appFont.pointSize();
+    DeviceProfile::systemResolution(&m_dpiX, &m_dpiY);
+    m_style.clear();
+}
+
+// ---------------- DeviceProfile
+DeviceProfile::DeviceProfile() :
+   m_d(new DeviceProfileData)
+{
+}
+
+DeviceProfile::DeviceProfile(const DeviceProfile &o) :
+    m_d(o.m_d)
+
+{
+}
+
+DeviceProfile& DeviceProfile::operator=(const DeviceProfile &o)
+{
+    m_d.operator=(o.m_d);
+    return *this;
+}
+
+DeviceProfile::~DeviceProfile()
+{
+}
+
+void DeviceProfile::clear()
+{
+    m_d->clear();
+}
+
+bool DeviceProfile::isEmpty() const
+{
+    return m_d->m_name.isEmpty();
+}
+
+QString DeviceProfile::fontFamily() const
+{
+     return m_d->m_fontFamily;
+}
+
+void DeviceProfile::setFontFamily(const QString &f)
+{
+     m_d->m_fontFamily = f;
+}
+
+int DeviceProfile::fontPointSize() const
+{
+     return m_d->m_fontPointSize;
+}
+
+void DeviceProfile::setFontPointSize(int p)
+{
+     m_d->m_fontPointSize = p;
+}
+
+QString DeviceProfile::style() const
+{
+    return m_d->m_style;
+}
+
+void DeviceProfile::setStyle(const QString &s)
+{
+    m_d->m_style = s;
+}
+
+int DeviceProfile::dpiX() const
+{
+     return m_d->m_dpiX;
+}
+
+void DeviceProfile::setDpiX(int d)
+{
+     m_d->m_dpiX = d;
+}
+
+int DeviceProfile::dpiY() const
+{
+     return m_d->m_dpiY;
+}
+
+void DeviceProfile::setDpiY(int d)
+{
+     m_d->m_dpiY = d;
+}
+
+void DeviceProfile::fromSystem()
+{
+    m_d->fromSystem();
+}
+
+QString DeviceProfile::name() const
+{
+    return m_d->m_name;
+}
+
+void DeviceProfile::setName(const QString &n)
+{
+    m_d->m_name = n;
+}
+
+void DeviceProfile::systemResolution(int *dpiX, int *dpiY)
+{
+    const QDesktopWidget *dw = qApp->desktop();
+    *dpiX = dw->logicalDpiX();
+    *dpiY = dw->logicalDpiY();
+}
+
+class FriendlyWidget : public QWidget {
+    friend class DeviceProfile;
+};
+
+void DeviceProfile::widgetResolution(const QWidget *w, int *dpiX, int *dpiY)
+{
+    const FriendlyWidget *fw = static_cast<const FriendlyWidget*>(w);
+    *dpiX = fw->metric(QPaintDevice::PdmDpiX);
+    *dpiY = fw->metric(QPaintDevice::PdmDpiY);
+}
+
+QString DeviceProfile::toString() const
+{
+    const DeviceProfileData &d = *m_d;
+    QString rc;
+    QTextStream(&rc) << "DeviceProfile:name=" << d.m_name << " Font=" << d.m_fontFamily << ' '
+        << d.m_fontPointSize << " Style=" << d.m_style << " DPI=" << d.m_dpiX << ',' << d.m_dpiY;
+    return rc;
+}
+
+// Apply font to widget
+static void applyFont(const QString &family, int size, DeviceProfile::ApplyMode am, QWidget *widget)
+{
+    QFont currentFont = widget->font();
+    if (currentFont.pointSize() == size && currentFont.family() == family)
+        return;
+    switch (am) {
+    case DeviceProfile::ApplyFormParent:
+        // Invisible form parent: Apply all
+        widget->setFont(QFont(family, size));
+        break;
+    case DeviceProfile::ApplyPreview: {
+        // Preview: Apply only subproperties that have not been changed by designer properties
+        bool apply = false;
+        const uint resolve = currentFont.resolve();
+        if (!(resolve & QFont::FamilyResolved)) {
+            currentFont.setFamily(family);
+            apply = true;
+        }
+        if (!(resolve & QFont::SizeResolved)) {
+            currentFont.setPointSize(size);
+            apply = true;
+        }
+        if (apply)
+            widget->setFont(currentFont);
+    }
+        break;
+    }
+}
+
+void DeviceProfile::applyDPI(int dpiX, int dpiY, QWidget *widget)
+{
+    int sysDPIX, sysDPIY; // Set dynamic variables in case values are different from system DPI
+    systemResolution(&sysDPIX, &sysDPIY);
+    if (dpiX != sysDPIX && dpiY != sysDPIY) {
+        widget->setProperty(dpiXPropertyC, QVariant(dpiX));
+        widget->setProperty(dpiYPropertyC, QVariant(dpiY));
+    }
+}
+
+void DeviceProfile::apply(const QDesignerFormEditorInterface *core, QWidget *widget, ApplyMode am) const
+{
+    if (isEmpty())
+        return;
+
+    const DeviceProfileData &d = *m_d;
+
+    if (!d.m_fontFamily.isEmpty())
+        applyFont(d.m_fontFamily, d.m_fontPointSize, am, widget);
+
+    applyDPI(d.m_dpiX, d.m_dpiY, widget);
+
+    if (!d.m_style.isEmpty()) {
+        if (WidgetFactory *wf = qobject_cast<qdesigner_internal::WidgetFactory *>(core->widgetFactory()))
+            wf->applyStyleTopLevel(d.m_style, widget);
+    }
+}
+
+bool DeviceProfile::equals(const DeviceProfile& rhs) const
+{
+    const DeviceProfileData &d = *m_d;
+    const DeviceProfileData &rhs_d = *rhs.m_d;
+    return d.m_fontPointSize == rhs_d.m_fontPointSize &&
+           d.m_dpiX == rhs_d.m_dpiX && d.m_dpiY == rhs_d.m_dpiY && d.m_fontFamily == rhs_d.m_fontFamily &&
+           d.m_style == rhs_d.m_style && d.m_name == rhs_d.m_name;
+}
+
+static inline void writeElement(QXmlStreamWriter &writer, const QString &element, const QString &cdata)
+{
+    writer.writeStartElement(element);
+    writer.writeCharacters(cdata);
+    writer.writeEndElement();
+}
+
+QString DeviceProfile::toXml() const
+{
+    const DeviceProfileData &d = *m_d;
+    QString rc;
+    QXmlStreamWriter writer(&rc);
+    writer.writeStartDocument(QLatin1String(xmlVersionC));
+    writer.writeStartElement(QLatin1String(rootElementC));
+    writeElement(writer, QLatin1String(nameElementC), d.m_name);
+
+    if (!d.m_fontFamily.isEmpty())
+        writeElement(writer, QLatin1String(fontFamilyElementC), d.m_fontFamily);
+    if (d.m_fontPointSize >= 0)
+        writeElement(writer, QLatin1String(fontPointSizeElementC), QString::number(d.m_fontPointSize));
+    if (d.m_dpiX > 0)
+        writeElement(writer, QLatin1String(dPIXElementC), QString::number(d.m_dpiX));
+    if (d.m_dpiY > 0)
+        writeElement(writer, QLatin1String(dPIYElementC), QString::number(d.m_dpiY));
+    if (!d.m_style.isEmpty())
+        writeElement(writer, QLatin1String(styleElementC), d.m_style);
+
+    writer.writeEndElement();
+    writer.writeEndDocument();
+    return rc;
+}
+
+/* Switch stages when encountering a start element (state table) */
+enum ParseStage { ParseBeginning, ParseWithinRoot,
+                  ParseName, ParseFontFamily, ParseFontPointSize, ParseDPIX,  ParseDPIY,  ParseStyle,
+                  ParseError };
+
+static ParseStage nextStage(ParseStage currentStage, const QStringRef &startElement)
+{
+    switch (currentStage) {
+    case ParseBeginning:
+        if (startElement == QLatin1String(rootElementC))
+            return ParseWithinRoot;
+        break;
+    case ParseWithinRoot:
+    case ParseName:
+    case ParseFontFamily:
+    case ParseFontPointSize:
+    case ParseDPIX:
+    case ParseDPIY:
+    case ParseStyle:
+        if (startElement == QLatin1String(nameElementC))
+            return ParseName;
+        if (startElement == QLatin1String(fontFamilyElementC))
+            return ParseFontFamily;
+        if (startElement == QLatin1String(fontPointSizeElementC))
+            return ParseFontPointSize;
+        if (startElement == QLatin1String(dPIXElementC))
+            return ParseDPIX;
+        if (startElement == QLatin1String(dPIYElementC))
+            return ParseDPIY;
+        if (startElement == QLatin1String(styleElementC))
+            return ParseStyle;
+        break;
+    case ParseError:
+        break;
+    }
+    return ParseError;
+}
+
+static bool readIntegerElement(QXmlStreamReader &reader, int *v)
+{
+    const QString e = reader.readElementText();
+    bool ok;
+    *v = e.toInt(&ok);
+    //: Reading a number for an embedded device profile
+    if (!ok)
+        reader.raiseError(QApplication::translate("DeviceProfile", "'%1' is not a number.").arg(e));
+    return ok;
+}
+
+bool DeviceProfile::fromXml(const QString &xml, QString *errorMessage)
+{
+    DeviceProfileData &d = *m_d;
+    d.fromSystem();
+
+    QXmlStreamReader reader(xml);
+
+    ParseStage ps = ParseBeginning;
+    QXmlStreamReader::TokenType tt = QXmlStreamReader::NoToken;
+    int iv = 0;
+    do {
+        tt = reader.readNext();
+        if (tt == QXmlStreamReader::StartElement) {
+            ps = nextStage(ps, reader.name());
+            switch (ps) {
+            case ParseBeginning:
+            case ParseWithinRoot:
+                break;
+            case ParseError:
+                reader.raiseError(QApplication::translate("DeviceProfile", "An invalid tag <%1> was encountered.").arg(reader.name().toString()));
+                tt = QXmlStreamReader::Invalid;
+                break;
+            case ParseName:
+                d.m_name = reader.readElementText();
+                break;
+            case ParseFontFamily:
+                d.m_fontFamily = reader.readElementText();
+                break;
+            case ParseFontPointSize:
+                if (readIntegerElement(reader, &iv)) {
+                    d.m_fontPointSize = iv;
+                } else {
+                    tt = QXmlStreamReader::Invalid;
+                }
+                break;
+            case ParseDPIX:
+                if (readIntegerElement(reader, &iv)) {
+                    d.m_dpiX = iv;
+                } else {
+                    tt = QXmlStreamReader::Invalid;
+                }
+                break;
+            case ParseDPIY:
+                if (readIntegerElement(reader, &iv)) {
+                    d.m_dpiY = iv;
+                } else {
+                    tt = QXmlStreamReader::Invalid;
+                }
+                break;
+            case ParseStyle:
+                d.m_style = reader.readElementText();
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    } while (tt != QXmlStreamReader::Invalid && tt != QXmlStreamReader::EndDocument);
+
+    if (reader.hasError()) {
+        *errorMessage = reader.errorString();
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    return true;
+}
+}
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+

designer/lib/shared/deviceprofile_p.h

@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists for the convenience
+// of Qt Designer.  This header
+// file may change from version to version without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+
+#ifndef DEVICEPROFILE_H
+#define DEVICEPROFILE_H
+
+#include "shared_global_p.h"
+
+#include <QtCore/QString>
+#include <QtCore/QSharedDataPointer>
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QDesignerFormEditorInterface;
+class QWidget;
+class QStyle;
+
+namespace qdesigner_internal {
+
+class DeviceProfileData;
+
+/* DeviceProfile for embedded design. They influence
+ * default properties (for example, fonts), dpi and
+ * style of the form. This class represents a device
+ * profile. */
+
+class QDESIGNER_SHARED_EXPORT DeviceProfile {
+public:
+    DeviceProfile();
+
+    DeviceProfile(const DeviceProfile&);
+    DeviceProfile& operator=(const DeviceProfile&);
+    ~DeviceProfile();
+
+    void clear();
+
+    // Device name
+    QString name() const;
+    void setName(const QString &);
+
+    // System settings active
+    bool isEmpty() const;
+
+    // Default font family of the embedded system
+    QString fontFamily() const;
+    void setFontFamily(const QString &);
+
+    // Default font size of the embedded system
+    int fontPointSize() const;
+    void setFontPointSize(int p);
+
+    // Display resolution of the embedded system
+    int dpiX() const;
+    void setDpiX(int d);
+    int dpiY() const;
+    void setDpiY(int d);
+
+    // Style
+    QString style() const;
+    void setStyle(const QString &);
+
+    // Initialize from desktop system
+    void fromSystem();
+
+    static void systemResolution(int *dpiX, int *dpiY);
+    static void widgetResolution(const QWidget *w, int *dpiX, int *dpiY);
+
+    bool equals(const DeviceProfile& rhs) const;
+
+    // Apply to form/preview (using font inheritance)
+    enum ApplyMode {
+        /* Pre-Apply to parent widget of form being edited: Apply font
+         * and make use of property inheritance to be able to modify the
+         * font property freely. */
+        ApplyFormParent,
+        /* Post-Apply to preview widget: Change only inherited font
+         * sub properties. */
+        ApplyPreview
+    };
+    void apply(const QDesignerFormEditorInterface *core, QWidget *widget, ApplyMode am) const;
+
+    static void applyDPI(int dpiX, int dpiY, QWidget *widget);
+
+    QString toString() const;
+
+    QString toXml() const;
+    bool fromXml(const QString &xml, QString *errorMessage);
+
+private:
+    QSharedDataPointer<DeviceProfileData> m_d;
+};
+
+inline bool operator==(const DeviceProfile &s1, const DeviceProfile &s2)
+    { return s1.equals(s2); }
+inline bool operator!=(const DeviceProfile &s1, const DeviceProfile &s2)
+    { return !s1.equals(s2); }
+
+}
+
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+#endif // DEVICEPROFILE_H

designer/lib/shared/dialoggui.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,265 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "dialoggui_p.h"
+
+#include <QtGui/QFileIconProvider>
+#include <QtGui/QIcon>
+#include <QtGui/QImage>
+#include <QtGui/QImageReader>
+#include <QtGui/QPixmap>
+
+#include <QtCore/QFileInfo>
+#include <QtCore/QFile>
+#include <QtCore/QSet>
+
+// QFileDialog on X11 does not provide an image preview. Display icons.
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+#  define IMAGE_PREVIEW
+#endif
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+namespace qdesigner_internal {
+
+// Icon provider that reads out the known image formats
+class IconProvider : public QFileIconProvider {
+    Q_DISABLE_COPY(IconProvider)
+
+public:
+    IconProvider();
+    virtual QIcon icon (const QFileInfo &info) const;
+
+    inline bool loadCheck(const QFileInfo &info) const;
+    QImage loadImage(const QString &fileName) const;
+
+private:
+    QSet<QString> m_imageFormats;
+};
+
+IconProvider::IconProvider()
+{
+    // Determine a list of readable extensions (upper and lower case)
+    typedef QList<QByteArray> ByteArrayList;
+    const ByteArrayList fmts = QImageReader::supportedImageFormats();
+    const ByteArrayList::const_iterator cend = fmts.constEnd();
+    for (ByteArrayList::const_iterator it = fmts.constBegin(); it != cend; ++it) {
+        const QString suffix = QString::fromUtf8(it->constData());
+        m_imageFormats.insert(suffix.toLower());
+        m_imageFormats.insert(suffix.toUpper());
+
+    }
+}
+
+// Check by extension and type if this appears to be a loadable image
+bool IconProvider::loadCheck(const QFileInfo &info) const
+{
+    if (info.isFile() && info.isReadable()) {
+        const QString suffix = info.suffix();
+        if (!suffix.isEmpty())
+            return m_imageFormats.contains(suffix);
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+QImage IconProvider::loadImage(const QString &fileName) const
+{
+    QFile file(fileName);
+    if (file.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly)) {
+        QImageReader imgReader(&file);
+        if (imgReader.canRead()) {
+            QImage image;
+            if (imgReader.read(&image))
+                return image;
+        }
+    }
+    return QImage();
+}
+
+QIcon IconProvider::icon (const QFileInfo &info) const
+{
+    // Don't get stuck on large images.
+    const qint64 maxSize = 131072;
+    if (loadCheck(info) && info.size() < maxSize) {
+        const QImage image = loadImage(info.absoluteFilePath());
+        if (!image.isNull())
+            return QIcon(QPixmap::fromImage(image, Qt::ThresholdDither|Qt::AutoColor));
+    }
+    return QFileIconProvider::icon(info);
+}
+
+// ---------------- DialogGui
+DialogGui::DialogGui() :
+    m_iconProvider(0)
+{
+}
+
+DialogGui::~DialogGui()
+{
+    delete m_iconProvider;
+}
+
+QFileIconProvider *DialogGui::ensureIconProvider()
+{
+    if (!m_iconProvider)
+        m_iconProvider = new IconProvider;
+    return m_iconProvider;
+}
+
+QMessageBox::StandardButton
+        DialogGui::message(QWidget *parent, Message /*context*/, QMessageBox::Icon icon,
+                           const QString &title, const QString &text, QMessageBox::StandardButtons buttons,
+                           QMessageBox::StandardButton defaultButton)
+{
+    QMessageBox::StandardButton rc = QMessageBox::NoButton;
+    switch (icon) {
+    case QMessageBox::Information:
+        rc = QMessageBox::information(parent, title, text, buttons, defaultButton);
+        break;
+    case QMessageBox::Warning:
+        rc = QMessageBox::warning(parent, title, text, buttons, defaultButton);
+        break;
+    case QMessageBox::Critical:
+        rc = QMessageBox::critical(parent, title, text, buttons, defaultButton);
+        break;
+    case QMessageBox::Question:
+        rc = QMessageBox::question(parent, title, text, buttons, defaultButton);
+        break;
+    case QMessageBox::NoIcon:
+        break;
+    }
+    return rc;
+}
+
+QMessageBox::StandardButton
+        DialogGui::message(QWidget *parent, Message /*context*/, QMessageBox::Icon icon,
+                          const QString &title, const QString &text, const QString &informativeText,
+                          QMessageBox::StandardButtons buttons, QMessageBox::StandardButton defaultButton)
+{
+    QMessageBox msgBox(icon, title, text, buttons, parent);
+    msgBox.setDefaultButton(defaultButton);
+    msgBox.setInformativeText(informativeText);
+    return static_cast<QMessageBox::StandardButton>(msgBox.exec());
+}
+
+QMessageBox::StandardButton
+        DialogGui::message(QWidget *parent, Message /*context*/, QMessageBox::Icon icon,
+                          const QString &title, const QString &text, const QString &informativeText, const QString &detailedText,
+                          QMessageBox::StandardButtons buttons, QMessageBox::StandardButton defaultButton)
+{
+    QMessageBox msgBox(icon, title, text, buttons, parent);
+    msgBox.setDefaultButton(defaultButton);
+    msgBox.setInformativeText(informativeText);
+    msgBox.setDetailedText(detailedText);
+    return static_cast<QMessageBox::StandardButton>(msgBox.exec());
+}
+
+QString DialogGui::getExistingDirectory(QWidget *parent, const QString &caption, const QString &dir, QFileDialog::Options options)
+{
+    return QFileDialog::getExistingDirectory(parent, caption, dir, options);
+}
+
+QString DialogGui::getOpenFileName(QWidget *parent, const QString &caption, const QString &dir, const QString &filter, QString *selectedFilter, QFileDialog::Options options)
+{
+    return QFileDialog::getOpenFileName(parent, caption, dir, filter, selectedFilter, options);
+}
+
+QStringList DialogGui::getOpenFileNames(QWidget *parent, const QString &caption, const QString &dir, const QString &filter, QString *selectedFilter, QFileDialog::Options options)
+{
+    return QFileDialog::getOpenFileNames(parent, caption, dir, filter, selectedFilter, options);
+}
+
+QString DialogGui::getSaveFileName(QWidget *parent, const QString &caption, const QString &dir, const QString &filter, QString *selectedFilter, QFileDialog::Options options)
+{
+    return QFileDialog::getSaveFileName(parent, caption, dir, filter, selectedFilter, options);
+}
+
+void DialogGui::initializeImageFileDialog(QFileDialog &fileDialog, QFileDialog::Options options, QFileDialog::FileMode fm)
+{
+    fileDialog.setConfirmOverwrite( !(options & QFileDialog::DontConfirmOverwrite) );
+    fileDialog.setResolveSymlinks( !(options & QFileDialog::DontResolveSymlinks) );
+    fileDialog.setIconProvider(ensureIconProvider());
+    fileDialog.setFileMode(fm);
+}
+
+QString DialogGui::getOpenImageFileName(QWidget *parent, const QString &caption, const QString &dir, const QString &filter, QString *selectedFilter, QFileDialog::Options options )
+{
+
+#ifdef IMAGE_PREVIEW
+    QFileDialog fileDialog(parent, caption, dir, filter);
+    initializeImageFileDialog(fileDialog, options, QFileDialog::ExistingFile);
+    if (fileDialog.exec() != QDialog::Accepted)
+        return QString();
+
+    const QStringList selectedFiles = fileDialog.selectedFiles();
+    if (selectedFiles.empty())
+        return QString();
+
+    if (selectedFilter)
+        *selectedFilter =  fileDialog.selectedFilter();
+
+    return selectedFiles.front();
+#else
+    return getOpenFileName(parent, caption, dir, filter, selectedFilter, options);
+#endif
+}
+
+QStringList DialogGui::getOpenImageFileNames(QWidget *parent, const QString &caption, const QString &dir, const QString &filter, QString *selectedFilter, QFileDialog::Options options )
+{
+#ifdef IMAGE_PREVIEW
+    QFileDialog fileDialog(parent, caption, dir, filter);
+    initializeImageFileDialog(fileDialog, options, QFileDialog::ExistingFiles);
+    if (fileDialog.exec() != QDialog::Accepted)
+        return QStringList();
+
+    const QStringList selectedFiles = fileDialog.selectedFiles();
+    if (!selectedFiles.empty() && selectedFilter)
+        *selectedFilter =  fileDialog.selectedFilter();
+
+    return selectedFiles;
+#else
+      return getOpenFileNames(parent, caption, dir, filter, selectedFilter, options);
+#endif
+}
+
+}
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE

designer/lib/shared/dialoggui_p.h

@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef DIALOGGUI
+#define DIALOGGUI
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists for the convenience
+// of Qt Designer.  This header
+// file may change from version to version without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+
+#include "shared_global_p.h"
+#include <abstractdialoggui_p.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QFileIconProvider;
+
+namespace qdesigner_internal {
+
+class QDESIGNER_SHARED_EXPORT DialogGui : public QDesignerDialogGuiInterface
+{
+public:
+    DialogGui();
+    virtual ~DialogGui();
+
+    virtual QMessageBox::StandardButton
+        message(QWidget *parent, Message context, QMessageBox::Icon icon,
+                const QString &title, const QString &text, QMessageBox::StandardButtons buttons = QMessageBox::Ok,
+                QMessageBox::StandardButton defaultButton = QMessageBox::NoButton);
+
+    virtual QMessageBox::StandardButton
+        message(QWidget *parent, Message context, QMessageBox::Icon icon,
+                const QString &title, const QString &text, const QString &informativeText,
+                QMessageBox::StandardButtons buttons = QMessageBox::Ok,
+                QMessageBox::StandardButton defaultButton = QMessageBox::NoButton);
+
+    virtual QMessageBox::StandardButton
+        message(QWidget *parent, Message context, QMessageBox::Icon icon,
+                const QString &title, const QString &text, const QString &informativeText, const QString &detailedText,
+                QMessageBox::StandardButtons buttons = QMessageBox::Ok,
+                QMessageBox::StandardButton defaultButton = QMessageBox::NoButton);
+
+    virtual QString getExistingDirectory(QWidget *parent = 0, const QString &caption = QString(), const QString &dir = QString(), QFileDialog::Options options = QFileDialog::ShowDirsOnly);
+    virtual QString getOpenFileName(QWidget *parent = 0, const QString &caption = QString(), const QString &dir = QString(), const QString &filter = QString(), QString *selectedFilter = 0, QFileDialog::Options options = 0);
+    virtual QStringList getOpenFileNames(QWidget *parent = 0, const QString &caption = QString(), const QString &dir = QString(), const QString &filter = QString(), QString *selectedFilter = 0, QFileDialog::Options options = 0);
+    virtual QString getSaveFileName(QWidget *parent = 0, const QString &caption = QString(), const QString &dir = QString(), const QString &filter = QString(), QString *selectedFilter = 0, QFileDialog::Options options = 0);
+
+    virtual QString getOpenImageFileName(QWidget *parent = 0, const QString &caption = QString(), const QString &dir = QString(), const QString &filter = QString(), QString *selectedFilter = 0, QFileDialog::Options options = 0);
+    virtual QStringList getOpenImageFileNames(QWidget *parent = 0, const QString &caption = QString(), const QString &dir = QString(), const QString &filter = QString(), QString *selectedFilter = 0, QFileDialog::Options options = 0);
+
+private:
+    QFileIconProvider *ensureIconProvider();
+    void initializeImageFileDialog(QFileDialog &fd, QFileDialog::Options options, QFileDialog::FileMode);
+
+    QFileIconProvider *m_iconProvider;
+};
+
+}  // namespace qdesigner_internal
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+#endif // DIALOGGUI

designer/lib/shared/extensionfactory_p.h

@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists for the convenience
+// of Qt Designer.  This header
+// file may change from version to version without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+
+#ifndef SHARED_EXTENSIONFACTORY_H
+#define SHARED_EXTENSIONFACTORY_H
+
+#include <QtDesigner/default_extensionfactory.h>
+#include <QtDesigner/QExtensionManager>
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+namespace qdesigner_internal {
+
+// Extension factory for registering an extension for an object type.
+template <class ExtensionInterface, class Object, class Extension>
+class ExtensionFactory: public QExtensionFactory
+{
+public:
+    explicit ExtensionFactory(const QString &iid, QExtensionManager *parent = 0);
+
+    // Convenience for registering the extension. Do not use for derived classes.
+    static void registerExtension(QExtensionManager *mgr, const QString &iid);
+
+protected:
+    virtual QObject *createExtension(QObject *qObject, const QString &iid, QObject *parent) const;
+
+private:
+    // Can be overwritten to perform checks on the object.
+    // Default does a qobject_cast to the desired class.
+    virtual Object *checkObject(QObject *qObject) const;
+
+    const QString m_iid;
+};
+
+template <class ExtensionInterface, class Object, class Extension>
+ExtensionFactory<ExtensionInterface, Object, Extension>::ExtensionFactory(const QString &iid, QExtensionManager *parent) :
+    QExtensionFactory(parent),
+    m_iid(iid)
+{
+}
+
+template <class ExtensionInterface, class Object, class Extension>
+Object *ExtensionFactory<ExtensionInterface, Object, Extension>::checkObject(QObject *qObject) const
+{
+    return qobject_cast<Object*>(qObject);
+}
+
+template <class ExtensionInterface, class Object, class Extension>
+QObject *ExtensionFactory<ExtensionInterface, Object, Extension>::createExtension(QObject *qObject, const QString &iid, QObject *parent) const
+{
+    if (iid != m_iid)
+        return 0;
+
+    Object *object = checkObject(qObject);
+    if (!object)
+        return 0;
+
+    return new Extension(object, parent);
+}
+
+template <class ExtensionInterface, class Object, class Extension>
+void ExtensionFactory<ExtensionInterface, Object, Extension>::registerExtension(QExtensionManager *mgr, const QString &iid)
+{
+    ExtensionFactory *factory = new ExtensionFactory(iid, mgr);
+    mgr->registerExtensions(factory, iid);
+}
+}  // namespace qdesigner_internal
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+#endif // SHARED_EXTENSIONFACTORY_H

designer/lib/shared/filterwidget.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,252 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "filterwidget_p.h"
+#include "iconloader_p.h"
+
+#include <QtGui/QVBoxLayout>
+#include <QtGui/QHBoxLayout>
+#include <QtGui/QLineEdit>
+#include <QtGui/QFocusEvent>
+#include <QtGui/QPalette>
+#include <QtGui/QCursor>
+#include <QtGui/QToolButton>
+#include <QtGui/QPainter>
+#include <QtGui/QStyle>
+#include <QtGui/QStyleOption>
+
+#include <QtCore/QDebug>
+#include <QtCore/QPropertyAnimation>
+
+enum { debugFilter = 0 };
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+namespace qdesigner_internal {
+
+HintLineEdit::HintLineEdit(QWidget *parent) :
+    QLineEdit(parent),
+    m_defaultFocusPolicy(focusPolicy()),
+    m_refuseFocus(false)
+{
+}
+
+IconButton::IconButton(QWidget *parent)
+    : QToolButton(parent)
+{
+    setCursor(Qt::ArrowCursor);
+}
+
+void IconButton::paintEvent(QPaintEvent *)
+{
+    QPainter painter(this);
+    // Note isDown should really use the active state but in most styles
+    // this has no proper feedback
+    QIcon::Mode state = QIcon::Disabled;
+    if (isEnabled())
+        state = isDown() ? QIcon::Selected : QIcon::Normal;
+    QPixmap iconpixmap = icon().pixmap(QSize(ICONBUTTON_SIZE, ICONBUTTON_SIZE),
+                                       state, QIcon::Off);
+    QRect pixmapRect = QRect(0, 0, iconpixmap.width(), iconpixmap.height());
+    pixmapRect.moveCenter(rect().center());
+    painter.setOpacity(m_fader);
+    painter.drawPixmap(pixmapRect, iconpixmap);
+}
+
+void IconButton::animateShow(bool visible)
+{
+    if (visible) {
+        QPropertyAnimation *animation = new QPropertyAnimation(this, "fader");
+        animation->setDuration(160);
+        animation->setEndValue(1.0);
+        animation->start(QAbstractAnimation::DeleteWhenStopped);
+    } else {
+        QPropertyAnimation *animation = new QPropertyAnimation(this, "fader");
+        animation->setDuration(160);
+        animation->setEndValue(0.0);
+        animation->start(QAbstractAnimation::DeleteWhenStopped);
+    }
+}
+
+bool HintLineEdit::refuseFocus() const
+{
+    return m_refuseFocus;
+}
+
+void HintLineEdit::setRefuseFocus(bool v)
+{
+    if (v == m_refuseFocus)
+        return;
+    m_refuseFocus = v;
+    setFocusPolicy(m_refuseFocus ? Qt::NoFocus : m_defaultFocusPolicy);
+}
+
+void HintLineEdit::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *e)
+{
+    if (debugFilter)
+        qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO;
+    // Explicitly focus on click.
+    if (m_refuseFocus && !hasFocus())
+        setFocus(Qt::OtherFocusReason);
+    QLineEdit::mousePressEvent(e);
+}
+
+void HintLineEdit::focusInEvent(QFocusEvent *e)
+{
+    if (debugFilter)
+        qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO;
+    if (m_refuseFocus) {
+        // Refuse the focus if the mouse it outside. In addition to the mouse
+        // press logic, this prevents a re-focussing which occurs once
+        // we actually had focus
+        const Qt::FocusReason reason = e->reason();
+        if (reason == Qt::ActiveWindowFocusReason || reason == Qt::PopupFocusReason) {
+            const QPoint mousePos = mapFromGlobal(QCursor::pos());
+            const bool refuse = !geometry().contains(mousePos);
+            if (debugFilter)
+                qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << refuse ;
+            if (refuse) {
+                e->ignore();
+                return;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    QLineEdit::focusInEvent(e);
+}
+
+// ------------------- FilterWidget
+FilterWidget::FilterWidget(QWidget *parent, LayoutMode lm)  :
+    QWidget(parent),
+    m_editor(new HintLineEdit(this)),
+    m_button(new IconButton(m_editor)),
+    m_buttonwidth(0)
+{
+    m_editor->setPlaceholderText(tr("Filter"));
+
+    // Let the style determine minimum height for our widget
+    QSize size(ICONBUTTON_SIZE + 6, ICONBUTTON_SIZE + 2);
+
+    // Note KDE does not reserve space for the highlight color
+    if (style()->inherits("OxygenStyle")) {
+        size = size.expandedTo(QSize(24, 0));
+    }
+
+    // Make room for clear icon
+    QMargins margins = m_editor->textMargins();
+    if (layoutDirection() == Qt::LeftToRight)
+        margins.setRight(size.width());
+    else
+        margins.setLeft(size.width());
+
+    m_editor->setTextMargins(margins);
+
+    QHBoxLayout *l = new QHBoxLayout(this);
+    l->setMargin(0);
+    l->setSpacing(0);
+    if (lm == LayoutAlignRight)
+        l->addItem(new QSpacerItem(0, 0, QSizePolicy::Expanding, QSizePolicy::Minimum));
+
+    l->addWidget(m_editor);
+
+    // KDE has custom icons for this. Notice that icon namings are counter intuitive
+    // If these icons are not avaiable we use the freedesktop standard name before
+    // falling back to a bundled resource
+    QIcon icon = QIcon::fromTheme(layoutDirection() == Qt::LeftToRight ?
+                     QLatin1String("edit-clear-locationbar-rtl") :
+                     QLatin1String("edit-clear-locationbar-ltr"),
+                     QIcon::fromTheme("edit-clear", createIconSet(QLatin1String("cleartext.png"))));
+
+    m_button->setIcon(icon);
+    m_button->setToolTip(tr("Clear text"));
+    connect(m_button, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(reset()));
+    connect(m_editor, SIGNAL(textChanged(QString)), this, SLOT(checkButton(QString)));
+    connect(m_editor, SIGNAL(textEdited(QString)), this, SIGNAL(filterChanged(QString)));
+}
+
+QString FilterWidget::text() const
+{
+    return m_editor->text();
+}
+
+void FilterWidget::checkButton(const QString &text)
+{
+    if (m_oldText.isEmpty() || text.isEmpty())
+        m_button->animateShow(!m_editor->text().isEmpty());
+    m_oldText = text;
+}
+
+void FilterWidget::reset()
+{
+    if (debugFilter)
+        qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO;
+
+    if (!m_editor->text().isEmpty()) {
+        // Editor has lost focus once this is pressed
+        m_editor->clear();
+        emit filterChanged(QString());
+    }
+}
+
+void FilterWidget::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent *)
+{
+    QRect contentRect = m_editor->rect();
+    if (layoutDirection() == Qt::LeftToRight) {
+        const int iconoffset = m_editor->textMargins().right() + 4;
+        m_button->setGeometry(contentRect.adjusted(m_editor->width() - iconoffset, 0, 0, 0));
+    } else {
+        const int iconoffset = m_editor->textMargins().left() + 4;
+        m_button->setGeometry(contentRect.adjusted(0, 0, -m_editor->width() + iconoffset, 0));
+    }
+}
+
+bool FilterWidget::refuseFocus() const
+{
+    return m_editor->refuseFocus();
+}
+
+void FilterWidget::setRefuseFocus(bool v)
+{
+    m_editor->setRefuseFocus(v);
+}
+} // namespace qdesigner_internal
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE

designer/lib/shared/filterwidget_p.h

@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists for the convenience
+// of Qt Designer.  This header
+// file may change from version to version without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+
+#ifndef FILTERWIDGET_H
+#define FILTERWIDGET_H
+
+#include "shared_global_p.h"
+
+#include <QtGui/QWidget>
+#include <QtGui/QLineEdit>
+#include <QtGui/QColor>
+#include <QtGui/QToolButton>
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QToolButton;
+
+namespace qdesigner_internal {
+
+/* This widget should never have initial focus
+ * (ie, be the first widget of a dialog, else, the hint cannot be displayed.
+ * For situations, where it is the only focusable control (widget box),
+ * there is a special "refuseFocus()" mode, in which it clears the focus
+ * policy and focusses explicitly on click (note that setting Qt::ClickFocus
+ * is not sufficient for that as an ActivationFocus will occur). */
+
+#define ICONBUTTON_SIZE 16
+
+class QDESIGNER_SHARED_EXPORT HintLineEdit : public QLineEdit {
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    explicit HintLineEdit(QWidget *parent = 0);
+
+    bool refuseFocus() const;
+    void setRefuseFocus(bool v);
+
+protected:
+    virtual void mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event);
+    virtual void focusInEvent(QFocusEvent *e);
+
+private:
+    const Qt::FocusPolicy m_defaultFocusPolicy;
+    bool m_refuseFocus;
+};
+
+// IconButton: This is a simple helper class that represents clickable icons
+
+class IconButton: public QToolButton
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+    Q_PROPERTY(float fader READ fader WRITE setFader)
+public:
+    IconButton(QWidget *parent);
+    void paintEvent(QPaintEvent *event);
+    float fader() { return m_fader; }
+    void setFader(float value) { m_fader = value; update(); }
+    void animateShow(bool visible);
+
+private:
+    float m_fader;
+};
+
+// FilterWidget: For filtering item views, with reset button Uses HintLineEdit.
+
+class  QDESIGNER_SHARED_EXPORT FilterWidget : public QWidget
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    enum LayoutMode {
+        // For use in toolbars: Expand to the right
+        LayoutAlignRight,
+        // No special alignment
+        LayoutAlignNone
+    };
+
+    explicit FilterWidget(QWidget *parent = 0, LayoutMode lm = LayoutAlignRight);
+
+    QString text() const;
+    void resizeEvent(QResizeEvent *);
+    bool refuseFocus() const; // see HintLineEdit
+    void setRefuseFocus(bool v);
+
+signals:
+    void filterChanged(const QString &);
+
+public slots:
+    void reset();
+
+private slots:
+    void checkButton(const QString &text);
+
+private:
+    HintLineEdit *m_editor;
+    IconButton *m_button;
+    int m_buttonwidth;
+    QString m_oldText;
+};
+} // namespace qdesigner_internal
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+#endif

designer/lib/shared/formlayoutmenu.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,534 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "formlayoutmenu_p.h"
+#include "layoutinfo_p.h"
+#include "qdesigner_command_p.h"
+#include "qdesigner_utils_p.h"
+#include "qdesigner_propertycommand_p.h"
+#include "ui_formlayoutrowdialog.h"
+
+#include <QtDesigner/QDesignerFormWindowInterface>
+#include <QtDesigner/QDesignerFormEditorInterface>
+#include <QtDesigner/QDesignerWidgetFactoryInterface>
+#include <QtDesigner/QDesignerPropertySheetExtension>
+#include <QtDesigner/QExtensionManager>
+#include <QtDesigner/QDesignerWidgetDataBaseInterface>
+#include <QtDesigner/QDesignerLanguageExtension>
+
+#include <QtGui/QAction>
+#include <QtGui/QWidget>
+#include <QtGui/QFormLayout>
+#include <QtGui/QUndoStack>
+#include <QtGui/QDialog>
+#include <QtGui/QPushButton>
+#include <QtGui/QRegExpValidator>
+
+#include <QtCore/QPair>
+#include <QtCore/QCoreApplication>
+#include <QtCore/QRegExp>
+#include <QtCore/QMultiHash>
+#include <QtCore/QDebug>
+
+static const char *buddyPropertyC = "buddy";
+static const char *fieldWidgetBaseClasses[] = {
+    "QLineEdit", "QComboBox", "QSpinBox", "QDoubleSpinBox", "QCheckBox",
+    "QDateEdit", "QTimeEdit", "QDateTimeEdit", "QDial", "QWidget"
+};
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+namespace qdesigner_internal {
+
+// Struct that describes a row of controls (descriptive label and control) to
+// be added to a form layout.
+struct FormLayoutRow {
+    FormLayoutRow() : buddy(false) {}
+
+    QString labelName;
+    QString labelText;
+    QString fieldClassName;
+    QString fieldName;
+    bool buddy;
+};
+
+// A Dialog to edit a FormLayoutRow. Lets the user input a label text, label
+// name, field widget type, field object name and buddy setting. As the
+// user types the label text; the object names to be used for label and field
+// are updated. It also checks the buddy setting depending on whether  the
+// label text contains a buddy marker.
+class FormLayoutRowDialog : public QDialog {
+    Q_DISABLE_COPY(FormLayoutRowDialog)
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    explicit FormLayoutRowDialog(QDesignerFormEditorInterface *core,
+                                 QWidget *parent);
+
+    FormLayoutRow formLayoutRow() const;
+
+    bool buddy() const;
+    void setBuddy(bool);
+
+    // Accessors for form layout row numbers using 0..[n-1] convention
+    int row() const;
+    void setRow(int);
+    void setRowRange(int, int);
+
+    QString fieldClass() const;
+    QString labelText() const;
+
+    static QStringList fieldWidgetClasses(QDesignerFormEditorInterface *core);
+
+private slots:
+    void labelTextEdited(const QString &text);
+    void labelNameEdited(const QString &text);
+    void fieldNameEdited(const QString &text);
+    void buddyClicked();
+    void fieldClassChanged(int);
+
+private:
+    bool isValid() const;
+    void updateObjectNames(bool updateLabel, bool updateField);
+    void updateOkButton();
+
+    // Check for buddy marker in string
+    const QRegExp m_buddyMarkerRegexp;
+
+    Ui::FormLayoutRowDialog m_ui;
+    bool m_labelNameEdited;
+    bool m_fieldNameEdited;
+    bool m_buddyClicked;
+};
+
+FormLayoutRowDialog::FormLayoutRowDialog(QDesignerFormEditorInterface *core,
+                                         QWidget *parent) :
+    QDialog(parent),
+    m_buddyMarkerRegexp(QLatin1String("\\&[^&]")),
+    m_labelNameEdited(false),
+    m_fieldNameEdited(false),
+    m_buddyClicked(false)
+{
+    Q_ASSERT(m_buddyMarkerRegexp.isValid());
+
+    setWindowFlags(windowFlags() & ~Qt::WindowContextHelpButtonHint);
+    setModal(true);
+    m_ui.setupUi(this);
+    connect(m_ui.labelTextLineEdit, SIGNAL(textEdited(QString)), this, SLOT(labelTextEdited(QString)));
+
+    QRegExpValidator *nameValidator = new QRegExpValidator(QRegExp(QLatin1String("^[a-zA-Z0-9_]+$")), this);
+    Q_ASSERT(nameValidator->regExp().isValid());
+
+    m_ui.labelNameLineEdit->setValidator(nameValidator);
+    connect(m_ui.labelNameLineEdit, SIGNAL(textEdited(QString)),
+            this, SLOT(labelNameEdited(QString)));
+
+    m_ui.fieldNameLineEdit->setValidator(nameValidator);
+    connect(m_ui.fieldNameLineEdit, SIGNAL(textEdited(QString)),
+            this, SLOT(fieldNameEdited(QString)));
+
+    connect(m_ui.buddyCheckBox, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(buddyClicked()));
+
+    m_ui.fieldClassComboBox->addItems(fieldWidgetClasses(core));
+    m_ui.fieldClassComboBox->setCurrentIndex(0);
+    connect(m_ui.fieldClassComboBox, SIGNAL(currentIndexChanged(int)),
+            this, SLOT(fieldClassChanged(int)));
+
+    updateOkButton();
+}
+
+FormLayoutRow FormLayoutRowDialog::formLayoutRow() const
+{
+    FormLayoutRow rc;
+    rc.labelText = labelText();
+    rc.labelName = m_ui.labelNameLineEdit->text();
+    rc.fieldClassName = fieldClass();
+    rc.fieldName = m_ui.fieldNameLineEdit->text();
+    rc.buddy = buddy();
+    return rc;
+}
+
+bool FormLayoutRowDialog::buddy() const
+{
+    return m_ui.buddyCheckBox->checkState() == Qt::Checked;
+}
+
+void FormLayoutRowDialog::setBuddy(bool b)
+{
+    m_ui.buddyCheckBox->setCheckState(b ? Qt::Checked : Qt::Unchecked);
+}
+
+// Convert rows to 1..n convention for users
+int FormLayoutRowDialog::row() const
+{
+    return m_ui.rowSpinBox->value()  - 1;
+}
+
+void FormLayoutRowDialog::setRow(int row)
+{
+    m_ui.rowSpinBox->setValue(row + 1);
+}
+
+void FormLayoutRowDialog::setRowRange(int from, int to)
+{
+    m_ui.rowSpinBox->setMinimum(from + 1);
+    m_ui.rowSpinBox->setMaximum(to + 1);
+    m_ui.rowSpinBox->setEnabled(to - from > 0);
+}
+
+QString FormLayoutRowDialog::fieldClass() const
+{
+    return m_ui.fieldClassComboBox->itemText(m_ui.fieldClassComboBox->currentIndex());
+}
+
+QString FormLayoutRowDialog::labelText() const
+{
+    return m_ui.labelTextLineEdit->text();
+}
+
+bool FormLayoutRowDialog::isValid() const
+{
+    // Check for non-empty names and presence of buddy marker if checked
+    const QString name = labelText();
+    if (name.isEmpty() || m_ui.labelNameLineEdit->text().isEmpty() || m_ui.fieldNameLineEdit->text().isEmpty())
+        return false;
+    if (buddy() && !name.contains(m_buddyMarkerRegexp))
+        return false;
+    return true;
+}
+
+void FormLayoutRowDialog::updateOkButton()
+{
+    m_ui.buttonBox->button(QDialogButtonBox::Ok)->setEnabled(isValid());
+}
+
+void FormLayoutRowDialog::labelTextEdited(const QString &text)
+{
+    updateObjectNames(true, true);
+    // Set buddy if '&' is present unless the user changed it
+    if (!m_buddyClicked)
+        setBuddy(text.contains(m_buddyMarkerRegexp));
+
+    updateOkButton();
+}
+
+// Get a suitable object name postfix from a class name:
+// "namespace::QLineEdit"->"LineEdit"
+static inline QString postFixFromClassName(QString className)
+{
+    const int index = className.lastIndexOf(QLatin1String("::"));
+    if (index != -1)
+        className.remove(0, index + 2);
+    if (className.size() > 2)
+        if (className.at(0) == QLatin1Char('Q') || className.at(0) == QLatin1Char('K'))
+            if (className.at(1).isUpper())
+                className.remove(0, 1);
+    return className;
+}
+
+// Helper routines to filter out characters for converting texts into
+// class name prefixes. Only accepts ASCII characters/digits and underscores.
+
+enum PrefixCharacterKind { PC_Digit, PC_UpperCaseLetter, PC_LowerCaseLetter,
+                           PC_Other, PC_Invalid };
+
+static inline PrefixCharacterKind prefixCharacterKind(const QChar &c)
+{
+    switch (c.category()) {
+    case QChar::Number_DecimalDigit:
+        return PC_Digit;
+    case QChar::Letter_Lowercase: {
+            const char a = c.toAscii();
+            if (a >= 'a' && a <= 'z')
+                return PC_LowerCaseLetter;
+        }
+        break;
+    case QChar::Letter_Uppercase: {
+            const char a = c.toAscii();
+            if (a >= 'A' && a <= 'Z')
+                return PC_UpperCaseLetter;
+        }
+        break;
+    case QChar::Punctuation_Connector:
+        if (c.toAscii() == '_')
+            return PC_Other;
+        break;
+    default:
+        break;
+    }
+    return PC_Invalid;
+}
+
+// Convert the text the user types into a usable class name prefix by filtering
+// characters, lower-casing the first character and camel-casing subsequent
+// words. ("zip code:") --> ("zipCode").
+
+static QString prefixFromLabel(const QString &prefix)
+{
+    QString rc;
+    const int length = prefix.size();
+    bool lastWasAcceptable = false;
+    for (int i = 0 ; i < length; i++) {
+        const QChar c = prefix.at(i);
+        const PrefixCharacterKind kind = prefixCharacterKind(c);
+        const bool acceptable = kind != PC_Invalid;
+        if (acceptable) {
+            if (rc.isEmpty()) {
+                // Lower-case first character
+                rc += kind == PC_UpperCaseLetter ? c.toLower() : c;
+            } else {
+                // Camel-case words
+                rc += !lastWasAcceptable && kind == PC_LowerCaseLetter ? c.toUpper() : c;
+            }
+        }
+        lastWasAcceptable = acceptable;
+    }
+    return rc;
+}
+
+void FormLayoutRowDialog::updateObjectNames(bool updateLabel, bool updateField)
+{
+    // Generate label + field object names from the label text, that is,
+    // "&Zip code:" -> "zipcodeLabel", "zipcodeLineEdit" unless the user
+    // edited it.
+    const bool doUpdateLabel = !m_labelNameEdited && updateLabel;
+    const bool doUpdateField = !m_fieldNameEdited && updateField;
+    if (!doUpdateLabel && !doUpdateField)
+        return;
+
+    const QString prefix = prefixFromLabel(labelText());
+    // Set names
+    if (doUpdateLabel)
+        m_ui.labelNameLineEdit->setText(prefix + QLatin1String("Label"));
+    if (doUpdateField)
+        m_ui.fieldNameLineEdit->setText(prefix + postFixFromClassName(fieldClass()));
+}
+
+void FormLayoutRowDialog::fieldClassChanged(int)
+{
+    updateObjectNames(false, true);
+}
+
+void FormLayoutRowDialog::labelNameEdited(const QString & /*text*/)
+{
+    m_labelNameEdited = true; // stop auto-updating after user change
+    updateOkButton();
+}
+
+void FormLayoutRowDialog::fieldNameEdited(const QString & /*text*/)
+{
+    m_fieldNameEdited = true; // stop auto-updating after user change
+    updateOkButton();
+}
+
+void FormLayoutRowDialog::buddyClicked()
+{
+    m_buddyClicked = true; // stop auto-updating after user change
+    updateOkButton();
+}
+
+/* Create a list of classes suitable for field widgets. Take the fixed base
+ * classes provided and look in the widget database for custom widgets derived
+ * from them ("QLineEdit", "CustomLineEdit", "QComboBox"...). */
+QStringList FormLayoutRowDialog::fieldWidgetClasses(QDesignerFormEditorInterface *core)
+{
+    // Base class -> custom widgets map
+    typedef QMultiHash<QString, QString> ClassMap;
+
+    static QStringList rc;
+    if (rc.empty()) {
+        const int fwCount = sizeof(fieldWidgetBaseClasses)/sizeof(const char*);
+        // Turn known base classes into list
+        QStringList baseClasses;
+        for (int i = 0; i < fwCount; i++)
+            baseClasses.push_back(QLatin1String(fieldWidgetBaseClasses[i]));
+        // Scan for custom widgets that inherit them and store them in a
+        // multimap of base class->custom widgets unless we have a language
+        // extension installed which might do funny things with custom widgets.
+        ClassMap customClassMap;
+        if (qt_extension<QDesignerLanguageExtension *>(core->extensionManager(), core) == 0) {
+            const QDesignerWidgetDataBaseInterface *wdb = core->widgetDataBase();
+            const int wdbCount = wdb->count();
+            for (int w = 0; w < wdbCount; ++w) {
+                // Check for non-container custom types that extend the
+                // respective base class.
+                const QDesignerWidgetDataBaseItemInterface *dbItem = wdb->item(w);
+                if (!dbItem->isPromoted() && !dbItem->isContainer() && dbItem->isCustom()) {
+                    const int index = baseClasses.indexOf(dbItem->extends());
+                    if (index != -1)
+                    customClassMap.insert(baseClasses.at(index), dbItem->name());
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        // Compile final list, taking each base class and append custom widgets
+        // based on it.
+        for (int i = 0; i < fwCount; i++) {
+            rc.push_back(baseClasses.at(i));
+            rc += customClassMap.values(baseClasses.at(i));
+        }
+    }
+    return rc;
+}
+
+// ------------------ Utilities
+
+static QFormLayout *managedFormLayout(const QDesignerFormEditorInterface *core, const QWidget *w)
+{
+    QLayout *l = 0;
+    if (LayoutInfo::managedLayoutType(core, w, &l) == LayoutInfo::Form)
+        return qobject_cast<QFormLayout *>(l);
+    return 0;
+}
+
+// Create the widgets of a control row and apply text properties contained
+// in the struct, called by addFormLayoutRow()
+static QPair<QWidget *,QWidget *>
+        createWidgets(const FormLayoutRow &row, QWidget *parent,
+                      QDesignerFormWindowInterface *formWindow)
+{
+    QDesignerFormEditorInterface *core = formWindow->core();
+    QDesignerWidgetFactoryInterface *wf = core->widgetFactory();
+
+    QPair<QWidget *,QWidget *> rc = QPair<QWidget *,QWidget *>(wf->createWidget(QLatin1String("QLabel"), parent),
+                                                               wf->createWidget(row.fieldClassName, parent));
+    // Set up properties of the label
+    const QString objectNameProperty = QLatin1String("objectName");
+    QDesignerPropertySheetExtension *labelSheet = qt_extension<QDesignerPropertySheetExtension*>(core->extensionManager(), rc.first);
+    int nameIndex = labelSheet->indexOf(objectNameProperty);
+    labelSheet->setProperty(nameIndex, qVariantFromValue(PropertySheetStringValue(row.labelName)));
+    labelSheet->setChanged(nameIndex, true);
+    formWindow->ensureUniqueObjectName(rc.first);
+    const int textIndex = labelSheet->indexOf(QLatin1String("text"));
+    labelSheet->setProperty(textIndex, qVariantFromValue(PropertySheetStringValue(row.labelText)));
+    labelSheet->setChanged(textIndex, true);
+    // Set up properties of the control
+    QDesignerPropertySheetExtension *controlSheet = qt_extension<QDesignerPropertySheetExtension*>(core->extensionManager(), rc.second);
+    nameIndex = controlSheet->indexOf(objectNameProperty);
+    controlSheet->setProperty(nameIndex, qVariantFromValue(PropertySheetStringValue(row.fieldName)));
+    controlSheet->setChanged(nameIndex, true);
+    formWindow->ensureUniqueObjectName(rc.second);
+    return rc;
+}
+
+// Create a command sequence on the undo stack of the form window that creates
+// the widgets of the row and inserts them into the form layout.
+static void addFormLayoutRow(const FormLayoutRow &formLayoutRow, int row, QWidget *w,
+                               QDesignerFormWindowInterface *formWindow)
+{
+    QFormLayout *formLayout = managedFormLayout(formWindow->core(), w);
+    Q_ASSERT(formLayout);
+    QUndoStack *undoStack = formWindow->commandHistory();
+    const QString macroName = QCoreApplication::translate("Command", "Add '%1' to '%2'").arg(formLayoutRow.labelText, formLayout->objectName());
+    undoStack->beginMacro(macroName);
+
+    // Create a list of widget insertion commands and pass them a cell position
+    const QPair<QWidget *,QWidget *> widgetPair = createWidgets(formLayoutRow, w, formWindow);
+
+    InsertWidgetCommand *labelCmd = new InsertWidgetCommand(formWindow);
+    labelCmd->init(widgetPair.first, false, row, 0);
+    undoStack->push(labelCmd);
+    InsertWidgetCommand *controlCmd = new InsertWidgetCommand(formWindow);
+    controlCmd->init(widgetPair.second, false, row, 1);
+    undoStack->push(controlCmd);
+    if (formLayoutRow.buddy) {
+        SetPropertyCommand *buddyCommand = new SetPropertyCommand(formWindow);
+        buddyCommand->init(widgetPair.first, QLatin1String(buddyPropertyC), widgetPair.second->objectName());
+        undoStack->push(buddyCommand);
+    }
+    undoStack->endMacro();
+}
+
+// ---------------- FormLayoutMenu
+FormLayoutMenu::FormLayoutMenu(QObject *parent) :
+    QObject(parent),
+    m_separator1(new QAction(this)),
+    m_populateFormAction(new QAction(tr("Add form layout row..."), this)),
+    m_separator2(new QAction(this))
+{
+    m_separator1->setSeparator(true);
+    connect(m_populateFormAction, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(slotAddRow()));
+    m_separator2->setSeparator(true);
+}
+
+void FormLayoutMenu::populate(QWidget *w, QDesignerFormWindowInterface *fw, ActionList &actions)
+{
+    switch (LayoutInfo::managedLayoutType(fw->core(), w)) {
+    case LayoutInfo::Form:
+        if (!actions.empty() && !actions.back()->isSeparator())
+            actions.push_back(m_separator1);
+        actions.push_back(m_populateFormAction);
+        actions.push_back(m_separator2);
+        m_widget = w;
+        break;
+    default:
+        m_widget = 0;
+        break;
+    }
+}
+
+void FormLayoutMenu::slotAddRow()
+{
+    QDesignerFormWindowInterface *fw = QDesignerFormWindowInterface::findFormWindow(m_widget);
+    Q_ASSERT(m_widget && fw);
+    const int rowCount = managedFormLayout(fw->core(), m_widget)->rowCount();
+
+    FormLayoutRowDialog dialog(fw->core(), fw);
+    dialog.setRowRange(0, rowCount);
+    dialog.setRow(rowCount);
+
+    if (dialog.exec() != QDialog::Accepted)
+        return;
+    addFormLayoutRow(dialog.formLayoutRow(), dialog.row(), m_widget, fw);
+}
+
+QAction *FormLayoutMenu::preferredEditAction(QWidget *w, QDesignerFormWindowInterface *fw)
+{
+    if (LayoutInfo::managedLayoutType(fw->core(), w) == LayoutInfo::Form) {
+        m_widget = w;
+        return m_populateFormAction;
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+}
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+#include "formlayoutmenu.moc"
+

designer/lib/shared/formlayoutmenu_p.h

@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef FORMLAYOUTMENU
+#define FORMLAYOUTMENU
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists for the convenience
+// of Qt Designer.  This header
+// file may change from version to version without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+
+#include "shared_global_p.h"
+#include <QtCore/QObject>
+#include <QtCore/QList>
+#include <QtCore/QPointer>
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QDesignerFormWindowInterface;
+
+class QAction;
+class QWidget;
+
+namespace qdesigner_internal {
+
+// Task menu to be used for form layouts. Offers an options "Add row" which
+// pops up a dialog in which the user can specify label name, text and buddy.
+class QDESIGNER_SHARED_EXPORT FormLayoutMenu : public QObject
+{
+    Q_DISABLE_COPY(FormLayoutMenu)
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    typedef QList<QAction *> ActionList;
+
+    explicit FormLayoutMenu(QObject *parent);
+
+    // Populate a list of actions with the form layout actions.
+    void populate(QWidget *w, QDesignerFormWindowInterface *fw, ActionList &actions);
+    // For implementing QDesignerTaskMenuExtension::preferredEditAction():
+    // Return appropriate action for double clicking.
+    QAction *preferredEditAction(QWidget *w, QDesignerFormWindowInterface *fw);
+
+private slots:
+    void slotAddRow();
+
+private:
+    QAction *m_separator1;
+    QAction *m_populateFormAction;
+    QAction *m_separator2;
+    QPointer<QWidget> m_widget;
+};
+}  // namespace qdesigner_internal
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+#endif // FORMLAYOUTMENU

designer/lib/shared/formlayoutrowdialog.ui

@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<ui version="4.0">
+ <class>FormLayoutRowDialog</class>
+ <widget class="QDialog" name="FormLayoutRowDialog">
+  <property name="windowTitle">
+   <string>Add Form Layout Row</string>
+  </property>
+  <layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout">
+   <item>
+    <layout class="QFormLayout" name="formLayout">
+     <property name="fieldGrowthPolicy">
+      <enum>QFormLayout::ExpandingFieldsGrow</enum>
+     </property>
+     <item row="0" column="0">
+      <widget class="QLabel" name="labelTextLabel">
+       <property name="text">
+        <string>&amp;Label text:</string>
+       </property>
+       <property name="buddy">
+        <cstring>labelTextLineEdit</cstring>
+       </property>
+      </widget>
+     </item>
+     <item row="0" column="1">
+      <widget class="QLineEdit" name="labelTextLineEdit">
+       <property name="minimumSize">
+        <size>
+         <width>180</width>
+         <height>0</height>
+        </size>
+       </property>
+      </widget>
+     </item>
+     <item row="1" column="1">
+      <widget class="QLineEdit" name="labelNameLineEdit"/>
+     </item>
+     <item row="2" column="0">
+      <widget class="QLabel" name="fieldClassLabel">
+       <property name="text">
+        <string>Field &amp;type:</string>
+       </property>
+       <property name="buddy">
+        <cstring>fieldClassComboBox</cstring>
+       </property>
+      </widget>
+     </item>
+     <item row="2" column="1">
+      <widget class="QComboBox" name="fieldClassComboBox">
+       <property name="sizePolicy">
+        <sizepolicy hsizetype="MinimumExpanding" vsizetype="Fixed">
+         <horstretch>0</horstretch>
+         <verstretch>0</verstretch>
+        </sizepolicy>
+       </property>
+      </widget>
+     </item>
+     <item row="3" column="0">
+      <widget class="QLabel" name="fieldNameLabel">
+       <property name="text">
+        <string>&amp;Field name:</string>
+       </property>
+       <property name="buddy">
+        <cstring>fieldNameLineEdit</cstring>
+       </property>
+      </widget>
+     </item>
+     <item row="4" column="0">
+      <widget class="QLabel" name="buddyLabel">
+       <property name="text">
+        <string>&amp;Buddy:</string>
+       </property>
+       <property name="buddy">
+        <cstring>buddyCheckBox</cstring>
+       </property>
+      </widget>
+     </item>
+     <item row="4" column="1">
+      <widget class="QCheckBox" name="buddyCheckBox">
+       <property name="text">
+        <string/>
+       </property>
+      </widget>
+     </item>
+     <item row="5" column="0">
+      <widget class="QLabel" name="rowLabel">
+       <property name="text">
+        <string>&amp;Row:</string>
+       </property>
+       <property name="buddy">
+        <cstring>rowSpinBox</cstring>
+       </property>
+      </widget>
+     </item>
+     <item row="5" column="1">
+      <widget class="QSpinBox" name="rowSpinBox"/>
+     </item>
+     <item row="3" column="1">
+      <widget class="QLineEdit" name="fieldNameLineEdit"/>
+     </item>
+     <item row="1" column="0">
+      <widget class="QLabel" name="labelNameLabel">
+       <property name="text">
+        <string>Label &amp;name:</string>
+       </property>
+       <property name="buddy">
+        <cstring>labelNameLineEdit</cstring>
+       </property>
+      </widget>
+     </item>
+    </layout>
+   </item>
+   <item>
+    <widget class="Line" name="line">
+     <property name="orientation">
+      <enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
+     </property>
+    </widget>
+   </item>
+   <item>
+    <widget class="QDialogButtonBox" name="buttonBox">
+     <property name="orientation">
+      <enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
+     </property>
+     <property name="standardButtons">
+      <set>QDialogButtonBox::Cancel|QDialogButtonBox::Ok</set>
+     </property>
+    </widget>
+   </item>
+  </layout>
+ </widget>
+ <resources/>
+ <connections>
+  <connection>
+   <sender>buttonBox</sender>
+   <signal>accepted()</signal>
+   <receiver>FormLayoutRowDialog</receiver>
+   <slot>accept()</slot>
+   <hints>
+    <hint type="sourcelabel">
+     <x>248</x>
+     <y>254</y>
+    </hint>
+    <hint type="destinationlabel">
+     <x>157</x>
+     <y>274</y>
+    </hint>
+   </hints>
+  </connection>
+  <connection>
+   <sender>buttonBox</sender>
+   <signal>rejected()</signal>
+   <receiver>FormLayoutRowDialog</receiver>
+   <slot>reject()</slot>
+   <hints>
+    <hint type="sourcelabel">
+     <x>316</x>
+     <y>260</y>
+    </hint>
+    <hint type="destinationlabel">
+     <x>286</x>
+     <y>274</y>
+    </hint>
+   </hints>
+  </connection>
+ </connections>
+</ui>

designer/lib/shared/formwindowbase.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,502 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "formwindowbase_p.h"
+#include "connectionedit_p.h"
+#include "qdesigner_command_p.h"
+#include "qdesigner_propertysheet_p.h"
+#include "qdesigner_propertyeditor_p.h"
+#include "qdesigner_menu_p.h"
+#include "qdesigner_menubar_p.h"
+#include "shared_settings_p.h"
+#include "grid_p.h" 
+#include "deviceprofile_p.h"
+#include "qdesigner_utils_p.h"
+
+#include "qsimpleresource_p.h"
+
+#include <QtDesigner/QDesignerFormEditorInterface>
+#include <QtDesigner/QDesignerContainerExtension>
+#include <QtDesigner/QExtensionManager>
+#include <QtDesigner/QDesignerTaskMenuExtension>
+
+#include <QtCore/qdebug.h>
+#include <QtCore/QList>
+#include <QtCore/QTimer>
+#include <QtGui/QMenu>
+#include <QtGui/QListWidget>
+#include <QtGui/QTreeWidget>
+#include <QtGui/QTableWidget>
+#include <QtGui/QComboBox>
+#include <QtGui/QTabWidget>
+#include <QtGui/QToolBox>
+#include <QtGui/QToolBar>
+#include <QtGui/QStatusBar>
+#include <QtGui/QMenu>
+#include <QtGui/QAction>
+#include <QtGui/QLabel>
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+namespace qdesigner_internal {
+
+class FormWindowBasePrivate {
+public:
+    explicit FormWindowBasePrivate(QDesignerFormEditorInterface *core);
+
+    static Grid m_defaultGrid;
+
+    QDesignerFormWindowInterface::Feature m_feature;
+    Grid m_grid;
+    bool m_hasFormGrid;
+    DesignerPixmapCache *m_pixmapCache;
+    DesignerIconCache *m_iconCache;
+    QtResourceSet *m_resourceSet;
+    QMap<QDesignerPropertySheet *, QMap<int, bool> > m_reloadableResources; // bool is dummy, QMap used as QSet
+    QMap<QDesignerPropertySheet *, QObject *> m_reloadablePropertySheets;
+    const DeviceProfile m_deviceProfile;
+    FormWindowBase::LineTerminatorMode m_lineTerminatorMode;
+    FormWindowBase::SaveResourcesBehaviour m_saveResourcesBehaviour;
+};
+
+FormWindowBasePrivate::FormWindowBasePrivate(QDesignerFormEditorInterface *core) :
+    m_feature(QDesignerFormWindowInterface::DefaultFeature),
+    m_grid(m_defaultGrid),
+    m_hasFormGrid(false),
+    m_pixmapCache(0),
+    m_iconCache(0),
+    m_resourceSet(0),
+    m_deviceProfile(QDesignerSharedSettings(core).currentDeviceProfile()),
+    m_lineTerminatorMode(FormWindowBase::NativeLineTerminator),
+    m_saveResourcesBehaviour(FormWindowBase::SaveAll)
+{
+}
+
+Grid FormWindowBasePrivate::m_defaultGrid;
+
+FormWindowBase::FormWindowBase(QDesignerFormEditorInterface *core, QWidget *parent, Qt::WindowFlags flags) :
+    QDesignerFormWindowInterface(parent, flags),
+    m_d(new FormWindowBasePrivate(core))
+{
+    syncGridFeature();
+    m_d->m_pixmapCache = new DesignerPixmapCache(this);
+    m_d->m_iconCache = new DesignerIconCache(m_d->m_pixmapCache, this);
+}
+
+FormWindowBase::~FormWindowBase()
+{
+    delete m_d;
+}
+
+DesignerPixmapCache *FormWindowBase::pixmapCache() const
+{
+    return m_d->m_pixmapCache;
+}
+
+DesignerIconCache *FormWindowBase::iconCache() const
+{
+    return m_d->m_iconCache;
+}
+
+QtResourceSet *FormWindowBase::resourceSet() const
+{
+    return m_d->m_resourceSet;
+}
+
+void FormWindowBase::setResourceSet(QtResourceSet *resourceSet)
+{
+    m_d->m_resourceSet = resourceSet;
+}
+
+void FormWindowBase::addReloadableProperty(QDesignerPropertySheet *sheet, int index)
+{
+    m_d->m_reloadableResources[sheet][index] = true;
+}
+
+void FormWindowBase::removeReloadableProperty(QDesignerPropertySheet *sheet, int index)
+{
+    m_d->m_reloadableResources[sheet].remove(index);
+    if (m_d->m_reloadableResources[sheet].count() == 0)
+        m_d->m_reloadableResources.remove(sheet);
+}
+
+void FormWindowBase::addReloadablePropertySheet(QDesignerPropertySheet *sheet, QObject *object)
+{
+    if (qobject_cast<QTreeWidget *>(object) ||
+            qobject_cast<QTableWidget *>(object) ||
+            qobject_cast<QListWidget *>(object) ||
+            qobject_cast<QComboBox *>(object))
+        m_d->m_reloadablePropertySheets[sheet] = object;
+}
+
+void FormWindowBase::removeReloadablePropertySheet(QDesignerPropertySheet *sheet)
+{
+    m_d->m_reloadablePropertySheets.remove(sheet);
+}
+
+void FormWindowBase::reloadProperties()
+{
+    pixmapCache()->clear();
+    iconCache()->clear();
+    QMapIterator<QDesignerPropertySheet *, QMap<int, bool> > itSheet(m_d->m_reloadableResources);
+    while (itSheet.hasNext()) {
+        QDesignerPropertySheet *sheet = itSheet.next().key();
+        QMapIterator<int, bool> itIndex(itSheet.value());
+        while (itIndex.hasNext()) {
+            const int index = itIndex.next().key();
+            const QVariant newValue = sheet->property(index);
+            if (qobject_cast<QLabel *>(sheet->object()) && sheet->propertyName(index) == QLatin1String("text")) {
+                const PropertySheetStringValue newString = qVariantValue<PropertySheetStringValue>(newValue);
+                // optimize a bit, reset only if the text value might contain a reference to qt resources
+                // (however reloading of icons other than taken from resources might not work here)
+                if (newString.value().contains(QLatin1String(":/"))) {
+                    const QVariant resetValue = qVariantFromValue(PropertySheetStringValue());
+                    sheet->setProperty(index, resetValue);
+                }
+            }
+            sheet->setProperty(index, newValue);
+        }
+        if (QTabWidget *tabWidget = qobject_cast<QTabWidget *>(sheet->object())) {
+            const int count = tabWidget->count();
+            const int current = tabWidget->currentIndex();
+            const QString currentTabIcon = QLatin1String("currentTabIcon");
+            for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+                tabWidget->setCurrentIndex(i);
+                const int index = sheet->indexOf(currentTabIcon);
+                sheet->setProperty(index, sheet->property(index));
+            }
+            tabWidget->setCurrentIndex(current);
+        } else if (QToolBox *toolBox = qobject_cast<QToolBox *>(sheet->object())) {
+            const int count = toolBox->count();
+            const int current = toolBox->currentIndex();
+            const QString currentItemIcon = QLatin1String("currentItemIcon");
+            for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+                toolBox->setCurrentIndex(i);
+                const int index = sheet->indexOf(currentItemIcon);
+                sheet->setProperty(index, sheet->property(index));
+            }
+            toolBox->setCurrentIndex(current);
+        }
+    }
+    QMapIterator<QDesignerPropertySheet *, QObject *> itSh(m_d->m_reloadablePropertySheets);
+    while (itSh.hasNext()) {
+        QObject *object = itSh.next().value();
+        reloadIconResources(iconCache(), object);
+    }
+}
+
+void FormWindowBase::resourceSetActivated(QtResourceSet *resource, bool resourceSetChanged)
+{
+    if (resource == resourceSet() && resourceSetChanged) {
+        reloadProperties();
+        emit pixmapCache()->reloaded();
+        emit iconCache()->reloaded();
+        if (QDesignerPropertyEditor *propertyEditor = qobject_cast<QDesignerPropertyEditor *>(core()->propertyEditor()))
+            propertyEditor->reloadResourceProperties();
+    }
+}
+
+QVariantMap FormWindowBase::formData()
+{
+    QVariantMap rc;
+    if (m_d->m_hasFormGrid)
+        m_d->m_grid.addToVariantMap(rc, true);
+    return rc;
+}
+
+void FormWindowBase::setFormData(const QVariantMap &vm)
+{
+    Grid formGrid;
+    m_d->m_hasFormGrid = formGrid.fromVariantMap(vm);
+    if (m_d->m_hasFormGrid)
+         m_d->m_grid = formGrid;
+}
+
+QPoint FormWindowBase::grid() const
+{
+    return QPoint(m_d->m_grid.deltaX(), m_d->m_grid.deltaY());
+}
+
+void FormWindowBase::setGrid(const QPoint &grid)
+{
+    m_d->m_grid.setDeltaX(grid.x());
+    m_d->m_grid.setDeltaY(grid.y());
+}
+
+bool FormWindowBase::hasFeature(Feature f) const
+{
+    return f & m_d->m_feature;
+}
+
+static void recursiveUpdate(QWidget *w)
+{
+    w->update();
+
+    const QObjectList &l = w->children();
+    const QObjectList::const_iterator cend = l.constEnd();
+    for (QObjectList::const_iterator it = l.constBegin(); it != cend; ++it) {
+        if (QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget*>(*it))
+            recursiveUpdate(w);
+    }
+}
+
+void FormWindowBase::setFeatures(Feature f)
+{
+    m_d->m_feature = f;
+    const bool enableGrid = f & GridFeature;
+    m_d->m_grid.setVisible(enableGrid);
+    m_d->m_grid.setSnapX(enableGrid);
+    m_d->m_grid.setSnapY(enableGrid);
+    emit featureChanged(f);
+    recursiveUpdate(this);
+}
+
+FormWindowBase::Feature FormWindowBase::features() const
+{
+    return m_d->m_feature;
+}
+
+bool FormWindowBase::gridVisible() const
+{
+    return m_d->m_grid.visible() && currentTool() == 0;
+}
+
+FormWindowBase::SaveResourcesBehaviour FormWindowBase::saveResourcesBehaviour() const
+{
+    return m_d->m_saveResourcesBehaviour;
+}
+
+void FormWindowBase::setSaveResourcesBehaviour(SaveResourcesBehaviour behaviour)
+{
+    m_d->m_saveResourcesBehaviour = behaviour;
+}
+
+void FormWindowBase::syncGridFeature()
+{
+    if (m_d->m_grid.snapX() || m_d->m_grid.snapY())
+        m_d->m_feature |= GridFeature;
+    else
+        m_d->m_feature &= ~GridFeature;
+}
+
+void FormWindowBase::setDesignerGrid(const  Grid& grid)
+{
+    m_d->m_grid = grid;
+    syncGridFeature();
+    recursiveUpdate(this);
+}
+
+const Grid &FormWindowBase::designerGrid() const
+{
+    return m_d->m_grid;
+}
+
+bool FormWindowBase::hasFormGrid() const
+{
+    return m_d->m_hasFormGrid;
+}
+
+void FormWindowBase::setHasFormGrid(bool b)
+{
+    m_d->m_hasFormGrid = b;
+}
+
+void FormWindowBase::setDefaultDesignerGrid(const Grid& grid)
+{
+    FormWindowBasePrivate::m_defaultGrid = grid;
+}
+
+const Grid &FormWindowBase::defaultDesignerGrid()
+{
+    return FormWindowBasePrivate::m_defaultGrid;
+}
+
+QMenu *FormWindowBase::initializePopupMenu(QWidget * /*managedWidget*/)
+{
+    return 0;
+}
+
+// Widget under mouse for finding the Widget to highlight
+// when doing DnD. Restricts to pages by geometry if a container with
+// a container extension (or one of its helper widgets) is hit; otherwise
+// returns the widget as such (be it managed/unmanaged)
+
+QWidget *FormWindowBase::widgetUnderMouse(const QPoint &formPos, WidgetUnderMouseMode /* wum */)
+{
+    // widget_under_mouse might be some temporary thing like the dropLine. We need
+    // the actual widget that's part of the edited GUI.
+    QWidget *rc = widgetAt(formPos);
+    if (!rc || qobject_cast<ConnectionEdit*>(rc))
+        return 0;
+
+    if (rc == mainContainer()) {
+        // Refuse main container areas if the main container has a container extension,
+        // for example when hitting QToolBox/QTabWidget empty areas.
+        if (qt_extension<QDesignerContainerExtension*>(core()->extensionManager(), rc))
+            return 0;
+        return rc;
+    }
+
+    // If we hit on container extension type container, make sure
+    // we use the top-most current page
+    if (QWidget *container = findContainer(rc, false))
+        if (QDesignerContainerExtension *c = qt_extension<QDesignerContainerExtension*>(core()->extensionManager(), container)) {
+            // For container that do not have a "stacked" nature (QToolBox, QMdiArea),
+            // make sure the position is within the current page
+            const int ci = c->currentIndex();
+            if (ci < 0)
+                return 0;
+            QWidget *page = c->widget(ci);
+            QRect pageGeometry = page->geometry();
+            pageGeometry.moveTo(page->mapTo(this, pageGeometry.topLeft()));
+            if (!pageGeometry.contains(formPos))
+                return 0;
+            return page;
+        }
+
+    return rc;
+}
+
+void FormWindowBase::deleteWidgetList(const QWidgetList &widget_list)
+{
+    // We need a macro here even for single widgets because the some components (for example,
+    // the signal slot editor are connected to widgetRemoved() and add their
+    // own commands (for example, to delete w's connections)
+    const QString description = widget_list.size() == 1 ?
+        tr("Delete '%1'").arg(widget_list.front()->objectName()) : tr("Delete");
+
+    commandHistory()->beginMacro(description);
+    foreach (QWidget *w, widget_list) {
+        emit widgetRemoved(w);
+        DeleteWidgetCommand *cmd = new DeleteWidgetCommand(this);
+        cmd->init(w);
+        commandHistory()->push(cmd);
+    }
+    commandHistory()->endMacro();
+}
+
+QMenu *FormWindowBase::createExtensionTaskMenu(QDesignerFormWindowInterface *fw, QObject *o, bool trailingSeparator)
+{
+    typedef QList<QAction *> ActionList;
+    ActionList actions;
+    // 1) Standard public extension
+    QExtensionManager *em = fw->core()->extensionManager();
+    if (const QDesignerTaskMenuExtension *extTaskMenu = qt_extension<QDesignerTaskMenuExtension*>(em, o))
+        actions += extTaskMenu->taskActions();
+    if (const QDesignerTaskMenuExtension *intTaskMenu = qobject_cast<QDesignerTaskMenuExtension *>(em->extension(o, QLatin1String("QDesignerInternalTaskMenuExtension")))) {
+        if (!actions.empty()) {
+            QAction *a = new QAction(fw);
+            a->setSeparator(true);
+            actions.push_back(a);
+        }
+        actions += intTaskMenu->taskActions();
+    }
+    if (actions.empty())
+        return 0;
+    if (trailingSeparator && !actions.back()->isSeparator()) {
+        QAction *a  = new QAction(fw);
+        a->setSeparator(true);
+        actions.push_back(a);
+    }
+    QMenu *rc = new QMenu;
+    const ActionList::const_iterator cend = actions.constEnd();
+    for (ActionList::const_iterator it = actions.constBegin(); it != cend; ++it)
+        rc->addAction(*it);
+    return rc;
+}
+
+void FormWindowBase::emitObjectRemoved(QObject *o)
+{
+    emit objectRemoved(o);
+}
+
+DeviceProfile FormWindowBase::deviceProfile() const
+{
+    return m_d->m_deviceProfile;
+}
+
+QString FormWindowBase::styleName() const
+{
+    return m_d->m_deviceProfile.isEmpty() ? QString() : m_d->m_deviceProfile.style();
+}
+
+void FormWindowBase::emitWidgetRemoved(QWidget *w)
+{
+    emit widgetRemoved(w);
+}
+
+QString FormWindowBase::deviceProfileName() const
+{
+    return m_d->m_deviceProfile.isEmpty() ? QString() : m_d->m_deviceProfile.name();
+}
+
+void FormWindowBase::setLineTerminatorMode(FormWindowBase::LineTerminatorMode mode)
+{
+    m_d->m_lineTerminatorMode = mode;
+}
+
+FormWindowBase::LineTerminatorMode FormWindowBase::lineTerminatorMode() const
+{
+    return m_d->m_lineTerminatorMode;
+}
+
+void FormWindowBase::triggerDefaultAction(QWidget *widget)
+{
+    if (QAction *action = qdesigner_internal::preferredEditAction(core(), widget))
+        QTimer::singleShot(0, action, SIGNAL(triggered()));
+}
+
+void FormWindowBase::setupDefaultAction(QDesignerFormWindowInterface *fw)
+{
+    QObject::connect(fw, SIGNAL(activated(QWidget*)), fw, SLOT(triggerDefaultAction(QWidget*)));
+}
+
+QString FormWindowBase::fileContents() const
+{
+    const bool oldValue = QSimpleResource::setWarningsEnabled(false);
+    const QString rc = contents();
+    QSimpleResource::setWarningsEnabled(oldValue);
+    return rc;
+}
+
+} // namespace qdesigner_internal
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE

designer/lib/shared/formwindowbase_p.h

@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists for the convenience
+// of Qt Designer.  This header
+// file may change from version to version without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+
+#ifndef FORMWINDOWBASE_H
+#define FORMWINDOWBASE_H
+
+#include "shared_global_p.h"
+
+#include <QtDesigner/QDesignerFormWindowInterface>
+
+#include <QtCore/QVariantMap>
+#include <QtCore/QList>
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QDesignerDnDItemInterface;
+class QMenu;
+class QtResourceSet;
+class QDesignerPropertySheet;
+
+namespace qdesigner_internal {
+
+class QEditorFormBuilder;
+class DeviceProfile;
+class Grid;
+
+class DesignerPixmapCache;
+class DesignerIconCache;
+class FormWindowBasePrivate;
+
+class QDESIGNER_SHARED_EXPORT FormWindowBase: public QDesignerFormWindowInterface
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    enum HighlightMode  { Restore, Highlight };
+    enum SaveResourcesBehaviour  { SaveAll, SaveOnlyUsedQrcFiles, DontSaveQrcFiles };
+
+    explicit FormWindowBase(QDesignerFormEditorInterface *core, QWidget *parent = 0, Qt::WindowFlags flags = 0);
+    virtual ~FormWindowBase();
+
+    QVariantMap formData();
+    void setFormData(const QVariantMap &vm);
+
+    // Return contents without warnings. Should be 'contents(bool quiet)'
+    QString fileContents() const;
+
+    // Return the widget containing the form. This is used to
+    // apply embedded design settings to that are inherited (for example font).
+    // These are meant to be applied to the form only and not to the other editors
+    // in the widget stack.
+    virtual QWidget *formContainer() const = 0;
+
+    // Deprecated
+    virtual QPoint grid() const;
+
+    // Deprecated
+    virtual void setGrid(const QPoint &grid);
+
+    virtual bool hasFeature(Feature f) const;
+    virtual Feature features() const;
+    virtual void setFeatures(Feature f);
+
+    const Grid &designerGrid() const;
+    void setDesignerGrid(const  Grid& grid);
+
+    bool hasFormGrid() const;
+    void setHasFormGrid(bool b);
+
+    bool gridVisible() const;
+
+    SaveResourcesBehaviour saveResourcesBehaviour() const;
+    void setSaveResourcesBehaviour(SaveResourcesBehaviour behaviour);
+
+    static const Grid &defaultDesignerGrid();
+    static void setDefaultDesignerGrid(const Grid& grid);
+
+    // Overwrite to initialize and return a full popup menu for a managed widget
+    virtual QMenu *initializePopupMenu(QWidget *managedWidget);
+    // Helper to create a basic popup menu from task menu extensions (internal/public)
+    static QMenu *createExtensionTaskMenu(QDesignerFormWindowInterface *fw, QObject *o, bool trailingSeparator = true);
+
+    virtual bool dropWidgets(const QList<QDesignerDnDItemInterface*> &item_list, QWidget *target,
+                             const QPoint &global_mouse_pos) = 0;
+
+    // Helper to find the widget at the mouse position with some flags.
+    enum WidgetUnderMouseMode { FindSingleSelectionDropTarget, FindMultiSelectionDropTarget };
+    QWidget *widgetUnderMouse(const QPoint &formPos, WidgetUnderMouseMode m);
+
+    virtual QWidget *widgetAt(const QPoint &pos) = 0;
+    virtual QWidget *findContainer(QWidget *w, bool excludeLayout) const = 0;
+
+    void deleteWidgetList(const QWidgetList &widget_list);
+
+    virtual void highlightWidget(QWidget *w, const QPoint &pos, HighlightMode mode = Highlight) = 0;
+
+    enum PasteMode { PasteAll, PasteActionsOnly };
+    virtual void paste(PasteMode pasteMode) = 0;
+
+    // Factory method to create a form builder
+    virtual QEditorFormBuilder *createFormBuilder() = 0;
+
+    virtual bool blockSelectionChanged(bool blocked) = 0;
+    virtual void emitSelectionChanged() = 0;
+
+    DesignerPixmapCache *pixmapCache() const;
+    DesignerIconCache *iconCache() const;
+    QtResourceSet *resourceSet() const;
+    void setResourceSet(QtResourceSet *resourceSet);
+    void addReloadableProperty(QDesignerPropertySheet *sheet, int index);
+    void removeReloadableProperty(QDesignerPropertySheet *sheet, int index);
+    void addReloadablePropertySheet(QDesignerPropertySheet *sheet, QObject *object);
+    void removeReloadablePropertySheet(QDesignerPropertySheet *sheet);
+    void reloadProperties();
+
+    void emitWidgetRemoved(QWidget *w);
+    void emitObjectRemoved(QObject *o);
+
+    DeviceProfile deviceProfile() const;
+    QString styleName() const;
+    QString deviceProfileName() const;
+
+    enum LineTerminatorMode {
+        LFLineTerminator,
+        CRLFLineTerminator,
+        NativeLineTerminator =
+#if defined (Q_OS_WIN)
+            CRLFLineTerminator
+#else
+            LFLineTerminator
+#endif
+    };
+
+    void setLineTerminatorMode(LineTerminatorMode mode);
+    LineTerminatorMode lineTerminatorMode() const;
+
+    // Connect the 'activated' (doubleclicked) signal of the form window to a
+    // slot triggering the default action (of the task menu)
+    static void setupDefaultAction(QDesignerFormWindowInterface *fw);
+
+public slots:
+    void resourceSetActivated(QtResourceSet *resourceSet, bool resourceSetChanged);
+
+private slots:
+    void triggerDefaultAction(QWidget *w);
+
+private:
+    void syncGridFeature();
+
+    FormWindowBasePrivate *m_d;    
+};
+
+}  // namespace qdesigner_internal
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+#endif // FORMWINDOWBASE_H

designer/lib/shared/grid.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "grid_p.h"
+
+#include <QtCore/QString>
+#include <QtCore/QVector>
+#include <QtGui/QPainter>
+#include <QtGui/QWidget>
+#include <QtGui/qevent.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+static const bool defaultSnap = true;
+static const bool defaultVisible = true;
+static const int DEFAULT_GRID = 10;
+static const char* KEY_VISIBLE = "gridVisible";
+static const char* KEY_SNAPX =  "gridSnapX";
+static const char* KEY_SNAPY =  "gridSnapY";
+static const char* KEY_DELTAX =  "gridDeltaX";
+static const char* KEY_DELTAY =  "gridDeltaY";
+
+// Insert a value into the serialization map unless default
+template <class T>
+    static inline void valueToVariantMap(T value, T defaultValue, const QString &key, QVariantMap &v, bool forceKey) {
+        if (forceKey || value != defaultValue)
+            v.insert(key, QVariant(value));
+    }
+
+// Obtain a value form QVariantMap
+template <class T>
+    static inline bool valueFromVariantMap(const QVariantMap &v, const QString &key, T &value) {
+        const QVariantMap::const_iterator it = v.constFind(key);
+        const bool found = it != v.constEnd();
+        if (found)
+            value = qVariantValue<T>(it.value());
+        return found;
+    }
+
+namespace qdesigner_internal
+{
+
+Grid::Grid() :
+    m_visible(defaultVisible),
+    m_snapX(defaultSnap),
+    m_snapY(defaultSnap),
+    m_deltaX(DEFAULT_GRID),
+    m_deltaY(DEFAULT_GRID)
+{
+}
+
+bool Grid::fromVariantMap(const QVariantMap& vm)
+{
+    *this = Grid();
+    valueFromVariantMap(vm, QLatin1String(KEY_VISIBLE), m_visible);
+    valueFromVariantMap(vm, QLatin1String(KEY_SNAPX), m_snapX);
+    valueFromVariantMap(vm, QLatin1String(KEY_SNAPY), m_snapY);
+    valueFromVariantMap(vm, QLatin1String(KEY_DELTAX), m_deltaX);
+    return valueFromVariantMap(vm, QLatin1String(KEY_DELTAY), m_deltaY);
+}
+
+QVariantMap Grid::toVariantMap(bool forceKeys) const
+{
+    QVariantMap rc;
+    addToVariantMap(rc, forceKeys);
+    return rc;
+}
+
+void  Grid::addToVariantMap(QVariantMap& vm, bool forceKeys) const
+{
+    valueToVariantMap(m_visible, defaultVisible, QLatin1String(KEY_VISIBLE), vm, forceKeys);
+    valueToVariantMap(m_snapX, defaultSnap, QLatin1String(KEY_SNAPX), vm, forceKeys);
+    valueToVariantMap(m_snapY, defaultSnap, QLatin1String(KEY_SNAPY), vm, forceKeys);
+    valueToVariantMap(m_deltaX, DEFAULT_GRID, QLatin1String(KEY_DELTAX), vm, forceKeys);
+    valueToVariantMap(m_deltaY, DEFAULT_GRID, QLatin1String(KEY_DELTAY), vm, forceKeys);
+}
+
+void Grid::paint(QWidget *widget, QPaintEvent *e) const
+{
+    QPainter p(widget);
+    paint(p, widget, e);
+}
+
+void Grid::paint(QPainter &p, const QWidget *widget, QPaintEvent *e) const
+{
+    p.setPen(widget->palette().dark().color());
+
+    if (m_visible) {
+        const int xstart = (e->rect().x() / m_deltaX) * m_deltaX;
+        const int ystart = (e->rect().y() / m_deltaY) * m_deltaY;
+
+        const int xend = e->rect().right();
+        const int yend = e->rect().bottom();
+
+        typedef QVector<QPointF> Points;
+        static Points points;
+        points.clear();
+
+        for (int x = xstart; x <= xend; x += m_deltaX) {
+            points.reserve((yend - ystart) / m_deltaY + 1);
+            for (int y = ystart; y <= yend; y += m_deltaY)
+                points.push_back(QPointF(x, y));
+            p.drawPoints( &(*points.begin()), points.count());
+            points.clear();
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+int Grid::snapValue(int value, int grid) const
+{
+    const int rest = value % grid;
+    const int absRest = (rest < 0) ? -rest : rest;
+    int offset = 0;
+    if (2 * absRest > grid)
+        offset = 1;
+    if (rest < 0)
+        offset *= -1;
+    return (value / grid + offset) * grid;
+}
+
+QPoint Grid::snapPoint(const QPoint &p) const
+{
+    const int sx = m_snapX ? snapValue(p.x(), m_deltaX) : p.x();
+    const int sy = m_snapY ? snapValue(p.y(), m_deltaY) : p.y();
+    return QPoint(sx, sy);
+}
+
+int Grid::widgetHandleAdjustX(int x) const
+{
+    return m_snapX ? (x / m_deltaX) * m_deltaX + 1 : x;
+}
+
+int Grid::widgetHandleAdjustY(int y) const
+{
+    return m_snapY ? (y / m_deltaY) * m_deltaY + 1 : y;
+}
+
+bool Grid::equals(const Grid &rhs) const
+{
+    return m_visible == rhs.m_visible &&
+           m_snapX   == rhs.m_snapX &&
+           m_snapY   == rhs.m_snapY &&
+           m_deltaX  == rhs.m_deltaX &&
+           m_deltaY  == rhs.m_deltaY;
+}
+}
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE

designer/lib/shared/grid_p.h

@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists for the convenience
+// of Qt Designer.  This header
+// file may change from version to version without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+
+#ifndef QDESIGNER_GRID_H
+#define QDESIGNER_GRID_H
+
+#include "shared_global_p.h"
+
+#include <QtCore/QVariantMap>
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QWidget;
+class QPaintEvent;
+class QPainter;
+
+namespace qdesigner_internal {
+
+// Designer grid which is able to serialize to QVariantMap
+class QDESIGNER_SHARED_EXPORT Grid
+{
+public:
+    Grid();
+
+    bool fromVariantMap(const QVariantMap& vm);
+
+    void addToVariantMap(QVariantMap& vm, bool forceKeys = false) const;
+    QVariantMap toVariantMap(bool forceKeys = false) const;
+
+    inline bool visible() const   { return m_visible; }
+    void setVisible(bool visible) { m_visible = visible; }
+
+    inline bool snapX() const     { return m_snapX; }
+    void setSnapX(bool snap)      { m_snapX = snap; }
+
+    inline bool snapY() const     { return m_snapY; }
+    void setSnapY(bool snap)      { m_snapY = snap; }
+
+    inline int deltaX() const     { return m_deltaX; }
+    void setDeltaX(int dx)        { m_deltaX = dx; }
+
+    inline int deltaY() const     { return m_deltaY; }
+    void setDeltaY(int dy)        { m_deltaY = dy; }
+
+    void paint(QWidget *widget, QPaintEvent *e) const;
+    void paint(QPainter &p, const QWidget *widget, QPaintEvent *e) const;
+
+    QPoint snapPoint(const QPoint &p) const;
+
+    int widgetHandleAdjustX(int x) const;
+    int widgetHandleAdjustY(int y) const;
+
+    inline bool operator==(const Grid &rhs) const { return equals(rhs); }
+    inline bool operator!=(const Grid &rhs) const { return !equals(rhs); }
+
+private:
+    bool equals(const Grid &rhs) const;
+    int snapValue(int value, int grid) const;
+    bool m_visible;
+    bool m_snapX;
+    bool m_snapY;
+    int m_deltaX;
+    int m_deltaY;
+};
+} // namespace qdesigner_internal
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+#endif // QDESIGNER_GRID_H

designer/lib/shared/gridpanel.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Designer of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** Commercial Usage
+** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
+** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
+** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "gridpanel_p.h"
+#include "ui_gridpanel.h"
+#include "grid_p.h"
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+namespace qdesigner_internal {
+
+GridPanel::GridPanel(QWidget *parentWidget) :
+    QWidget(parentWidget)
+{
+    m_ui = new Ui::GridPanel;
+    m_ui->setupUi(this);
+
+    connect(m_ui->m_resetButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(reset()));
+}
+
+GridPanel::~GridPanel()
+{
+    delete m_ui;
+}
+
+void GridPanel::setGrid(const Grid &g)
+{
+    m_ui->m_deltaXSpinBox->setValue(g.deltaX());
+    m_ui->m_deltaYSpinBox->setValue(g.deltaY());
+    m_ui->m_visibleCheckBox->setCheckState(g.visible() ? Qt::Checked : Qt::Unchecked);
+    m_ui->m_snapXCheckBox->setCheckState(g.snapX()  ? Qt::Checked : Qt::Unchecked);
+    m_ui->m_snapYCheckBox->setCheckState(g.snapY()  ? Qt::Checked : Qt::Unchecked);
+}
+
+void GridPanel::setTitle(const QString &title)
+{
+    m_ui->m_gridGroupBox->setTitle(title);
+}
+
+Grid GridPanel::grid() const
+{
+    Grid rc;
+    rc.setDeltaX(m_ui->m_deltaXSpinBox->value());
+    rc.setDeltaY(m_ui->m_deltaYSpinBox->value());
+    rc.setSnapX(m_ui->m_snapXCheckBox->checkState() == Qt::Checked);
+    rc.setSnapY(m_ui->m_snapYCheckBox->checkState() == Qt::Checked);
+    rc.setVisible(m_ui->m_visibleCheckBox->checkState() == Qt::Checked);
+    return rc;
+}
+
+void GridPanel::reset()
+{
+    setGrid(Grid());
+}
+
+void GridPanel::setCheckable (bool c)
+{
+    m_ui->m_gridGroupBox->setCheckable(c);
+}
+
+bool GridPanel::isCheckable () const
+{
+    return m_ui->m_gridGroupBox->isCheckable ();
+}
+
+bool GridPanel::isChecked () const
+{
+    return m_ui->m_gridGroupBox->isChecked ();
+}
+
+void GridPanel::setChecked(bool c)
+{
+    m_ui->m_gridGroupBox->setChecked(c);
+}
+
+void GridPanel::setResetButtonVisible(bool v)
+{
+    m_ui->m_resetButton->setVisible(v);
+}
+
+}
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE